FETTE Compression Machine Double Rotary

Operating instruction
Tablet Press P 3030
Version : 0.04
Language / ID. - No. : GB/ 3117367 N
Customer : Sunpharm India
Machine No. : 370018
Technical documentation
P 3030
binder 1
1. General information
2. Safety
3. Characteristic data
4. Erection
5. Initial commissioning / decommissioning
6. Reports
7. Parameter List
8. Parameter
9. Diagnosis
binder 2
11. Safety
12. Operation
13. Description of functions
14. Components
15. Servicing / Maintenance
16. Spare parts
binder 3
18. Safety
19. Electrical
Binder 1 -- i
P 3030
Binder 1 -- ii
P 3030
binder 1
1. General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2. Fields of Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3. Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1. Explanation of Symbols and Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.2. Work Safety Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.3. Agreed Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3. Characteristic data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.1. Machine data / Environmental conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2. General data P 3030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4. Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.1. Transport, loading and unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.2. Erection drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.3. Unpacking and erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.5. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.6. Supply connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
4.7. Connecting the periphery equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Binder 1 -- iii
P 3030
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20
5. Initial commissioning / decommissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

5.1. Going to the reference marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.2. Control overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.3. Key allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
5.4. The screen elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5.5. Operator password management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.6. List of formulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
5.7. Process graphic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
5.8. Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
5.9. Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5.10. Special functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
5.11. Inserting and adjusting the tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5.12. Starting the press for a new product: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
5.13. Starting the press for products saved for a long time: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
5.14. Switch press off and on again . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
6. Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6.1. Diagnosis report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
6.2. Actuel diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
6.3. Deactivated diagnosises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
6.4. Change report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
6.5. Batch administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
7. Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7.1. Parameter list in general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Binder 1 -- iv
P 3030
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 62
8. Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
8.1. Parameter list “B” (1 to 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
8.2. Parameter list “C” (35 to 65) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
8.3. Parameter list “D” (66 to 99) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
8.4. Parameter list “E” (100 to 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
8.5. Parameter list “F” (134 to 167) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
8.6. Parameter list “G” (168 to 201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
9. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
9.1. General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
9.2. Control terminal (IC) :
diagnoses 1000....1999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
9.3. Machine computer :
diagnoses 2000....2999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
9.4. Electric :
diagnoses 3000....3999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
9.5. Machine mechanical components :
diagnoses 4000....4999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
9.6. Production procedure :
diagnoses 5000....5999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
9.7. Customer---specific :
diagnoses 7000....7999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
9.8. Peripheral equipment :
diagnoses 8000....9999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Binder 1 -- v
P 3030
Binder 1 -- vi
P 3030
binder 2

10.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10.3. Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
11. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
12. Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
12.1. Reaction to faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
12.2. Safety shut---down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
12.3. Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
12.4. Inching mode at opened window flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
12.5. System overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
12.6. Function sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
13. Description of functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

13.1. Pressing forces --- pressing force signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
13.2. Pressing force control (control circuit 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
13.3. Weight control (control circuit 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
14. Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
14.1. Main drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
14.2. Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
14.3. Choice of lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
14.4. Main pressure station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
14.5. Pre---pressure station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
14.6. Penetration depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
14.7. Cylindrical height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
14.8. Dosing station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Binder 1 -- vii
P 3030
14.9. Feed cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

14.10. Die plate package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
14.11. Fill---o---matic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
14.12. Material plough and scraper 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
14.13. Tablet scraper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
14.14. Removal station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
14.15. Tablet chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
14.16. Sorting gate (fast gate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
14.17. 2 Layer Option SH30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
14.18. Compression compartment panelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
14.19. Outer panelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
14.20. Extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
14.21. Option: FETTE vacuum cleaner Clean --- Air --- Bloc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
15. Servicing / Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

15.1. Cleaning the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
15.2. Removal / installation of the die plate package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
15.3. Removal / installation of the pressure stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
15.4. Manual adjustment of the penetration depth (pre--- and main pressure) 69
15.5. Reference marks of the adjusting drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
15.6. Adjusting rotor encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
15.7. Zero balance of the measuring amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
15.8. Cleaning the Fill---O---Matic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
15.9. Fill---O---Matic adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
15.10. Care and maintenance of the tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
15.11. Information pages tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
15.12. Changing the (non---)rechargeable batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
15.13. Preventive maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
16. Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Binder 1 -- viii
P 3030
binder 3

17.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17.3. Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
18. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
19. Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Binder 1 -- ix
P 3030
Binder 1 -- x
P 3030
binder 1
1.1. Introduction
This information has been written with the intention of its being read, understood and
observed in all points by those responsible for the use of the P 3030 tablet press.
The full technical documentation extends to three (3) volumes, which should always
be kept within easy reach of the P 3030. This operating manual draws attention to de-
tails that are especially important for the use of the P 3030.
A sound knowledge of the operating manual is required, if mistakes in operating the

P 3030 are to be avoided and the smooth running of the machinery is to be guarantied.
It is therefore very important that the persons responsible for the equipment are thor-
oughly familiar with this operating manual.
We recommend that this operating manual be read carefully before the equipment is
put into operation, as we accept no liability for damage or interruption to operation aris-
ing due to non---observation of the contents of this manual.
Should difficulties nevertheless arise, please contact our service department, our
spare parts division or one of our representatives. They will be pleased to assist you.
The present operating manual is solely applicable to the P 3030.
As regards the presentation and contents of this operating manual, we reserve the right
to make technical alterations necessary for the improvement of the P 3030.
1.2. Fields of Application
The P 3030 tablet press was designed as a modular system within a tablet---compres-
sing cell for the manufacture of tablets or press---formed preparations.
Tablet presses are employed in the chemical, pharmaceutical, food, animal feed and
sinter---metal industries.
To enable a P 3030 to be employed to its full capability in the given field of application,
various pressing tools, accessory parts and peripheral devices can be delivered to
meet the specific production requirements.
Basically speaking, the P 3030 is suitable only for those areas of application specified
in the operating manual and with the tools, accessory parts and peripheral devices
foreseen in the supply schedule.
Before employing the P 3030 in fields of application other than those specified by con-
tract, the FETTE company customer service section should be consulted (contact ad-
dress: see Volume 2, ”Spare Parts and Customer Service”), as otherwise the warranty
is invalid.
Binder 1 -- 1
P 3030
1.3. Copyright
The copyright to this operating manual is retained by FETTE GmbH.
This operating manual is intended for personnel involved in the assembly, operation
or supervision of the equipment. It contains directives and drawings of a technical na-
ture, that must not be copied, circulated or conveyed to unauthorized persons for ad-
vertising purposes, whether in whole or on part.
The copyright also extends to the data processing programs and the related program
descriptions.
In the event of extension or exchange of the existing programs the user undertakes
to destroy all previous versions, copies and documentation of the substituted pro-
grams, unless some alternative agreement has been reached.
Transfer to a third party is not permitted.
Postal address:
FETTE Compacting GmbH

Postfach 1180
D --- 21484 Schwarzenbek
for Packages, Freight:

Grabauer Straße 24
Telefon : (0 41 51) --- 12---0

Telex : 2 189 416
Telefax : (0 41 51) --- 833 371
Teletex : 415 111
Internet: http://www.fette -- compacting.com
e -- Mail : tablet@fette -- compacting.com
Binder 1 -- 2
P 3030
2. Safety
2.1. Explanation of Symbols and Signs
Work Safety Symbol :
This symbol is to be found in connection with all work safety references made in this
operating manual which involve some risk to life and limb.
Be sure to pay attention to all references of this sort, taking special care in such in-
stances.
Pass on all work safety references to other users, too.
The general safety and accident---prevention regulations currently valid must also be
observed, in addition to the safety warnings given in this operating manual.
Attention !
This ATTENTION ! symbol is used to indicate those parts of this operating manual to
which particular attention must be paid, in order to ensure that regulations, directives,
references and correct work sequences are observed, and to avoid damage and de-
struction of the machinery and/or other installation components.
2.2. Work Safety Warning
Your P 3030 is equipped with all safety devices as foreseen by machine protection law,
the relevant DIN / ISO directives, EC guide---lines and the requirements of the German
Professional Association for Chemistry.
If all the regulations governing the operation and servicing of the machinery are ob-
served, the required safety level will have been achieved and the risk of injury will have
been excluded.
Binder 1 -- 3
P 3030
PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHOULD BE PAID THE FOLLOWING WORK

SAFETY WARNINGS :
Attention !
. Use of this machine can be dangerous, if it is incorrectly operated by un-

trained personnel or is employed for purposes not foreseen or intended.
. Everyone on the user’s premises involved in the transport, erection, pre---/

installation, assembly, dismantling and re---assembly, start---up, operation,
maintenance (inspection, cleaning, servicing, repair), shutdown or disposal
of the P 3030 must have read the entire operating manual and, in particu-
lar, must have both read and understood the chapter ”Safety”. It is recom-
mended that the user has this confirmed in writing.
. The P 3030 is intended for the stipulated field of application only. Any use
made made of the equipment outside this field shall be regarded as not
having been agreed. The manufacturer shall accept no liability for any
damage resulting from such use, the associated risk being borne solely by
the user.
. Observation of the transport, erection, pre---/installation, assembly, dis-

mantling and re---assembly, start---up, operation, maintenance (inspection,
cleaning, servicing, repair), shutdown and disposal requirements specified
by the manufacturer must also be regarded as part of the agreed utiliz-
ation.
. Transport, erection, pre---/installation, assembly, dismantling and re---as-

sembly, start---up, operation, maintenance (inspection, cleaning, servicing,
repair), shutdown or disposal of the P 3030 and/or all of its components
must be completed by authorized, trained and well---instructed personnel
only. Such personnel must have received special instructions on the
dangers that might possibly arise.
. Responsibility for transport, erection, pre---/installation, assembly, dismantl-

ing and re---assembly, start---up, operation, maintenance (inspection,
cleaning, servicing, repair), shutdown and disposal must be clearly estab-
lished and observed, so that no uncertainty can arise with respect to areas
of competence and safety aspects.
. For all work that involves transport, erection, pre---/installation, assembly,

dismantling and re---assembly, start---up, operation, maintenance (inspec-
tion, cleaning, servicing, repair), shutdown and disposal, the disconnection
procedures specified in the operating manual must be observed.
. Working techniques that detract from the safety aspect must not be
employed.
Binder 1 -- 4
P 3030
. The user is responsible for ensuring that no unauthorized person gains

operational access to the equipment.
. The user is required to report any changes detracting from the safety of
the plant immediately.
. The user is required to ensure that the P 3030 will always be operated in
sound condition only.
. User---authorized modifications and alterations that affect the safety of the

equipment are not permitted.
. Basically speaking, work on the machinery is to be carried out only after it

has been brought to a standstill.
. Before the commencement of modification, servicing or maintenance

work, care should be taken to ensure that the drive units and accessory
parts cannot be switched on inadvertently.
. After the completion of repairs, before renewed start---up, a check should

be made to ensure that all protective gear is in place.
. When it comes to removal and replacement of mechanical components,

attention must be paid to the weight of the parts in question.
. For cleaning work, it is imperative that the manufacturer’s note (on clean-
ing agents) be observed.
. The load---bearing capacities of the lifting appliances to be installed must

at least be equivalent to the weight of the assembly components.
. Doors and flaps may not be opened until the machinery has already been
brought to a standstill.
. Machinery and switch cabinet must be fastened using the appropriate

eyelets only.
. After significant electrical assembly or electrical repair work, the existing

safeguards are to be tested (e.g. earth resistance).
. The local safety and accident prevention regulations apply, in every case,
to the operation of the P 3030.
Binder 1 -- 5
P 3030
THE FOLLOWING 4 POINTS MUST BE OBSERVED BY EVERY USER :
1. Flaps to the Press Area
. Safety switches attached to the flaps secure access to the equipment’s

press area. These switches should be checked every day, before starting
up the machinery, to ensure that they are in good working order. While one
or more flaps are open, the machinery in not able to be operated and can-
not be started up. If such a flap is opened during operation of the machin-
ery this will result in immediate standstill.
2. Flaps on the Underside of the Housing
. The 4 flaps on the underside of the housing are secured by spagnolet

locks and must be opened with a key. This key is to be given to authorized
persons only. Before the flaps to the underside of the housing are opened
by the authorized person, the main electrical switch is to be switched off at
the operating terminal or at the switch cabinet, which is then to be locked.
3. Plug Connections
. If the electrical connection between the machinery and the switch cabinet
is to be interrupted, the plugs must be pulled out. Before the plugs has
been entirely removed, however, the main---switch has to be in the ”OFF”
position.
4. EMERGENCY SHUTOFF Switch
. Your P 3030 has EMERGENCY SHUTOFF switches, in keeping with the

relevant VDE and TÜV provisions. These switches must be unblocked
again, after activation, by turning them through a quarter rotation.
Binder 1 -- 6
P 3030
2.3. Agreed Applications
The P 3030 is intended for use as described in the sup-

ply schedule (pressing tools, accessory parts, periph-
eral devices) only.
Each and every other use shall be regarded as not hav-

ing been agreed.
The manufacturer accepts no liability for consequent

damage, the risk here being borne solely by the user.
This operating manual may contain references to special

parts that are not necessarily to be found on your ma-
chine and might well be described as options.
The security aspect is not thereby prejudiced.
The supply schedule covers only those parts governed

by contract or by delivery note.
Subject to technical alterations.
As at: April 2011 Version: 0.02
Binder 1 -- 7
P 3030
Binder 1 -- 8
P 3030
3.1. Machine data / Environmental conditions
Manufacturer : FETTE Compacting

Model : P 3030
Name plate : Behind the machine housing

panelling
Operating voltage : 380, 400, 415, 440, 460, 480,
500, 520V,
+/---5% 50/60 Hz, 3 Ph +PE
Power consumption (approx.) : 16KW
Total fuse protection : 40A
Projected floor area : 1370 x 1370 mm
Height of the machine : 2074 mm
(with Fülltrichter) (2073 mm)
Net weight of the tablet press : approx. 4800 kg
Weight of the control terminal : 80kg
Environmental conditions :
Relative Humidity (not condense) : 5 --- 95 %
Temperature switch cabinet : 0 --- 25˚C
Temperature Operating---Terminal : 0 --- 25˚C
Temperature Machine : 5 --- 35˚C
Binder 1 -- 9
P 3030
3.2. General data P 3030
standard
Number of stations 79 73 61 49 49 37
EU19 EU19 EU 19 EU 1” EU 1” EU 35
Punch typ (IPT/TSM 19) (IPT/TSM 19) (IPT/TSM 19) (IPT/TSM 1”) ---441
BBS BB B D
Tablet output min 284.400 131.400 109..800 88.200 88.200 66.600
per/h max 1.004.880 700.800 585.600 470.400 470.400 355.200
Max. compr.
kN 100** 100 100 100 100 100
force
Max. tablet dia. mm 11 13 16 25 25 34
18
Max. depth of fill mm 18 18 18 18 18
(22)
Max. tablet 8,5

mm 8,5 8,5 8,5 8,5 8,5
thickness (11)
Pitch cicle dia. mm 680 680 680 680 680 680
Die plate speed 1/min 30---106 15---80 15---80 15---80 15---80 15---80
Die plate dia. mm 22 24 30,16 38,1 38,1 52
Die plate hight mm 22,22 22,22 22,22 23,8 23,8 30
Punch shank dia. mm 19 19 19 25,35 25,35 35
133,6 133,6 133,6 133,6
Punch length mm 133,6 133,6
(133,35) (133,35) (133,35) (133,35)
Upper punch
penetration mm 2 --- 4 (8*) 2 --- 4 (8*) 2 --- 4 (8*) 2 --- 4 (8*) 2 --- 4 (8*) 2 --- 4 (8*)
depth
* Only at main compression station 1 with double layer option.

** Tools only permit up to 70 kN.
If tools are large and filling depths are high, the machine can not be run at its highest capacity.
Because of the technical progress we reserve the right of alternation.
Binder 1 -- 10
P 3030
4. Erection
4.1. Transport, loading and unloading
The packaging is weather---proof and seaworthy.
The transport crate is marked according to DIN 55 402.
Attention ! During transport, loading and unloading, ensure that wire or

hemp cables of sufficient load -- carrying capacity are used.
These are fastened to the markings shown on the crate.
When transporting the crate, avoid placing it with force on a

corner and ensure that it is kept in a vertical position.
Load details (foundations)
P 3030 places a load of approx. approx. 48 kN on the foundations.

The centre of gravity is approximately in the middle of the press.
4 X 12 kN
This results in a load of 12 kN for each of the 4 stands.
The foot diameter of the anti---vibration pad is approx. 120 mm .
4.2. Erection drawing
The outer dimensions of P 3030 are 1370 x 1370 mm .
The mobile control terminal can be erected in any position. The

required basic surface for the control terminal is 600 x 672 mm .
All drawings are without scale and serve only as notion.
Binder 1 -- 11
P 3030
General erection drawing P 3030
Binder 1 -- 12
P 3030
Binder 1 -- 13
P 3030
Handling System
330 kg
Binder 1 -- 14
P 3030
Overview P 3030
back
station 2
electric switch board
left right
side side
front
station 1
Binder 1 -- 15
P 3030
4.3. Unpacking and erection
First loosen and remove the two front ends of the crate. They are
tighten on the side with hexagonal screws and can be dismantled
using normal wrenches.
Then loosen and remove the lid of the crate.
The side walls are then loosened from the crate bottom and re-
moved. They are fastened to the crate bottom with coach bolts
and have to be untightened from the inside.
Dismantle the press from the bottom of the crate by untie and re-
moving the 4 fastening bolts in the corners of the machine.
Lift the press from the bottom of the crate using a crane. For this
purpose, screw a ring bolt (included in the supply) into the head
section.
Attention !
The press can be transported with a fork-lift truck. Ensure that the
transport forks are as far apart as possible so that they are directly
next to the corner reinforcements of the base plate.
Binder 1 -- 16
P 3030
Attention ! Before placing the machine on the floor, the anti---vibration pads
(machine feet) have to be fastened under the columns.
The press has to be exactly adjusted for the production process,

preferably holding a spirit level to the die plate.
After adjusting, the lock nuts have to be screwed tight again.
Binder 1 -- 17
P 3030
4.4. Control
Attention ! After transport, check that the PE connections and PE

screensin the switchboard and machine are firmly
connected.
Important: After unpacking, the entire delivery must be checked

for any possible signs of transport damage; if any damage is de-
tected, it must be reported immediately to the transport company
responsible for making the delivery.
In addition, check that the delivery is complete by comparing with

the delivery note.
Complaints can only be dealt with on immediate notification.
4.5. Cleaning
Various parts are preserved prior to the transport. These parts

now have to be cleaned and cleared of all grease.
Petroleum ether or methyl alcohol are recommended as cleaning

agent.
Binder 1 -- 18
P 3030
4.6. Supply connections
In order to connect up the power supply for P 3030, only the con-
nection (on floor....) from the switch board to the mains power has
to be made.
P 3030 is rated for 380*, 400, 415*, 440*, 460*, 480*, 500*, 520*V,
+/---5% 50/60 Hz, 3 Ph +PE threephase alternating current.
(*This value is achieved by reconnecting the transformer)
Please check that your mains voltage corresponds to these

values.
If necessary, a series transformer can be connected up to pro-

duce voltages of 230 to 600 V.
Attention ! Arrange for an electrical engineer to carry out the main

connection.
Supply lines towards main switch are under live voltage

even when main switch is switched -- off.
The machine is connected to the terminal with the cables and

sockets marked accordingly.
On condition that the operating mains supply has a PE con-

nection, no further measures are necessary to guarantee that
the machine is free of interference.
All pertinent standards are to be observed as regards the op-

erating mains supply and PE connection, such as
DIN 57100 Part 410 / IEC 364 -- 4 -- 41
DIN EN 60204 Part 1 / IEC 204 -- 1
Special attention should be given to machines and produc-

tion equipment in the direct vicinity of the machine if these are
capable of generating intolerable power interruptions.
Binder 1 -- 19
P 3030
4.7. Connecting the periphery equipment
The periphery equipment is connected according to the machine

layout in the circuit diagram (volume 3).
Gratex / tablet deduster Handlingsystem / turret lifter
Metal Check
Vacuum cleaner
Tablet Tester
Binder 1 -- 20
P 3030
5.1. Going to the reference marks
Before initial commissioning, the reference marks have to be ap-

proached.
To approach the reference marks, the “test run” has to be se-

Runs lected. Menu “Runs” or button “J”.
Hotkey
F6 Setup Approach reference marks is selected from the menu “set---up”

or button “V”.
Hotkey
The dies must be empty when approaching the reference

ATTENTION ! marks.
If the tablet press has been modified for 2 -- layer production,

all punches have to be removed when approaching the refer-
ence marks.
Cyl. height main pressure: : 17.00 +/--- 0.02 mm

Cyl. height pre---pressure : 17.00 +/--- 0.02 mm
Filling depth : 3.00 +/--- 0.02 mm
5.2. Control overview
All inputs are made using this touch panel.
Once the data have been saved on the hard disk or transferred
from a floppy to the hard disk, then these data no longer have to
be entered by hand.
Nearly all letter keys have a double function.
They are also used as input keys for accessing lists and modes,
for save commands etc.
Binder 1 -- 21
P 3030
The numerical keys also have a double function. On the one hand
for the input of values, on the other hand for the selection of para-
meters, etc.
FETTE
P3030
Binder 1 -- 22
P 3030
5.3. Key allocation
Cancel the input or menu List of products
Help Parameter list ”B”
Menu Parameter list ”C”
Parameter Parameter list ”D”
Reports Parameter list ”E”
View Parameter list ”F”
Machine setup Parameter list ”G”
Print reports Current diagnoses
not in use Computer mode
Additional lube pulse Test mode
Fill---O---Matic pre---run Set---up run

SF
Rotor tipping Standard run
SF Rotor tipping from punch to punch
not in use
Machine on not in use
Machine OFF Batch change
left Operator Log IN/OFF
right Light ON / OFF
up Save (formulation)
down Backupdisk
not in use
enter Parameter list ”U”
Screen print Go to reference marks
Language Zero comparison
Process diagram Machine number
End program Date
Machine OFF Time
Machine ON
Binder 1 -- 23
P 3030
5.4. The screen elements
Head line
Magnesium NT [I] Computerrun Date 04.04.2007 Time 11:55

Batch: NT -- 001 Oper.: Norby M -- No.:100
3 5010 Lim.on indiv.val. of press.force exceeded for punch (Stat.1) 25
Log IN/OFF Configuration
Formulat.list Middle section Runs
Process graphic Extrafunctions
F1 Help F2 Menu F3 Parameter F4 Reports F5 Graphic F6 Setup F7 Print
Foot line
The head line:
The following data are shown here:

the name of the formulation
the batch
the machine run
the date
the operator
the time
the machine number
The middle section:
The diagrams and tables for current production are shown here.
The foot line:
Other functions, diagrams or tables can be accessed from here

directly or via a corresponding menu.
Binder 1 -- 24
P 3030
5.5. Operator password management
Access with “Log IN/OFF” or button ”P”.

Log IN/OFF
Log IN/OFF
Operator Norby
Hotkey
Password ***
Operatorlevel 9
OK Cancel
The operator and password must be entered in the window. After

confirming with “Enter”, the operator level and three additional
buttons are shown.
Log IN/OFF
Operator Norby
Password ***
Operatorlevel 9
OK Cancel
New Password Operator List Logoff
OK “OK” closes the window and the operator is shown in the head
line.
Cancel “Abort” ends this function without change.
Binder 1 -- 25
P 3030
New Password
By pressing the button “New password, two fields are shown in
which a new password can be entered.
Log IN/OFF
Operator Norby
Password ***
Operatorlevel 9
OK Cancel
New Password ***

Verification ***
OK “OK” closes the window and the new password is adopted.
Cancel “Abort” ends the function without change.
Logoff
Press the button “Log off” for the operator to log off.
Log IN/OFF
Operator Norby
Password ***
Operatorlevel 9
OK Cancel
Binder 1 -- 26
P 3030
Operator List
Press the button “Operator list” for a window for password man-
agement to be shown.
Operator List
Operator Operatorlevel
Supervisor 9
Operator 1 1
Operator 2 2
Operator 3 3
Operator 4 4
Operator
Operatorlevel 9
Password *******
Verification ***
Append Operator delete
OK
The operator (only with level 9) can enter a new operator here.
Append “Add” includes the new operator in the list.
Operator delete “Rem. operator” removes the selected operator from the list.
OK “OK” closes the operator list.
Binder 1 -- 27
P 3030
5.6. List of formulations

Formulat.list
Formulations
001 Magnesium NT 04.04.2007
002 Placebo 02.01.2000
003 LR6 03.01.2000
004 Salz 04.01.2000
005 Airbag 05.01.2000
Process graphic
Rename Delete Load Save
Binder 1 -- 28
P 3030
The saved formulation are featured in the list of formulations.

Formulat.list
Hotkey
The entry in the list is selected with the cursor buttons.
In this window, the name of the selected formulation can be

Rename
changed.
Product -- name:
Placebo
OK Cancel
OK ”OK” confirms the input.
Binder 1 -- 29
P 3030
Delete Continue delete ?
Yes No
Yes “Yes” deletes the formulation selected in the list.
No “No” aborts the procedure.
Binder 1 -- 30
P 3030
“Load” loads the formulation selected in the list into the working
Load memory.
“Save” saves the formulation in the working memory at the se-

Save lected list position.
Product -- name:
Placebo
OK Cancel
A new name can be entered in the window. If the list position is

already occupied, the entry is overwritten.
OK “OK” saves the formulation
Cancel ”Abort” ends the function without change.
Binder 1 -- 31
P 3030
5.7. Process graphic

Batch: NT -- 001 Oper.: Ulli M -- No.:100
Process graphic
Max input limit
Min input limit
Station 1
13 Precompr.force MV kN
Parameter number 0.1 > 35.6 < 64.4
60 Prepress.f. MV max %
0.1 > 12.5 < 64.4
“SET” value
OK Cancel
Binder 1 -- 32
P 3030
Bar diagram pre---pressure
Bar diagram main pressure
Pre---pressure pressing force
Main pressure pressing force
Web (cylindrical) height pre---pressure
Web (cylindrical) height main pressure
Tablet filling depth
Standard deviation main pressing force
Main pressing force progression over 2.5 hours
Fill---o---matic speed
Die plate speed
Mounted filling cams
Reject (ON / OFF)
Filling depth control (ON / OFF)
Tablet weight
Standard deviation tablet weight
Number of good tablets
Speed in tablets per hour (x1000)
The process diagrams show the main parameters necessary for

production.
Only the “ACTUAL” values of the corresponding parameters are

shown.
A window for changing the “TARGET” values is shown by select-

ing the corresponding fields.
Binder 1 -- 33
P 3030
5.8. Configuration

Back
Machine No.
Configuration
Date
Time
Language Runs
Activated options
Level setup
Extrafunctions
Machine No. The machine number is entered in this window. Both letters and
numbers can be used.
Hotkey
Machine -- no.:
100
OK Cancel
OK ”OK” confirms the input. The machine number is shown in the

head line.
Binder 1 -- 34
P 3030
Date This window is used to adjust day, month and year
Date
Hotkey
January 2010
Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
OK Cancel
Date
July 2010
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
OK Cancel
OK ”OK” confirms the input. The date is shown in the head line.
Binder 1 -- 35
P 3030
Time The time is adjusted in this window.
Time
Hotkey
20 35
OK Cancel
OK ”OK” confirms the input. The date is shown in the head line.
Language When several languages are installed, the language can be ad-
justed in this window.
Hotkey Change language
OK
When the machine is switched on, the standard language is al-

ways loaded.
OK “OK” closes the window.
Binder 1 -- 36
P 3030
Level setup This list stipulates the level for various functions.
The operator with level 9 can change the level for the functions
here.
If the level is set to “0”, then this function can be carried out without
the operator logging on.
Levelsetup
1 [I] Computerrun
5 [J] Testrun
2 [K] Settingrun
3 [L] Standardrun
Operatorlevel 9
OK Cancel
Binder 1 -- 37
P 3030
5.9. Runs

Back
[I] Computerrun
Configuration
[J] Testrun
[K] Settingrun
[L] Standardrun Runs
Extrafunctions
The various runs are listed in this menu line.

Runs
[I] Computerrun To change the computer run, the machine must be off.
After switching on the press with the main switch, the computer
Hotkey run appears automatically. In the computer run, all inputs and out-
puts (from computer to machine) are blocked, but nearly all
entries are possible without the press being able to react.
The following functions are possible only in the computer run

(with List of Formulation A selected at the same time):
Selection or entry of a formulation, copy of the formulation in the

working memory to any list position.
Binder 1 -- 38
P 3030
[J] Testrun The “test run” can only be selected when the machine is at a
standstill.
Hotkey
The “test run” is the only run in which it is possible to approach
the reference points and machine functions, to proceed with
“zero balance” and to switch the Fill---O---Matic on and off for
emptying.
The test run can be extended.
While approaching the reference points, it is not possible to leave

the “test run”.
Attention !
The reference marks may only be approached when the dies

are empty.
Zero balance may only be carried out with unloaded measuring

points.
S Main pressure station bottom

S Pre---pressure station bottom
S Punch stiffness measurement bottom and top
S Ejection force measurement.
[K] Settingrun In the setting run, the production---relevant stop diagnoses are
converted into warning diagnoses.
Hotkey
The discharge gate is not changed over, all tablets go through the
bad channel.
The pressing force control is active if switched on.
The rejection function is not active if switched on.
All changes to the parameters are sent to the VME---BUS com-

puter after confirmation and carried out.
[L] Standardrun The standard run is the production run.
All diagnoses are active, all monitoring and control functions are
Hotkey
carried out as far as these are switched on.
Binder 1 -- 39
P 3030
5.10. Special functions

Back
Missing punches
Configuration
Punch no. to reject
Get 2---layer sample
Filling cam calcul. Runs
Amplifier
Extrafunctions
Binder 1 -- 40
P 3030
Missing punches If the pressing process is to operate with fewer punches than
possible in the rotor, then the punches which are not being used
or which have been removed must be entered in the list.
Missing punches
15
25
35
45
55
65
75
85
OK
The punch stations entered in the list are not taken into account
for pressing force evaluation.
Punch no. to reject Punch stations which are to be rejected in every revolution can
be entered here. For this purpose, the rejection function in “Para-
meter 33” must be switched on.
Punch no. to reject
15
25
35
45
55
65
75
85
OK
The normal reject function continues in parallel and rejects those

tablets which are over or under the set limits.
Binder 1 -- 41
P 3030
Get 2---layer sample A manual sample of the first layer is carried out by pressing the
button.
The following parameters must be set:
“Parameter 168” :2---L. sampl. cly. ht. mm (Side1 and 2)
“Parameter 169” : 2---Layer no. for sample
Procedure:
Presetting of the machine:
Machine is producing 2---layer tabletts, both discharge gates are

in good position, ejector is in lower position
Phase Automatic samplingstart in relation to parameter 74 ( Sampling )
Phase Compressionforce monitoring for Pre--- and Mainstation is
deactivated, Compressionforce adjustment is deactivated, bad
production counter is active, both dischargegates are in reject
position, web hight of compressingstation 1 & 2 are reduced in
relation to parameter 168 ( 2---L.sample.cyl.ht. mm (side 1 + 2 ))
Phase Web hight station 1 & 2 is reached, ejector station 1 moves to eject
position.
Phase Ejector station 1 is in upper position, dischargegate station 1 is
switched to good position, tabletts from station 1 are directed to
the good chute.
Phase Samples from station 1 are taken, discharge gate station 1 is
switched to reject position, ejector station 1 moves to 2---layer
production position.
Phase Ejector station 1 is in 2---layer production position, web hight
station 1 & 2 are moving back to the presetted positions.
Phase Web hight station 1 & 2 is reached.
Phase After 1 revolution the dischargegate station 2 is switched to good
production, Compression force control is active, compression
force adjustment is active, good production counter is active.
Phase The sample of layer 1 is completed.
Binder 1 -- 42
P 3030
Function procedure for sampling 1 -- layer or 2 -- layer

tablets.
Web height station 1
Discharge gate station 1
Ejector station 1
Web height station 2
Discharge gate station 2
Phase :
Binder 1 -- 43
P 3030
Magnesium NT [J] Testrun Date 01.01.2000 Time 11:55

Batch: NT -- 001 Oper.: Ulli M -- No.: 001
Main compr. station lower
Pre compr. station lower
Lower punch stiffness
Upper punch stiffness
Ejection force
Amplifier By pressing the button amplifier, the screen mask with the dis-
plays of the values of the measuring amplifier is shown.
Actual force in N / kN
Gain factor for calibration
Binder 1 -- 44
P 3030
5.11. Inserting and adjusting the tools
It does not take long to insert the tools, i.e. the upper punches,
dies and lower punchesthrough the installation and removal
openings.
To do so, open the windows on the side of the tablet chute. Re-
move the lower housing flap to operate the handwheel.
Remove:
S tablet discharge, extraction, Fill---o---matic, ejector
S remove the cover plate for the punch removal opening (2
tilt---clip levers)
After cleaning the bores with the die cleaner, you can now install
the dies.
Always use the same installation procedure (marking always up

or always down) when installing the dies because both sides of
the die can be used.
Attention ! Have you got the right filling cam ?!
Installing round dies:
Place each die on the bore and hit it gently with the installation
tool to force it into the receptacle bore.
Attention ! Tighten the die screws with max. 10 Nm.
Binder 1 -- 45
P 3030
Attention ! The dies must always be flush with the upper edge of the die
plate.
Installing the lower punches:

S Oil the shafts and heads slightly
S Insert the lower punches
S Check that the punches move freely
S Mount the ejector
Installing the upper punches:

S Oil the shafts and heads slightly
S Insert the punches one at a time
S Mount the installation ledges
Re---assemble the machine completely.
Inserting guided tools:

S Remove the parts as described
S Also remove the holding ledges of the installation station
(top)
S Push each individual die together with the upper punch
S into the die receptacle bore
Attention ! When turning the machine on with the handwheel, ensure that
the upper punches are pulled up by hand so far that they are
adopted smoothly by the next cam system.
Remaining procedure as for round tools.
Binder 1 -- 46
P 3030
5.12. Starting the press for a new product:
1. Main switch ”ON” (in the switchboard).
After an extensive self---test of the computers, which can be fol-

lowed on the monitor, the menu appears on the monitor.
2. Log in the operator (button ”P”)
3. After selecting the test mode (button ”J”):

S go to the reference marks (button ”V”)
S and proceed with the zero balance (button ”W”)
4. Change to the computer mode (button ”I”)
5. Enter the product in the product list.

(List B1 and B2)
6. Enter essential parameters in the parameter list:

S Parameter 1 Tablets/h. (choose small value to start with)
S Parameter 3 Fill---O---Matic speed
S Parameter 6 Filling depth
S Parameter 18 Cylindrical height main compression
S Parameter 19 Cylindrical height pre---compression
S Parameter 20 Penetration depth main compression
Attention ! Make sure that mechanical setting and specified values are
the same. The value for the manual setting must be entered.
S Parameter 21 Penetration depth pre---compression
Attention ! Make sure that mechanical setting and specified values are
the same. The value for the manual setting must be entered.
S Parameter 35 Tabl. diameter or 36/37 for oblong
S Parameter 38 Tabl. shape
S Parameter 39 Filling cams
Attention ! Make sure that the mounted fillcam and the specific fillcam
is the same. The value for the manual setting must be entered.
S Parameter 47 lube cycle 1 s
S Parameter 48 lube cycle 2 top s
S Parameter 57 Tabl. no. for statistics
S Parameter 59 Filling depth control number
S Parameter 66 Punch numbe of rotor
Binder 1 -- 47
P 3030
7. Select setup mode (button ”K”),

or standard mode (button ”L”)
(All nominal values are approached)

8. Start press in tipping mode
first Fill -- o -- matic (button F10)
then rotor (SF + F1)
9. Machine ”ON” (all other parameters as required)
5.13. Starting the press for products saved for a long time:
1. Main switch ”ON” (in switchboard).
After an extensive self---test of the computers, which can be fol-

lowed on the monitor, the menu appears on the monitor.
2. Log in the operator (button ”P”)
3. After every product change to test mode (button ”J”) :
S go to reference marks (button ”V”)

S and proceed with zero balance (button”W”)
4. Change to the computer mode (button ”I”)
5. Select and load product from product list
6. Select setup mode or standard mode
(All nominal values are approached)

7. Start machine in tipping mode
first Fill -- o -- matic (button F10)
then rotor (SF + F1)
8. Machine ”ON”
Binder 1 -- 48
P 3030
5.14. Switch press off and on again
Attention ! Switch off:

S Machine ”STOP”
S Computer mode (button ”I”)
S Main switch ”OFF”
The uninterrupted power supply brings the computer to a con-

trolled shut---down. The computer is then disconnected from the
mains.
Attention ! Switching on again:

S Wait until the computer is off completely in the control
panel.
S Then switch the main switch ”ON” again.
The instruction and CD for new installation of the software are

included in the scope of supply.
Decommissioning and shutdown:
The local regulations concerning decommissioning and shut-

down have to be respected by the operating company.
Binder 1 -- 49
P 3030
Binder 1 -- 50
P 3030
6. Reports
Press the button ”F4 Reports” in the foot line of the menu or press
function button ”F4” for the following selection menu.

Back
Diagnosis report
Configuration
Actual diagnosises
Deactivated diagnosises
Change report Runs
Batch reports
Extrafunctions
1. Diagnosis report
List of all diagnosis that cam up during machine is switched on.
2. Actuel diagnosis
List of current diagnosis in their order of occurence.
3. Deactivated diagnosis
List of diagnosis their stop function becomes warning and the
machine is continuously running.
4. Change report
List of all manual changes that have been enterd on the key-
board.
5. Batch reports
Batch administration.
Binder 1 -- 51
P 3030
Binder 1 -- 52
P 3030
6.1. Diagnosis report

Diagnosis
Diagnosis report
report
Date Time Type Description Index
01.01.2004 11:55 W 3001 Balance less than 0 mV amplifier A 600 (lower main pressure 1)
01.01.2004 12:13 S 5120 Same punch bad tablet (Station 1) 25
01.01.2004 12:45 S 8000 Check Gratex unit (Station 1)
01.01.2004 13:25 W 5014 Pressing force mean value limit max. exceeded (Station 1)
01.01.2004 14:25 S 4602 No lubricating pulse from lubricating circuit 2 1
01.01.2004 15:08 S 5167 Approach reference marks 4
Date / time at which the diagnosis occurred.
Diagnosis type: ”S” = stop diagnosis

”W” = warning diagnosis
”D” = deactivated diagnosis
”D---I” = deactivated diagnosis from IC
Diagnosis number and description.
Index number
Scroll in the list
Help call for the selected diagnosis.
Binder 1 -- 53
P 3030
6.2. Actuel diagnosis

Actual
Diagnosis
diagnosises
report
Diagnosis type: ”S” = stop diagnosis

”W” = warning diagnosis
”D” = deactivated diagnosis
”D---I” = deactivated diagnosis from IC
Index number
Scroll in the list
Help call for the selected diagnosis.
Binder 1 -- 54
P 3030
6.3. Deactivated diagnosises

Deactivated
Diagnosisdiagnosises
report
Index number
Reset deactivation
Deactivate diagnosis
Scroll in the list
Help call for the selected diagnosis
Binder 1 -- 55
P 3030
6.4. Change report

Change report
Date Time Change type Change description
01.01.2004 11:55:24 Control Batch cange Change
01.01.2004 12:13:37 Cange of operator 0 9 Ulli
01.01.2004 12:45:54 Cange of set value Parameter: 1 250 --- > 300
Date / time of change
Type of change
Change description
Scroll in the list
Binder 1 -- 56
P 3030
6.5. Batch administration
Magnesium NT [L] Standardrun Date 01.01.2000 Time 11:55

Batch administration
No Batch: Date Formulations
1 XYZ--- DIE ERSTE 01.01.2000 8 Magnesium NT
2 ABC --- 8711 02.01.2000 5 Placebo Versuchsreihe 8533
3 123US 25.02.2000 1 Salz 1
Weight Thickness Hardness Diameter Production Results Change Diagnosises Disassembly
Station
Contents Import Export Delete
Batch number
Batch name
Product name
Batch creation date
Station selection (Page 1 / Page 2)
Binder 1 -- 57
P 3030

Batch administration
No Batch: Date Formulations
1 XYZ--- DIE ERSTE 01.01.2000 8 Magnesium NT
2 ABC --- 8711 02.01.2000 5 Placebo Versuchsreihe 8533
3 123US 25.02.2000 1 Salz 1
Weight Thickness Hardness Diameter Production Results Change Diagnosises Disassembly
Station
Contents Import Export Delete
”Import” can be used to load a batch from drive A (disk). Other

Import drives are possible as options (see chapter 5.10 ”Special fun-
tions”).
”Export” can be used to load a batch from drive A (disk). Other

Export drives are possible as options (see chapter 5.10 ”Special fun-
tions”).
Delete a batch. Only finished batches can be deleted.

Delete
Station Station selection (page 1 / page 2)
Curser down / up
Curser left / right
Binder 1 -- 58
P 3030
Weight Individual values tablet weight
Thickness Individual values tablet thickness
Hardness Individual values tablet hardness
Diameter Individual values tablet diameter
Production Production protocol
Results Results protocol
Change Batch change protocol
Diagnosises Batch diagnosis protocol
Disassembly Batch removal protocol
Contents Batch list
Binder 1 -- 59
P 3030
Binder 1 -- 60
P 3030
7. Parameter List

Parameter Set Actual Parameter Set Actual
1 Tablets/h x1000 192,0 192,0 18 Tabl.cyl.ht.mainpr.mm 2,23 2,28
2 Rotor speed 1/min 26 19 Tabl.cyl.ht.prepr. mm 3,0 3,0
3 Fillomat. speed 1/min 25 25 20 Penetr. mainpress. mm 2,5 2,5
4 Permiss.punch load kN 45,8 0,0 21 Penetr. prepress. mm 2,0 2,0
5 Maincompr.force MV kN 25,4 25,4 22 Mean tabl.weight mg 500,0 502,4 1
6 Tabl.filling depth mm 6,5 7,2 23 Mean tabl.wght. max % 2,0 B
7 Maincompr.f. MV max % 10,0 24 Tabl. weight srel % 1,5 0,95
8 Maincomp.force srel % 5,3 2,5 25 Mean tabl. thickn. mm 2,3 2,2
9 Maincomp.f.srel max % 10,0 26 Mean tabl. thn. max % 2,0
10 Ind. val. lim. upp. % 15,0 15,3 27 Tabl.thickness srel % 3,0 0,80 2
11 Ind. val. lim. low. % 15,0 16,8 28 Mean tabl.hardness N 50,0 52,4 B
12 Ind. val. lim. max% 25,0 0,0 29 Mean tabl.hardn.max % 20,0
13 Precompr.force MV kN 10,2 0,0 30 Tabl.hardness s---rel % 25,0 21,4
14 Good production x1000 250 150,6 31 Adj.thickn. weight mm 3,0
15 Bad production 524 32 Adjust on=1/2/3 524 524
16 Filling quant. x1000 100 50, 33 Reject on=1/2/3/4 100 100
17 34 Gratex RPM 1/min 60 60
Parameter 18 Operatorlevel 9
Nominal boxes for entering parameter values.
Actual boxes for the values reported from the machines.
Button for changing to page “1”.
Button for changing to page “2”.
Button for changing to previous list. (G, F, E, D, C, B)
Button for changing to next list. (B, C, D, E, F, G)
Direct pre---selection of a parameter in the current list.
Shows the operator level for the corresponding parameter.
The level for the selected parameter can be changed here, de-
pending on the operator’s authorisation.
Binder 1 -- 61
P 3030
7.1. Parameter list in general
After selecting the corresponding parameter list, you can change

a parameter in this list.
Choose the parameter and press ”Enter”.
The input window shows:
Parameter number
Parameter title
Minimum input limit
”Nominal” value
Maximum input limit
60 Prepress.f. MV max %
0.1 > 12.5 < 64.4
OK Cancel
Press Enter or the ”OK” button to confirm.

OK
Cancel Press Escape or the ”cancel” button to stop the entry without
changes
Binder 1 -- 62
P 3030
8. Parameter
8.1. Parameter list “B” (1 to 34)
1 Tablets/h x 1000
Tablets per hour times 1000
The set value in ”thousand” tablets per hour is entered here.
If the press is running, the currently produced number of tablets
per hour is shown in the actual field.
The inputs take account of:
Parameter “41 Multiple punch” and
Parameter “66 No. of punches rotor”.
The input limits result from the minimum and maximum permiss-
ible speed of the rotor.
31.07.2007
2 Rotor speed rpm

Rotor speed in revolutions per minute
If the number of tablets to be produced is entered under “para-
meter 1”, then the current rotor speed is shown in the actual field
of “parameter 2” in revolutions per minute.
It is not possible to make an input for this parameter.
10.02.2000
3 Fill -- o -- matic speed rpm

Fill---o---Matic speed in revolutions per minute
The Fill---o---Matic speed is entered in “parameter 3”. The current
value is indicated in the actual field.
Rotor speed and Fill---o---Matic speed are independent of each
other.
The Fill---o---Matic speed influences the filling properties and must
be adjusted to the product or to the speed of the machine, in order
to obtain an even filling.
The input limits result from various gear factors and the minimum
and maximum permissible speed of the motor.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 63
P 3030
4 Permiss.punch load kN
Permissible punch load in kN
Normally the set field of this parameter automatically shows the

permissible punch load, after input of:
Parameter “35 Tablet diameter mm” or

Parameter “36 Oblong narrow side mm” and
Parameter “37 Oblong long side mm” and
Parameter “38 Tabl. form”.
This automatically takes account of a value greater than “1” under

parameter “41 multi punch times”.
If “parameter 4” is selected and at the same time “9” for manual

input is selected under “parameter 38”, then a new value can be
entered manually here instead of automatic assumption of the
permissible punch load.
Attention ! If the value entered for the punch is too high, this can cause
damage to all punches!
If the compression force is greater than the permissible punch

load, then the machine is stopped with a corresponding diag-
nosis with the punch number.
The compression force which causes the machine to stop is indi-

cated in the actual field of “parameter 4”.
When using FS12 tools the permissible compression force must

be set to the value printed on the tools, adjusted either with para-
meter 38 =9 (manual input) and parameter 4 or parameter 38=8
(ID number, only enabled with Option 764).
15.04.2010
Binder 1 -- 64
P 3030
5 Main compr. force MV kN
Main value for the main compression force in kN
The set compression force required for the tablet hardness is

stated in “parameter 5”.
The actual field always shows the mean value which includes only
the good tablets, i.e. not the rejected tablets.
This also means:
If all tablets are rejected, then no new mean value is shown.
For pressing force control, a second mean value is formed which

includes all tablets, even the rejected ones.
If set pressing force and mean value differ, the machine makes
an adjustment insofar as the adjustment (“parameter 32”) is
switched on.
The mean values are formed from the number of tablets stated in
parameter 57 “Statistic number of tablets ”.
31.01.2007
6 Tabl. filling depth mm
Tablet filling depth in mm
Each filling curve allows for a theoretical adjusting range for the
filling depth of 5.5 mm.
e.g. filling cam “8”: permissible filling depth from 2.5 to 8.0 mm.
But in view of the fact that a certain adjustment distance has to

be available for making adjustments, it is only possible to enter
the range 3.0 to 7.5 mm.
The actual field shows the currently present actual value for tablet
filling depth.
By installing corresponding filling cams, it is possible to adjust the

filling depth from 0.5 to 56 mm (depending on the machine de-
sign)
19.04.2002
Binder 1 -- 65
P 3030
7 Main compr. force MV max %
Main compression force mean value maximum as a percentage
The maximum permissible deviation in set value compression

force from “parameter 5” is entered in this parameter.
This mean value includes only the good tablets, i.e. not the re-
jected tablets.
Example:
Parameter 5 = 50 kN set value

Parameter 7 = 10 %
The machine is stopped with a corresponding diagnosis, when

the actual value in “parameter 5” is greater than 55 kN or smaller
than 45 kN.
The value which has switched the machine off is shown in the
actual field of “parameter 5”.
19.04.2002
8 Main compr. force srel %
Relative standard deviation of main compression force as a per-

centage.
If the current actual value exceeds the set value, then the green
lamps flash as a warning while the machine continues running.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 66
P 3030
9 Main compr. f. srel max %
Relative standard deviation of main compression force as a per-

centage maximum.
If the current standard deviation from “parameter 8” is higher than

the set value of “parameter 9”, the machine is stopped with a
corresponding diagnosis.
The value which caused the machine to stop is displayed in the

actual field of “parameter 8”.
19.04.2002
10 Ind. val. lim. upp. %
Individual value upper limit as a percentage (main compression

force)
If the limit is exceeded, the actual field shows the value for approx.
3 seconds. The diagnosis line shows the corresponding diag-
nosis and the punch number.
If the reject function is switched on in “parameter 33”, then this

tablet is rejected.
The limit in quantity of rejected tablets must be entered in “para-

meter 52”, “parameter 53” and “parameter 54”.
10.02.2000
11 Ind. val. lim. low. %
Individual value lower limit as a percentage (main compression

force)
The individual value lower limit for the main pressing force is en-
tered here as a percentage.
If the limit is exceeded, the actual field shows the value for approx.
2 seconds. The diagnosis line shows the corresponding diag-
nosis and the punch number.
If the reject function is switched on in “parameter 33”, then this

tablet is rejected.
The limit in quantity of rejected tablets must be entered in “para-

meter 52”, “parameter 53” and “parameter 54”.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 67
P 3030
12 Ind. val. lim. max%
Individual value lower and upper limit as a percentage maximum

(main pressing force)
The maximum individual value limit for main pressing force is

stated here as a percentage (+/---).
If a main pressing force goes above or falls below this individual

value limit, then the machine is stopped and the corresponding
diagnosis appears.
The first pressing force which caused the machine to stop is dis-
played in the actual field.
The corresponding diagnosis with punch number appears in the

diagnosis line.
In the standard run, this parameter is only 10 seconds after motor

ON active.
Tablets outside of the borders will generally sorted out, also within
the first 10 seconds.
10.02.2000
13 Pre compr. force MV kN
Pre compression force mean value in kilo Newton
The set value for the pre compression force can be entered here.
The mean values are formed from the number of tablets stated in
parameter 57 “Statistic number of tablets”.
If this mean value is outside the limit stated in “parameter 60” then
the machine is stopped with a corresponding diagnosis.
The value which caused the machine to stop is shown in the actual
field.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 68
P 3030
14 Good production x 1000
Good production times 1000 tablets
The number of tablets to be produced times 1000 can be entered

here.
The actual field shows the current number of produced tablets

times 1000.
With machine types PT3090, P3200, P3030 Actual value:

Station 1 = total number of produced tablets times 1000.
Station 2 = number of produced tablets station 2 times 1000
Only active with option: SH 30 ”double---layer tablet mode”:

Station 1 = 0
Station 2 = total number of produced tablets times 1000.
Once the pre---selected number of tablets is reached, the ma-

chine is stopped with a corresponding diagnosis.
The good production counter is reset when a new batch number

is entered.
10.02.2000
15 Bad production
Bad tablet production.
All rejected tablets are counted in the actual field of this parameter.
With machine types PT3090, P3200, P3030 Actual value:

Station 1 = total number of rejected tablets.
Station 2 = number of rejected tablets station 2.
Only active with option: SH 30 ”double---layer tablet mode”:

Station 1 = 0
Station 2 = total number of rejected tablets.
This includes:
All tablets produced in the setting run, all tablets rejected by the
reject function and tablets rejected during start and stop of the
machine.
The bad production counter is reset when a new batch number

is entered.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 69
P 3030
17 Control limit weight %
This parameter is used to enter the % value at which the weight

control is activated.
If the value is set to ”0”, then the weight control is activated be-
tween nominal and actual value for 1% deviation.
Only active with option: P12 Checkmaster

S19 Weight control
S771 Variable weight control limit
04.12.2003
18 Tabl. cyl. ht. main compr. mm
Tablet cylindrical or web height main compression in mm.
The height and hardness of the tablet is changed by changing the

web height.
When the pressing force control (“parameter 32”) is switched on,

the weight of the tablet can be changed by changing the web
height.
The web height is the cylindrical height of the tablet (without cur-
vature or facet).
The actual value can deviate from the set value when an automatic
adjustment has been made by a “Tablet tester”.
If the reference marks were approached in the “test run”, then the
actual field shows the absolute dimension of the die plate upper
edge so that the dimension can be checked and adjusted with the
measuring punch.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 70
P 3030
19 Tabl.cyl.ht.pre compr. mm
Tablet cylindrical or web height pre compression in mm.
The web height is the cylindrical height of the tablet (without cur-
vature or facet).
If the reference marks were approached in the “test run”, then the
actual field shows the absolute dimension of the die plate upper
edge so that the dimension can be checked and adjusted with the
measuring punch.
10.02.2000
20 Penetr. main compr. mm
Penetration depth main compression in mm.
The penetration depth is the depth to which the upper punch

penetrates into the die.
Changes to the penetration depth do not change the web

height, both the upper and lower drive are moved.
If the reference marks were approached in the “test run”, then

the actual field shows the absolute dimension of the die plate
upper edge so that the dimension can be checked and adjusted
with the measuring punch.
The actual mechanical setting must be confirmed with the

ATTENTION ! setting in parameter 20.
If you dont follow these advise it is possible that you wreck

the machine.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 71
P 3030
21 Penetr. pre compr. mm
Penetration depth pre compression in mm.
The penetration depth is the depth to which the upper punch

penetrates into the die.
Changes to the penetration depth do not change the web

height, both the upper and lower drive are moved.
If the reference marks were approached in the “test run”, then

the actual field shows the absolute dimension of the die plate
upper edge so that the dimension can be checked and adjusted
with the measuring punch.
The actual mechanical setting must be confirmed with the

ATTENTION ! setting in parameter 21.
If you dont follow these advise it is possible that you wreck

the machine.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 72
P 3030
22 Mean tabl. weight mg
Mean tablet weight in mg.
If samples are taken with the “Tablet tester”, then the set weight
of the tablets is entered in the set field of “parameter 22”.
The current mean value of the last sample is shown in the actual
field of this parameter.
The number of tablets per sample is entered in “parameter 101”.
The number of tablets after which the sampling procedure takes

place is entered in “parameter 74”.
Only active with option: P12 “Tablet tester”

TT= tablet tester
10.02.2000
23 Mean tabl. weight. max %
Mean tablet weight maximum as a percentage
The value of the last “Tablet tester” sample is shown in the actual
field.
Example:
“Parameter 22” = 500 mg
“Parameter 23” = 5 %
The machine is stopped with a corresponding diagnosis when the

actual value in “parameter 22” is higher than 525 mg or lower than
475 mg.
10.02.2000
24 Tabl. weight srel %
Relative standard deviation of tablet weight as a percentage
The value of the last “Tablet tester” sample is shown in the actual
field.
If the actual value is greater than the pre---selected limit, then the
machine is stopped with a corresponding diagnosis.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 73
P 3030
32 Adjust on=1/2/3
Adjustment switched on with functions 1,2 or 3.
For:
“0”, the adjustment is switched off.
“1”, adjustment is via pressing force.
“2”, adjustment is via pressing force and tablet weight.
“3”, adjustment is via pressing force, tablet hardness and tablet

weight.
“2” + “3” only valid with option: P 12 “Tablet tester”
Description:
“1” = Pressing force control (control circuit 1).
If the deviation from “parameter 5” maincompr. force MV is greater

than 1%, then “parameter 6” Tabl. filling depth mm is increased
or decreased.
“2” = Weight control (control circuit 2) (includes 1)
If the deviation from “parameter 22” Mean tabl. wght. is greater

than 1%, then “parameter 18” Tabl.cyl.ht.mainpr. is increased or
decreased.
The resulting change to mean main pressing force activates the

pressing force control, which increases or decreases “parameter
6” Tabl. filling depth.
Up to Visual V5.23 resp. 6.08, the whole cylindrical height adjust-

ment is carried out in one step immediately after sampling, from
5.24/6.09 the change is carried out in small steps.
“3” = Hardness control (control circuit 3) (includes 1+2)
If the deviation from “parameter 28” Mean tabl. hardness is

greater than 5%, the pressing force control is switched off and
“parameter 18” Tabl.cyl.ht.mainpr. increased or decreased.
The resulting changed mean main pressing force is set in the

actual field of “parameter 5” as new default for pressing force con-
trol.
After this the pressing force control is switched on again.
See also manual volume 2, chapter Description of Functions:

pressing forces, control circuits.
16.06.2004
Binder 1 -- 74
P 3030
33 Switch on = 1 -- 5
Switch on sorting with function 1 --- 5
When entering:
”0”: sorting is switched off.

No ”bad” tablets are rejected !
”1”: sorting only for the last tablets after stopping the machine
and first tablets after starting the machine, i.e. the gate is in
the sorting position when the machine is at a standstill.
No ”bad” tablets are rejected !
”2”: both the first and last tablets are rejected together with all
other ”bad” tablets.
”3”: the last tablets are rejected together with all other ”bad”
tablets.
The sorting gate is held in the ”good” position when the ma-
chine starts. Before the discharge gate is changed over, the
sorting gate is activated.
”4”: all ”bad” tablets are rejected.

When the machine starts and stops, the sorting gate is held
in the ”good” position, because these tablets are rejected
through the discharge gate.
”5”: both the first and last tablet and all other ”bad tablets” are
sorted out.
In the standard mode, the discharge gate remains perma-
nently in the good position. In multi---layer mode, this only
happens in the last station. Turning the rotor by hand is for-
bidden !!!
Only from VME version V5.30
Bad tablets are tablets outside the individual value limits in ”para-
meter 10” and ”parameter 11”.
The position of the sorting gate is monitored by a proximity switch.

If the position or sorting procedure is faulty, the machine stops
with a corresponding diagnosis.
21.02.2005
Binder 1 -- 75
P 3030
34 Gratex speed rpm
Gratex speed in revolutions per minute.

Deduster intensity as %
Preselects the speed/intensity for the tablet dedusting device.
When ”0” is entered, the Gratex speed/deduster intensity is auto-

matically set to 0.8 times the rotor speed.
The Gratex is switched on together with the machine.
When the machine is switched off, the Gratex runs on to discharge

the tablets.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 76
P 3030
8.2. Parameter list “C” (35 to 65)
35 Tablet diameter mm
Tablet diameter in mm
The diameter of the tablets is entered for definition of the tolerable

punch load and as default for the “Tablet tester” (hardness and
diameter measurement).
Once the diameter and tablet form have been entered in “para-
meter 38”, the corresponding permissible punch load appears in
the set field of “parameter 4”.
The permissible entry of tablet diameter depends on the number

of punches of the rotor stated in “parameter 66”
With the options P12 “Tablet tester” and S620 diameter measure-
ment, the mean value is also shown after a “Tablet tester” sampl-
ing procedure.
10.02.2000
36 Oblong narrow side mm
The narrow side of the tablets is entered for definition of the per-
missible punch load.
If this parameter is used, the long side also has to be entered, to-
gether with the tablet form “parameter 38”
The narrow side may not be greater than the long side.
10.02.2000
37 Oblong long side mm
The long side of the tablets is entered for definition of the permiss-
ible punch load and as default for the “Tablet tester” (hardness
and diameter measurement).
If this parameter is used, the narrow side also has to be entered,

together with the tablet form “parameter 38”
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 77
P 3030
38 Tabl. Form: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9
Tablet form
The tablet form must be entered to calculate the tolerable punch
load.
Forms:
“1” : flat tablets
“2” : tablets with facet
“3” : slightly curved tablets
(radius larger than 1.5 x d*)
“4” : sugar---coated curbed tablets
(radius larger than 0.7 x d* to 1.5 x d*)
“5” : spherical tablets
(radius to 0,7 x d*)
* d = tablet diameter or narrow side of oblong
“8” : punch load corresponds to values of punch ident. No.
in parameter 90 and 91 (only active with option 764)
“9” : manual input in “parameter 4”
Attention ! If the value entered for the punch is too high, this can cause
damage to all punches!
09.01.2004
39 Fill cam
The size of the filling cams mounted in the machine is entered
here.
The filling curves are rated in graduations of 2 mm. The filling
curves are marked with the maximum possible filling in mm. Each
fill cam covers a range of 5.5 mm.
The input range is reduced by 0.5 mm on both sides.
Example: 10 mm filling cam, input range from 5 to 9.5 mm
The specific use of the various filling cams depends on the prod-
uct. For example, it depends on the granulate and the compaction
ratio. Always select a filling cam which guarantees that you over-
dose by at least 1---2 mm.
If the adjustment control takes the machine out of the permissible
range, then the machine is stopped with a corresponding diag-
nosis.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 78
P 3030
41 Multi punch times
If a multi punch is being used, parameter “41” indicates the

number of insert punches per punch.
This number is used for example to calculate the number of

tablets per hour, the good tablets, bad tablets, filling quantity and
permissible punch load.
10.02.2000
42 Upper punch length mm
This parameter is only required for special punch lengths.
When ”0” is entered here, the standard punch length is used.
On the basis of this entry, the computer automatically corrects

the settings for filling depth, web height and penetration depth.
10.02.2000
43 Lower punch length mm
This parameter is only required for special punch lengths.
When ”0” is entered here, the standard punch length is used.
On the basis of this entry, the computer automatically corrects

the settings for filling depth, web height and penetration depth.
10.02.2000
44 Special cyl. height
This entry can be used to reduce the minimum limit for web (cylin-
drical) height from 0.5 mm (“parameter 18/19”) to 0.1.
The form of the tablet must be taken into consideration here, pro-
truding broken notches are not included in the punch length.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 79
P 3030
45 Punch stiffness top N
Punch stiffness at the top in Newton
The limit for permissible punch stiffness of the upper punch is en-
tered here in Newton
The value entered here is to be defined when the machine is oper-

ating with the product. An indicative value can be taken to be set
value=actual value x 1.3.
If the stiffness of the upper punch exceeds 75% of the set value,
then a warning diagnosis is produced.
When the set value is reached, the machine is stopped with a

22.10.2009
Binder 1 -- 80
P 3030
46 Punch stiffness bott. N
Punch stiffness bottom in Newton
The limit for the permissible punch stiffness for the lower punch
is entered here in Newton.
The value entered here is to be defined when the machine is oper-

ating with the product. An indicative value can be taken to be set
value=actual value x 1.3.
If the stiffness of the upper punch exceeds 75% of the set value,
then a warning diagnosis is produced.
When the set value is reached, the machine is stopped with a

20.10.2010
47 Lubri. cycle 1 s
The interval between the lubrication pulses is entered here.
The quantity of oil supplied with every lubricating pulse is defined

by the size of the dosing element.
If no value is entered for the lubricating cycle time, then the value
of this parameter is automatically set to 50 seconds.
Note:
For one---circuit lubrication, this time applies to the upper and

lower punch.
For two---circuit lubrication, this time applies only to the lower

punch.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 81
P 3030
48 Lubri. cycle 2 upper s
Lubrication cycle 2 upper punch
If this parameter is enabled, then the interval for upper punch lu-
brication is entered here.
Parameter 47 then only refers to lower punch lubrication.
The oil quantity supplied for each lubricating pulse is defined by

the size of the dosing elements.
If no value is entered for the lubricating cycle time, then the value
of this parameter is automatically set to 50 seconds.
10.02.2000
52 Permitted bad tablets
Permitted number of bad tablets
After entering “parameter 52”, the number of bad tablets can be

pre---selected which is permissible for the pre---selected number
of tablets “parameter 54”.
Example:
If 4 bad tablets are permitted for every 100 produced tablets, then
the number 4 is entered for “parameter 52” and the number 100
for “parameter 54”. If 4 tablets of every 100 pressed tablets are
outside the limits (top and bottom individual values), then the ma-
The parameter is deactivated in the setting run.
In the standard run, the rejected tablets are not counted until 10
seconds after motor ON.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 82
P 3030
54 Per no. of tablets
“Parameter 54” is the reference number for “parameter 52 and

53”.
When “0” is entered here, “parameter 52, 53 and 54 are deacti-

vated.
10.02.2000
55 Permitt. metal pulses
Permitted metal pulses
After entering parameter “55” the number of rejection pulses of

a metal detector can be selected which are permitted for the
number of tablets stated in “parameter 56”.
Example:
If 2 rejection pulses are permitted for 10 x 1000 = 10,000 pro-
duced tablets, then the number 2 is entered for “parameter 55”
and the number 10 for “parameter 56”.
If there are more than 2 rejection pulses for every 10,000 pressed
tablets, then the machine is stopped with a corresponding diag-
nosis.
When “0” is entered here, “parameter 55 and 56” are deactivated.
10.02.2000
56 Per no. of tabl. x1000
Per number of tablets times 1000
“Parameter 56 is the reference number for “parameter 55”.
When “0” is entered here, then “parameter 55 and 56” are deacti-
vated.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 83
P 3030
57 Statistic no. of tabl.
Number of tablets for the statistics
The number of tablets for the statistics must be entered here.
This number indicates how many tablets are taken to calculate the
mean value and the relative standard deviation for the pressing
force.
Each time, two mean values and one relative standard deviation
value are calculated.
The first mean value is calculated with the rejected tablets and is
used to define the necessary adjustment.
The second mean value is calculated without the rejected tablets

and shown on the screen.
Note:
In order to keep the punch length influences as constant as poss-
ible for the statistics, it is advisable to select a number of tablets
for the statistics which corresponds to the punch number of the
rotor, or a multiple thereof.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 84
P 3030
58 Press. force mov. av. no
The moving average or coefficient for the pressing force can be

entered here.
This number defines after how many new tablets the next mean
value is calculated.
Example 1 :
“Parameter 57” No. of tablets for statistics = 100

“Parameter 58” Pressing force coefficient = 0
In this example, a new mean value is calculated after 100 tablets.
Example 2 :

In this example, the mean value is calculated for the first time after
starting the machine after 100 tablets.
The next mean value is then calculated after 25 tablets, consisting

of 75 old and 25 new tablets.
This coefficient means that the mean value calculation can be

shortened without the statistics becoming inaccurate from re-
duced quantities.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 85
P 3030
59 Filling depth regulat. no.
The filling depth regulating or control number is entered here.
This control number indicates after how many tablets the set pres-
sing force should be compared with the current actual mean pres-
sing force value.
If this comparison reveals a difference between set and actual

value, then the system is adjusted accordingly.
The filling depth control number should not be smaller than the
no. of tablets for statistics or pressing force coefficient, as other-
wise the system would repeatedly adjust to a mean value.
Example 1 :

“Parameter 59” Filling depth control number = 25
In this case, the system adjusts to a mean value twice, as a new

value is only calculated every 50 tablets.
Effect:
The control starts to oscillate, which has a negative effect on the

standard deviation. (see “parameter 8”)
Example 2 :

“Parameter 59” Filling depth control number = 100
in this case, the system adjusts after every second mean value.
Effect:
The readjustments are not too frequent, which has a positive ef-
fect on the standard deviation. (Observe “parameter 8”)
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 86
P 3030
60 Pre compr. f. MV max %
Pre---compression force mean value maximum as a percentage
The maximum permissible deviation of the set value compressing

force from “parameter 13” is entered here.
Example:
“Parameter 13” = 10 kN set value

“Parameter 60” = 25 %
The machine is stopped with a corresponding diagnosis when the

actual value in “parameter 13” is greater than 12.5 kN or smaller
than 7.5 kN.
The value which has stopped the machine is shown in the actual
field of “parameter 13”.
19.04.2002
Binder 1 -- 87
P 3030
61 Pre compr. f. top max %
Pre---compression force upper limit maximum as a percentage
This parameter defines the upper individual value limit for pre---
pressure
Pre---compression measurement without punch saving.
If the individual upper value limit is exceeded, then the machine

is stopped with a corresponding diagnosis.
Only active with option: SH 2
Pre---compression measurement with punch saving
When the individual upper value limit is exceeded, firstly the ma-
Then the web or cylindrical height of the main compression sta-

tion is moved apart by 1 mm. At the same time, the web height
of the pre---pressure moves apart by 0.05 mm.
The rotor then moves on 12 stations while the reject gate is in the
bad position.
The machine then stops again and the web height of the main
compression is set back to the value stated for “parameter 64”
starting relief.
Once this value has been adjusted, the machine starts up again
and after a further 15 stations the reject gate also works normally
again. After 20 stations, the web heights of both pre---compres-
sion and main---compression are returned to the original set va-
lues. Production then continues as before the fault, and the
display of the corresponding diagnosis goes off again.
Only active with option: SH 2 and S 43.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 88
P 3030
62 Pre compr. f. bot. max %
Pre---compression force bottom limit maximum as a percentage
If the value falls below the bottom individual value limit, then the
machine is stopped with a corresponding diagnosis.
10.02.2000
64 Start relief mm
The value by which the main pressure rollers should move apart
when the machine stops to protect the punches during the start
phase is entered here.
After the start, the original value is approached again, starting with
the 21st tablet. Then the discharge gate is switched to good posi-
tion.
This parameter has been introduced to keep the punch load in

the tolerable range in spite of overfilling when the machine starts
up.
Remarks:
This parameter should only be used for delicate punches when

the above problem cannot be solved in any other way, since when
this parameter is activated, some additional tablets are automati-
cally rejected at every start, because the discharge gate is in the
bad position after the start.
Only active with option :S 26
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 89
P 3030
8.3. Parameter list “D” (66 to 99)
66 No. of punches rotor
No. of punches of the rotor
The complete number of punches of the rotor must be entered

here.
10.02.2000
67 2 -- layer mode on=1/2
Parameter 67 sets the machine in the 2---layer tablet mode, with

the following inputs:
”0”: No 2---layer mode

”1” : 2---layer mode without Checkmaster in---process control of
the 1st layer. When there is a Checkmaster, in---process
control is only carried out for the whole tablet.
”2” : 2---layer mode with Checkmaster in---process control of the
1st layer.
With option 800: K1
”3” : 2---layer mode without Checkmaster in---process control of
the 1st layer. With automatic adjustment of the filling depth
on side 2 for manual change in the cylindrical height on side
1.
1st layer. With automatic adjustment of the filling depth on
side 2 for change in the cylindrical height on side 1.
With option 800: K2
During weight control on side 1, compression force control
on side 2 is switched off.
During weight control on side 1, compression force control
on side 2 is switched off. At the end of weight control on side
1, the actual value for current compression force on side 2
is taken as new nominal value.
Only active with option SH 30
19.11.2007
Binder 1 -- 90
P 3030
68 Discharge gate delay. s
Discharge gate (slow gate) delay in seconds
After starting the machine, it can be necessary to leave the dis-

charge gate in the bad position for a while.
This time can be pre---selected in seconds.
When “0” is entered, the discharge gate remains in the bad posi-
tion for only 15 tablets after machine “ON”.
10.02.2000
69 Fill -- o -- matic pre -- run s
A pre---run time for the die Fill---o---matic can be entered here.
The pre---run can be necessary to optimise material flow in the

Fill---o---matic.
The rotor does not start to turn until the end of this Fill---o---matic
pre---run time.
10.02.2000
70 Fill -- o -- matic post -- run s
If parameter no. “70” is entered, then a post---run time for the Fill---
o---matic can be pre---selected in the entry field.
The post---run can be necessary to optimise material flow in the

Fill---o---matic.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 91
P 3030
74 Sampling x1000
A sample is taken every time the pre---selected number of tablets

is reached.
The first time 30 seconds after the first start of a new batch, and
then every “n” x1000 tablets.
If the machine is stopped at the point in time of sampling, then the

sample is delayed by 30 seconds after the new start.
When “0” is entered, no sample is taken.
14.03.2001
79 Memory cycle x1000
The memory cycle for the production report is entered here.
The registered values are saved for the first time after production
begins and then every time after reaching the pre---selected mem-
ory cycle.
When “0” is entered, the values are not saved.
Only active with option: S 12
10.02.2000
81 Adjustment delay s
An adjustment in delay can be entered in seconds here.
In this case, every time after the machine starts, the filling adjust-
ment starts after the stated adjustment delay time.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 92
P 3030
83 Sorter delay
A value can be entered here to displace the triggering point of the

sorting gate.
Angle displacement when sorting through the sorting gate:
Input Angel of displacement

0.0 ±0.0˚ No displacement active
0.1 ---4.9˚
0.2 ---4.8˚
0.3 ---4.7˚ Negative angle brings the
... ... sorting
ti point
i t in
i time
ti f
forwards
d
4.7 ---0.3˚
4.8 ---0.2˚
4.9 ---0.1˚
5.0 ±0.0˚ No displacements active
5.1 +0.1˚
5.2 +0.2˚
5.3 +0.3˚ Positive angle results in a time
... ... delay
d l forf the
th sorting
ti pointi t in
i time
ti
9.7 +4.7˚
9.8 +4.8˚
9.9 +4.9˚
Angle displacement when sorting through the sorting gate:
The angle can be set between 0 and 200 degrees corresponding

to the distance from the sorting gate to the main compression sta-
tion calculated for the reference circle.
The angle has to be redefined for every case.
29.07.2002
85 Fill -- o -- matic on = 1
Only active in the test run and closed windows !!!
Here the Fill---o---matic can be switched on independently of the

machine (e.g. for emptying).
“0” = OFF
“1” = ON
19.04.2002
Binder 1 -- 93
P 3030
87 FOM off dur. 2 -- lay. samp.
Fill---o---matic off during 2.---Layer sample
”0” The Fill---o---matic on station 2 is runing during the sampel-

ing of the 1st layer.
”1” The Fill---o---matic on station 2 is not runing during the

sampling of the 1st layer.
With this setting you produce less bad tablets.
Attention ! Pay attention to set the parameter 168 2 -- L.sampl.cyl.hei. mm

not to small, because there is no material between the
punches.
19.04.2002
Binder 1 -- 94
P 3030
89 Running time meter h

The running time or operating hours counter counts the operating
hours of the machine.
The time corresponds to the actual turning time of the rotor.
10.02.2000
92 Eject force max N

Tablet eject force in Newton
After entering “parameter 92”, the maximum permissible ejection
force can be entered here.
The maximum ejection force is registered within a set measuring
time and displayed in the actual field.
If the actual value reaches 75% of the set value, then a warning
diagnosis with corresponding text appears for approx. 10 sec-
onds.
When the value exceeds the set value, the machine is stopped
with a diagnosis.
The ejection force causing the machine to stop is displayed in the
actual field.
When “0” is entered, the actual field shows the ejection force but
the machine is not stopped.
Only valid with option : SH 22
10.02.2000
99 Double -- layer sampling mode

0: Dynamic sampling :
The sampling will be done without stopping the machine.
The samples will be discharged through the ”good” channel.
The chute gate (slow gate) is in the good position during sampl-
ing, while remaining in the reject position during normal produc-
tion. An available Checkmaster (CM) is served by the ”good”
channel of the chute.
1: Static sampling mode #1
The machine stops before sampling and samples at slow speed
(jog mode).
The samples will be put out through the ”good” channel. The
chute gate (slow gate) moves to the good position during sampl-
ing, while remaining in the ”bad” position during normal produc-
tion.
An available Checkmaster (CM) is served by the ”good” channel
of the chute.
Binder 1 -- 95
P 3030
2: Static sampling mode #2
The ”good” and the ”bad” channel will be inverted in this case.
The machine stops before sampling and samples at slow speed
(jog mode).
The samples will be diverted by the air---driven sorting gate (fast
gate) through the ”bad” channel. The chute gate (slow gate) is al-
ways in ”good” position and remains in that position during
sampling.
An available Checkmaster (CM) is served by the ”bad” channel
of the chute.
02.11.2007
Binder 1 -- 96
P 3030
8.4. Parameter list “E” (100 to 133)
101 No. tablets weight
The number of tablets for evaluating the weight is stated here.
10.02.2000
102 Window weight + %
The upper limit for the permissible range (window) for tablet
weight can be entered here.
Example:
If a value of “+30%” is entered, this means that only tablets up

to “130%” of the set weight are evaluated.
10.02.2000
103 Window weight -- %
The lower limit of the permissible range (window) for tablet weight
can be entered here.
Example:
If a value of “---30%” is entered, this means that only tablets

greater than “70%” of the set value are evaluated.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 97
P 3030
104 Tablet weight +t2 %
The “+T2” limit for tablet weight is entered here.
If the limit is exceeded, the machine stops at the end of a sample

when an individual value lies outside this limit.
Tablets outside the “T2” limit are entered in the result report.
10.02.2000
105 Tablet weight +t1 %
The “+T1” limit for tablet weight is entered here.
10.02.2000
106 Tablet weight -- t1 %
The “---T1” limit for tablet weight is entered here.
10.02.2000
107 Tablet weight -- t2 %
The “---T2” limit for tablet weight is entered here.
If the limit is exceeded, the machine stops at the end of a sample

when an individual value lies outside this limit.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 98
P 3030
124 Sampling gate open s
Enter the length of time in which the sampling gate should take
sample tablets.
If option 756 is set, enter the number of tablets for which the gate
is opened.
22.01.2004
125 Chute rot. angle 1 -- 9
The rotation angle of the Tablet tester chute is entered here in

stages from ”1 --- 9”.
This value has to be optimised by trial and error depending on the

size and form of the tablets.
10.02.2000
126 Chute speed 1 -- 9
The rotation speed of the Tablet tester chute is entered here in

stages from “1 --- 9”.

The smaller the rotation speed, the greater the vibration of the
chute.
The vibration of the chute can be adjusted by the configuration

of the Tablet tester.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 99
P 3030
127 Disk speed 1 -- 9
The rotation speed of the disk is entered here in stages from “1

--- 9”.

10.02.2000
128 Air transport delay s
The air delay is the time in which the air supply of the Venturi sys-
tem remains active after the sampling gate has closed so that all
tablets are blown out of the pipe.
This value must be optimised by trial and error depending on the

tablet size and shape.
Only active with the option: P12 Tablet tester”
17.06.2002
Binder 1 -- 100
P 3030
8.5. Parameter list “F” (134 to 167)
163 Gratex/deduster after -- run s
If a value is entered here, the Gratex or vertical deduster runs on

for this period.
If ”0” is entered, the following after---run period applies:
Gratex:
20 x 60 / actual value “Parameter 34”
Vertical deduster:
20 x 60 / 11 x actual value “Parameter 34”
04.02.2003
165 Gratex/deduster manual on 0/1
This parameter can be used to switch the Gratex or deduster on

when the machine is at a standstill.
As long as this parameter is set, the Gratex or deduster is trig-

gered with the nominal value defined in parameter 34.
Note :
As long as this parameter is set when the machine is at a standstill,
there is no Gratex/deduster after---run and no speed monitoring
is active.
25.11.2002
Binder 1 -- 101
P 3030
Binder 1 -- 102
P 3030
8.6. Parameter list “G” (168 to 201)
168 Double layer sample cylindrical height mm
Double layer sample cylindrical height in millimeters
The cylindrical height during sampling for the 1st layer is entered
here.
Different values for side 1 and side 2 can be used.
In conjunction with software option 837 the pre---pressing sta-

tion will be used.
05.12.2008
169 2 -- layer no. for sample
Two layer: no. of sample tablets
The number of tablets for sampling in the 1st layer is entered here.
10.02.2000
170 Gate monitoring
This parameter is used to switch the monitoring of the sorting gate

(fast gate) and discharge gate (slow gate) on and/or off.
nom. fast slowe

value gate gate
0 ON ON
1 OFF ON
2 ON OFF (VME---version 5.11 or higher)
3 OFF OFF (VME---version 5.11 or higher)
The sorting gate (fast gate) is operated either electro---mechan-

ically (stroke magnet) or pneumatically (compressed air), de-
pending on the option.
22.04.2002
Binder 1 -- 103
P 3030
171 Ramp ex. speed contr. s
Ramp time external speed control in seconds
External control:
Speed control with fixed step width (5%)
Only valid with option : SH37
If a change in speed is dictated by the external control of the pack-

aging line, then the speed of the machine is increased or de-
creased by 5% of the stated time.
External control:
Speed control with variable step width
Only valid with option : SH38
The speed is changed by the percentage stated in “parameter

172” within the time set in “parameter 171”
Example:
“Parameter 171” = 5s
“Parameter 172” = 5%

aging line, then the speed is increased or decreased by 5% in 5
seconds.
10.02.2000
Binder 1 -- 104
P 3030
172 Range ex. speed contr. %
Range external speed control as a percentage

aging line, then the speed of the machine is increased or de-
creased by the percentage entered here.
10.02.2000
173 Remote contr. ON/OFF
External control ON/OFF
The external control is switched on and off by the packaging line

using this parameter.
Entry:
“0” = Remote control OFF

“1” = Remote control ON
Once the remote control has been switched on, the machine can
be controlled by the external control of the packaging line.
10.02.2000
174 Discharge gate Reject
Reject with discharge gate (Slow gate)
With this parameter you set the reject mode.
Parameter = 0 Reject with reject gate (Fast gate)

( if discharge gate is available )
Parameter > 0 Reject with discharge gate (slow gate)

The set value is the number of tablets witch will
be rejected during a reject cycle.
01.03.2000
Binder 1 -- 105
P 3030
Binder 1 -- 106
P 3030
9. Diagnosis
9.1. General information
Magnesium NT [L] Standardrun 0054 01.01.2000 0055 11:55

Parameter Set Actual Parameter Set Actual
1 Tablets/h x1000 192,0 192,0 18 Tabl.cyl.ht.mainpr.mm 2,23 2,28
2 Rotor speed 1/min 26 19 Tabl.cyl.ht.prepr. mm 3,0 3,0
3 Fillomat. speed 1/min 25 25 20 Penetr. mainpress. mm 2,5 2,5
4 Permiss.punch load kN 45,8 0,0 21 Penetr. prepress. mm 2,0 2,0
5 Maincompr.force MV kN 25,4 25,4 22 Mean tabl.weight mg 500,0 502,4 1
6 Tabl.filling depth mm 6,5 7,2 23 Mean tabl.wght. max % 2,0 B
7 Maincompr.f. MV max % 10,0 24 Tabl. weight srel % 1,5 0,95
8 Maincomp.force srel % 5,3 2,5 25 Mean tabl. thickn. mm 2,3 2,2
9 Maincomp.f.srel max % 10,0 26 Mean tabl. thn. max % 2,0
10 Ind. val. lim. upp. % 15,0 15,3 27 Tabl.thickness srel % 3,0 0,80 2
11 Ind. val. lim. low. % 15,0 16,8 28 Mean tabl.hardness N 50,0 52,4 B
12 Ind. val. lim. max% 25,0 0,0 29 Mean tabl.hardn.max % 20,0
13 Precompr.force MV kN 10,2 0,0 30 Tabl.hardness s---rel % 25,0 21,4
14 Good production x1000 250 150,6 31 Adj.thickn. weight mm 3,0
15 Bad production 524 32 Adjust on=1/2/3 524 524
16 Filling quant. x1000 100 50, 33 Reject on=1/2/3/4 100 100
17 34 Gratex RPM 1/min 60 60
Parameter 18 Operatorlevel 9
In the head field there is a diagnosis line stating the number of the
current diagnosis.
The last diagnosis (number and text)
Together with any index number belonging to the displayed diag-

nosis
Binder 1 -- 107
P 3030

diagnoses 1000....1999
1015 Link IC < -- > press interrupted:
(Diagnosis display = no special lamp signal)
The link between IC and press has been interrupted.
Possible causes
S defect mains cable
S VME computer not working
The system now automatically tries to restore the link.
16.11.99
1016 Checkmaster transfer fault (TT1):
1017 Checkmaster transfer fault (TT2):
Transfer report fault
Faults occurred on transferring data from the IC to the Check-

master computer.
If the fault does not occur in following transfers, the diagnosis is

cancelled.
28.03.95
1050 Data export error
An error has occurred when exporting data.
The index number shows further information:

1. The batch content directory on the target drive is full or
could not be created.
2. It was not possible to write on the target drive. No data
carrier present or data carrier is write---protected.
3. Not enough memory capacity on the data carrier to write
the required data.
4. An error has been made while writing the data.
02.09.03
Binder 1 -- 108
P 3030
1051 Error in creating the pdf file
An error has occurred on writing the pdf batch protocol.
The index number shows additional information:

1: Not possible to write on the target drive
No data carrier present or data carrier write---protected.
2: Not enough memory capacity on the data carrier to write
the required data.
3: Error has occurred when writing the data.
4: Another protocol is currently being written.
10.08.2004
1052 Not enough free memory in batch directory
The free memory capacity in the batch directory is below the warn-
ing limit.
To solve the problem, batches and/or protocols should be deleted

and the change protocol deleted.
10.01.2006
1053 Fault in Central User Management
A fault in the communication to the Central User Management was

detected.
The Id---number gives additional information:

1: time out (no answer from Central User Management)
2: old .req---file found
(there was an old .req---file found when the application
tries to write a new file)
3: answer does not match request
(inside the answer file the lines for date, machine number
or user name do not match the request)
4: user level for this machine is not configured
(user name and password are correct but the user has no
rights on this machine)
5: network path is not available
(the path for the .req/.ans/.hei files is not available)
6: old .ans---file found
(there was an old .ans---file found when the application
tries to write a new request file)
Binder 1 -- 109
P 3030
7: Central User Management signals a network problem

8: invalid user level
(the user level in the answer file is not valid)
This diagnose is reset with the next successful login.
30.05.2006
1055 Parameter set to 0
(Stop diagnosis = red lamps permanently on)
This diagnosis occurs if one or more of the parameters which are

required to be set to a value unequal to 0 are set to 0 for a longer
time than allowed when the machine is running in standard run.
This time where the parameters are allowed to be 0 is set with op-
tion 846 by Fette configuration.
27.02.2006
1214 Press refuses to save recipe
(Warning diagnosis = green lamps flashing)
The index no. indicates the first parameter at which the first error
occurred during the recipe check.
The recipe is then not saved.
19.10.2003
Binder 1 -- 110
P 3030

2003 Fault in data set of configuration data
The configuration data are faulty. The tablet press cannot be oper-
ated with these data!! The additional information indicates the
fault.
Index : Fault
1 : Configuration data from IC do not fit.
Cause: software versions control computer and
VME system are not compatible.
2 : Only WIP machines : fault in washing program
3 : Faulty synchronisation of reject and discharge gate
The diagnosis goes off when the fault is rectified in the configur-
ation data.
16.11.99
2004 Overflow of the statistics data
With switched off machine, the datas for the mean and srel values,
are stored in the backup battery RAM of the control computer.
When switching on of the machine, these datas are loaded. If the
battery is defect or empty, then these datas are undefined and this
diagnosis appears. The datas cannot be used for further calcula-
tions. Please check battery in contol computer !
If a batch runs too long, this diagnosis can also occur.
To clear diagnosis :
S change a batch
S reboot the system
07.04.2004
Binder 1 -- 111
P 3030
2014 Reset cause machine computer
After connecting to the machine computer, the machine computer

reports its reset cause.
The reset cause thus shows the reason for shutting down the VME
system last time.
If the machine is switched on with the main switch, this diagnosis

does not appear while the machine is running up.
Index : Meaning
1 : VME powerfail line triggered
2 : Communication interruption (TCP/IP Ethernet)
Control computer has closed its network link or the
control computer blocks the software handshake
or the mains cable is defect.
3 : Process an VME CPU interrupted
5 : The IC requests a reset
6 : VME Reset line has been activated
8 : PTIDAC can no longer process encoder signal
10 : Watchdog on VME CPU triggers VME reset
11 : VME system internal reset request
12 : Process on IPOS_1 interrupted
16.11.99
2022 Hardware fault machine computer
(Stop diagnosis)
A hardware fault has been detected on booting the machine com-

puter (VME system). This means that the machine computer can-
not run. The fault is coded in the index number :
Binder 1 -- 112
P 3030
Index : Fault (Machine type:)

1 : PTCAN defect (with CAN BUS)
1 : 1st digital I/O defect (without CAN BUS)
2 : 2nd digital I/O defect (without CAN BUS)
3 : 3rd digital I/O defect (without CAN BUS)
4 : 4th digital I/O defect (without CAN---BUS)
5 : 5th digital I/O defect (without CAN BUS)
6 : 1st PTIDAC defect
7 : 2nd PTIDAC defect
8 : 3rd PTIDAC defect
9 : 1st positioning controller defect
10 : 2nd positioning controller defect
11 : 3rd positioning controller defect
20 : fork error on CPU
21 : CPU incorrectly jumpered
22 : OS9 internal fault
23 : OS9 internal fault
16.11.99
2024 Battery of Timekeeper on machine computer is nearly

empty!
During the bootphase, the voltage of the Timekeeper battery on

the CPU board of the machine computer (VME system) is checked.
When the battery is empty, all data on the CPU is undefined and
the CPU does not boot anymore.
If this diagnosis appears the battery is nearly empty and has to be

replaced urgently. After that the CPU board has to be reinitialized
with the initializing disk and the debug cable.
This diagnosis concerns only machine computers with a PowerPC

based CPU.
04.05.2005
2100 Machine start
Entry in diagnosis report for datarecord purposes. Diagnosis is set

and cancelled again immediately.
16.11.99
Binder 1 -- 113
P 3030
9.4. Electric :
3000 Check main contactor
Check computer input diode no. After switching main switch to

position ”on”, the main contactor should also switch.
If the main contactor does not switch in this case (with window flap
fuse bridged), then the press should not be started and the above
diagnosis appears on the screen.
The diagnosis goes off when the main contactor switches again.
16.11.99
3001 Balance less than 0 mV amplifier A 600

(lower main pressure 1)

3002 Balance greater than maximum amplifier A 600


Every measuring chain is roughly balanced manually on assem-

bling the machine.
The manual balance is carried out in the sensitive measuring

range. For this purpose, adjust the sensitive range in the test run
(set parameter 5 to 5kN).
During the balancing procedure, the output signal of the amplifier

must be set to approx. 500 mV* with the measuring point not under
load.
The automatic fine balance of the amplifier is carried out by the zero
balance ”W” in the test run with the press not under load and at
a standstill. The manual balance must be completed before pro-
ceeding with the zero balance.
For the zero balance, the computer first switches the amplifier to
the sensitive range for 2 seconds and measures the produced volt-
age. Then the amplifier is switched to the insensitive range for 2
seconds and the produced voltage is measured again.
Binder 1 -- 114
P 3030
The two measured zero balance voltages are defined as pressing

force of 0 kN. Later measurements are referred to this zero point
by subtracting the zero balance voltages from the voltages which
are then measured.
If the measured zero balance voltage in one of the measuring

ranges is smaller than or equal to 0 mV or higher than the permiss-
ible maximum value**, then this diagnosis appears.
This diagnosis also appears after deleting the memory as reminder

that the zero balance ”W” has to follow this.
The diagnosis goes off again when the zero balance voltage is
greater than 0 mV and smaller than the maximum value** after re-
peated manual balance and subsequent computer zero balance.
* Up to the Software---Versions MACO V5.19

the output signals have to be adjusted:
--- for main and pre---pressure at approx. 150mV
--- for ejection force messuring and punch stiffness
at approx. 30mV
** The maximum value is 300mV up to the software---

Version MACO V5.19. For newer software---Versions
the max. value is 1V.

(lower pre -- pressure 1)




load.
Binder 1 -- 115
P 3030

are then measured.


* Up to the Software---Versions MACO V5.19 the output
signals have to be adjusted:
S for main and pre---pressure at approx. 150mV
S or ejection force messuring and punch stiffness at
approx. 30mV
** The maximum value is 300mV up to the software---Version
MACO V5.19. For newer software---Versions the max.
value is 1V.
Binder 1 -- 116
P 3030
3007 Balance smaller than 0 mV amplifier A 603

(lower punch stiffness)

(lower punch stiffness)

(upper punch stiffness)

(upper punch stiffness)

(ejection force 1)

(ejection force 2)

(ejection force 1)

(ejection force 2)
Every measuring chain is roughly balanced manually on assem-

bling the machine.

load.

are then measured.


Binder 1 -- 117
P 3030
* Up to the Software---Versions MACO V5.19 the output
signals have to be adjusted:
S for main and pre---pressure at approx. 150mV
S for ejection force messuring and punch stiffness at
approx. 30mV
** The maximum value is 300mV up to the software---Version
MACO V5.19. For newer software---Versions the max.
value is 1V.
17.09.03
3021 Rough measuring range exceeded amplifier A 600


3022 Fine measuring range exceeded amplifier A 600







Each pressing force signal is measured by the force measuring
unit and measuring amplifier. The measuring amplifier creates a
voltage between 0 and 10 volt which corresponds to the pressing
force.
To increase the accuracy of pressing force measurement, the am-

plifiers have two measuring ranges which can be switched over by
the computer depending on the set value. The fine measuring
range is five times more sensitive than the rough measuring range.
The computer switches over to the rough measuring range for a

set pressing force greater than 10% of the max. main pressure
pressing force (normally 10 kN at max. 100kN).
Binder 1 -- 118
P 3030
If the current pressing force causes the amplifier to create an out-

put signal which is greater than or equal to 10 V, then the machine
stops with the above diagnosis.
24.03.03
3041 Measured value too large amplifier A600

3045 Measured value too large amplifier A605
3042 Measured value too small amplifier A600
3046 Measured value too small amplifier A605
To increase redundancy, two measuring points are installed for
each main pressure. Each measuring point is connected to the
corresponding amplifier by a separate lead. Both amplifiers supply
the analog pressing force signals which are digitised by the A/D
converter and processed by the computer.
This means that the pressing force maximum for each individual
punch is formed twice by two measuring points independently of
each other.
If both measuring values differ from each other 100 times in suc-
cession more than a preset tolerance allows, then the diagnosis
appears (tolerance: 20% of pressing force mean value).
The pressing force value with the smallest difference to the pres-
sing force mean value is used for the calculations.
The above diagnosis appears for the other amplifiers.
The diagnosis goes off again when 100 measured values in suc-
cession are within the permissible tolerances.
24.03.03
3049 Switchboard temperature exceeded

2 temperature sensors are installed in the switchboard. The tem-
perature sensor in the switchboard switches at 50˚C, the tempera-
ture sensor in the VME system at 60˚C. If one of the two sensors
triggers, then the press stops with this diagnosis.
16.11.99
Binder 1 -- 119
P 3030
3500 Check main drive encoder peripheral pulse (Encoder A

271)
The peripheral pulse of the encoder in the main drive is used to de-
termine the 1st punch, i.e. when adjusted accordingly, the periph-
eral pulse corresponds to the query pulse for pressing force of the
first punch pair.
The encoder also supplies 3600 pulses per revolution. This means
that a new peripheral pulse has to come at the latest after 3600 en-
coder pulses.
If this is not the case, then the press is stopped with the above diag-
nosis.
The diagnosis goes off when the press starts up again.
16.11.99
3501 Check main drive encoder pulses (Encoder A 271)
The encoder of the main drive suppliers 3600 pulses per revolution
(between two peripheral pulses.
If the selected value deviates from 3600 pulses by more than plus/
minus 2 pulses, or by more than one pulse twice in succession,
then the press is stopped with the above diagnosis.
16.11.99
3502 Check two -- layer ejector drive (Station 1)
3503 Check two -- layer ejector drive (Station 2)
If the ejector motor cannot reach the upper or lower end position
within 5 sec. during test sampling, then the press stops with this
diagnosis.
Check that the ejector drive moves easily. The end position of the
drive can be checked on I/O card 3 or card 5 of the Pilz PSS.
Binder 1 -- 120
P 3030
Ejector at station 1 (3090 and 4090)

Top ejector position : I/O card 3 of the Pilz---PSS
LED 14 off / LED 15 on
Bottom ejector position : I/O card 3 of the Pilz---PSS
LED 14 on / LED 15 off
Ejector at station 2 (4090)
Top ejector position : I/O card 5 of the Pilz---PSS
LED 14 off / LED 15 on
Bottom ejector position : I/O card 5 of the Pilz---PSS
LED 14 on / LED 15 off
08.08.03
Binder 1 -- 121
P 3030

4000 Check Fill -- o -- Matic speed (Station 1)
4001 Check Fill -- o -- Matic speed (Station 2)

The set speed for the Fill---o---Matic is defined by parameter 3 ”Fill---
o---Matic speed”.
When the press is running, the set and actual speed are constantly
compared. If a difference is detected, the system is readjusted until
set and actual speed coincide again.
The adjustment is checked according to the following criteria:

1. The actual speed must have reached at least 50% of the
set speed after 6 seconds.
2. The set speed must be reached within one minute, with a
permissible deviation of +/--- 5 1/min.
If at least one of these criteria is not fulfilled, then the press is

stopped with this diagnosis.
24.03.03
4002 Check position Fillom. or upper punch removal opening

(Station 1)
4003 Check position Fillom. or upper punch removal opening

(Station 2)

Check clearance Fill---o---Matic proximity initiator (NI) (approx.1
mm). Check NI signal.
The correct position of the Fill---o---Matic is the front position. This
position is limited by the clamp and monitored by a proximity initi-
ator, which also checks the punch removal opening at the same
time.
If the Fill---o---Matic has not reached the right position, or if the

punch removal opening is not closed correctly, then the press
stops or cannot be started. In this case, the above diagnosis ap-
pears.
The above diagnosis goes off again once the Fill---o---Matic and
cover plate are back in the right position.
Only active with option: 2 S 17
16.11.99
Binder 1 -- 122
P 3030
4004 Fill -- o -- Matic motor temperature exceeded (Station 1)
4005 Fill -- o -- Matic motor temperature exceeded (Station 2)
If the Fill---o---Matic motor temperature exceeds the maximum per-

missible value of 130˚C, then the machine is stopped with the
above diagnosis.
16.11.99
4100 Check filling depth adjustment (Station 1)
4101 Check filling depth adjustment (Station 2)
The set value for the filling depth is entered in the set field of para-
meter ”6” ”tablet filling depth”.
While the machine is running, the set value and actual value are
compared continuously. If a difference is detected, then the drive
is brought automatically to the set value.
If the adjusting motor of the filling depth adjustment does not turn
although the computer has given the adjustment command, then
the press is stopped with the above diagnosis.
When the above diagnosis appears, in addition the power supply

for this adjusting drive is switched off.
An index number is issued for better fault analysis:
Index : Meaning
2 : no pulse on starting (within 500ms)
8 : Timeout fault (turns for more than 3 minutes)
9 : Chip def fault positioning control
10 : Limit switch right LED active for mode >test run
11 : Limit switch left LED active for mode >test run
S Check input diode of positioning control (from encoder).

S Check set value for controller.
S Check adjusting motor voltage.
S Check encoder voltage.
S Check enabling contact.
16.11.99
Binder 1 -- 123
P 3030
The following possible errors can occur in machines whose adjust-

ing drives are connected to the CAN---BUS:
Index : Meaning
21 : The drive has not accepted the adjusting command
22 : The state machine of the controller is not initialised
23 : Quick stop has been triggered
24 : A contouring error has occurred
25 : The nominal position is outside the travel limit
26 : The drive controller is not in remote mode
27 : The maximum travel time (3 minutes) has expired
28 : A limit switch was actuated
13.10.05
4104 Check filling cams (Station 1)
4105 Check filling cams (Station 2)
The corresponding filling cams are to be mounted for the various

filling depth ranges.
The permissible input range is checked by showing the automati-

cally queried cam in the actual field and comparing it with the en-
tered or displayed value in the set field.
If actual and set value do not coincide, then the above diagnosis
appears and the press cannot be started.
16.11.99
4110 Fill -- o -- Matic motor current too large (Station 1)
4111 Fill -- o -- Matic motor current too large (Station 2)
The maximum permissible motor current for the Fill---o---Matic can

be entered as set value in parameter ”51”.
If the motor current exceeds the stated set value, then the machine
is stopped with this diagnosis.
This diagnosis is deactivated for 3---5 seconds during ”START”

and speed changes.
16.11.99
Binder 1 -- 124
P 3030
4112 Dosing cam loosened (station 1)
4113 Dosing cam loosened (station 2)
This machine has an automatic dosage locking device.
The dosing cam can be loosened or tightened by commands given

at the control computer. If the dosing cam is loosened, this diag-
nosis appears. A sensor monitors the status of the dosage locking
device.
Loosening or tightening takes place as follows:

S The command is activated at the control computer.
S The dosing cam is released, even if the dosing cam is to
be tightened, so that the bayonet lock can always be in-
serted neatly.
S The dosing drive moves into the top position (reference
switch).
S On reaching the top position, the dosing cam is tightened
or stays loose, depending on which command was acti-
vated.
S The dosing drive then moves back to the reference mark.
A yellow information text appears as long as the command is ac-

tive. The control does not accept manual loosening or tightening.
Note:
if the diagnosis ”Check dosage locking device” (4114, 4115, 4117)
is disabled, the machine cannot be moved to the removal position!
This prevents the machine from moving to the removal position
when a dosing mechanism is defective.
27.10.2005
4114 Check dosage locking device (station 1)
4115 Check dosage locking device (station 2)
This machine is equipped with an automatic dosage locking de-

vice.
Loosening or tightening takes place as follows:

S The command is activated at the control computer.
S The dosing cam is released, even if the dosing cam is to
be tightened, so that the bayonet lock can always be in-
serted neatly.
Binder 1 -- 125
P 3030
S The dosing drive moves into the top position (reference

switch).
S On reaching the top position, the dosing cam is tightened
or stays loose, depending on which command was acti-
vated.
S The dosing drive then moves back to the reference mark.
This diagnosis appears if a fault occurs during loosening or
tightening.
Check the following:
S pneumatic cylinder and lifting mechanism of the dosage
locking device
S compressed air and hoses
S sensor at the lifting mechanism
S dosing drive
Note: if this diagnosis is disabled, the machine cannot be moved
to the removal position. This prevents the machine from moving
to the removal position when a dosing mechanism is defective.
27.10.2005
4200 Check pre -- pressure cyl. height adjustment (Station 1)

4201 Check pre -- pressure cyl. height adjustment (Station 2)
The set value for the web (cylindrical) height of the pre---pressure
station is entered in the set field of parameter ”19” ”Cyl. height
pre---pressure”.
compared continuously. If a difference is detected, then the actual
value is adjusted to the set value.
But if the adjusting motor of the pre---pressure web height adjust-
ment does not turn although the computer has given the adjust-
ment command, then the press is stopped with the above
diagnosis.
When the above diagnosis appears, the power supply for this ad-
justing drive is switched off.
Index : Meaning
2 : no pulses on starting up (within 500ms)
8 : Timeout fault (turns longer than 3 min)
10 : Limit switch right LED active for mode > test run
11 : Limit switch left LED active for mode > test run
Binder 1 -- 126
P 3030

S Check set value for controller
S Adjusting motor voltage.
S Check encoder voltage
S Check enabling contact
If the diagnosis is active, then the power supply

for this drive is switched off.

Index : Meaning
13.10.05
4204 Reference point pre -- pressure cyl. height not reached

(Station 1)
4205 Reference point pre -- pressure cyl. height not reached

(Station 2)
If the command has been given to approach the reference marks

and the reference mark is not reached within 3 minutes, then the
press is stopped with the above diagnosis.
But this diagnosis only appears in the case when the pulses come
correctly from the encoder but the reference mark is not reached.
S Check input diode for the limit switch (reference point).
S Visual check whether reference point reached.
The diagnosis goes off with the next command to approach the ref-
erence marks again.
16.11.99
Binder 1 -- 127
P 3030
4212 Minimum cyl. height pre -- or main pressure reached

(Station 1)
4213 Minimum cyl. height pre -- or main pressure reached

(Station 2)
The actual position for web (cylindrical) height of pre--- and main
pressure station is monitored. If the web height of pre--- or main
pressure station falls below the minimum permissible value, then
this diagnosis appears and the corresponding drives are stopped.
This diagnosis does not go off again until the reference marks have
been approached again, which brings the drives apart.
16.11.99
4300 Check main pressure cyl. height adjustment (Station 1)
4301 Check main pressure cyl. height adjustment (Station 2)
The set value for the web (cylindrical) height of the main pressure
station is entered in the set field of parameter ”18” ”cyl. height main
pressure”.
If the adjusting motor of the main pressure web height adjustment

does not turn although the computer has given the adjustment
command, then the press is stopped with the above diagnosis.
If the above diagnosis appears, then the power supply for this ad-
justing drive is also switched off.
Index : Meaning
2 : no pulses on starting (within 500ms)
8 : Timeout fault (turns longer than 3 min)
10 : Limit switch right LED active for mode > test run
11 : Limit switch left LED active for mode > test run
Binder 1 -- 128
P 3030
S Check set value for controller.

S Check adjusting motor voltage.
S Check enabling contact.
If the diagnosis is active, then the power supply for this drive is
switched off.
Index : Meaning
13.10.05
16.11.99
4400 Discharge gate not working (Station 1)

4401 Discharge gate not working (Station 2)
The task of the discharge (slow) gate is to guide the tablets into
the poor channel. When the machine is ”off”, the discharge gate
is switched to the reject position. The behaviour after machine ”on”
is defined by parameter ”68” ”Slow gate delay”. If the set value is
0, then the discharge gate is switched to a good position 15
punches after machine ”on”. When the delay time in parameter
”68” is not equal to 0, then the discharge gate is held in the reject
position for this period.
Even when the machine stops for ”emergency off”, ”window flaps
open” or ”main switch off”, the discharge gate always switches im-
mediately to the reject position.
Bad and good position of the gate are monitored by a proximity
switch.
The position of the discharge gate is checked 2 seconds after ma-
chine ”off”. If the discharge gate is then not in the reject position,
the gate is briefly switched to the good position and then back to
the reject position. If the discharge is still not in the reject position
even after the third attempt, this diagnosis appears. This pro-
cedure should prevent any tablet jammed in the discharge gate
from causing an immediate diagnosis.
Binder 1 -- 129
P 3030
The good position of the discharge gate is checked 1 second after

changing over. If the discharge gate is then not in the good posi-
tion, then this diagnosis appears.
16.11.99
4402 Reject gate not working (Station 1)
4403 Reject gate not working (Station 2)
Every pressing force maximum is ascertained by a special

method, digitised and compared with the limits set in the para-
meter list.
If the ”individual value upper limit” for pressing force is exceeded,

or the pressing force falls below the ”individual value lower limit”
and the reject function is switched on at the same time, then these
tablets are rejected by the reject gate.
In addition, every time the machine stops by ”motor off”, the reject
gate moves down to the next possible gap between the tablets.
Then the motor is switched off. On motor ”on”, the gate is moved
up again after approx. 8 tablets.
Both the good position of the reject gate and the rejection position
are monitored by a proximity switch.
If the computer has given the command to switch the reject gate,
and the proximity switch fails to report this switching by querying
the gate position, then the press is stopped with the above diag-
nosis.
24.03.03
4404 Check sampling gate (Station 1)
The tablet sampling gate controlled by parameter 82 is monitored

by a proximity switch.
If the gate is not functioning properly, then the press is stopped

with the above diagnosis.
The diagnosis is reset after machine ”start”.
Only active with option : 2 SH 10
16.11.99
Binder 1 -- 130
P 3030
4406 Check parameters for discharge gate (Station 1)
4407 Check parameters for discharge gate (Station 2)
The discharge gate ejects poor tablets. The number of tablets

taken out during a rejection procedure is adjusted by the configu-
rator. In addition, parameter 83 (reject delay) also has to be re---de-
fined for this kind of rejecting.
The diagnosis appears when :

S the rotor speed is too high.
S the number of tablets cannot be taken out
Remedy :
S Enlarge the reject delay
24.03.03
4412 check flap for manual hand exhaust
By activating the manual hand exhaust, a flap is switched, so that

the hand exhaust receives maximum power.
If this flap does not stand on correct position, then this diagnosis
appears.
05.04.06
4500 Check speed main drive
The value for ”tablets/h x 1000” is entered as set value in parameter

”1”.
If the actual speed deviates by more than 10% from the set value
for longer than 5 seconds, then the press is stopped with the above
diagnosis.
16.11.99
Binder 1 -- 131
P 3030
4501 Starting torque of the press too high
Check power consumption of main drive. Turn the empty rotor

round by hand. Check motor safety switch (switching point).
Like many other functions, the power consumption of the main

drive is monitored. A motor safety switch is responsible for moni-
toring.
If the starting toque or operating torque of the press is too high,

Only active with option: 2 S 8
14.03.01
4502 Main drive motor temperature exceeded (423K)
Under extreme load, in spite of the strong fan it is still possible for
the temperature of the main drive to exceed the permissible value
of 423K (150˚C).
In this case, the machine is stopped by a temperature switch with

the above diagnosis.
16.11.99
4503 Power consumption main drive too large
The maximum permissible rotor current can be entered as set

value in parameter ”50”.
If the motor current exceeds the set set value, then the machine
is switched off with this diagnosis. The rotor current can be used
to draw conclusions about the easy movement of the punch tools.
This diagnosis is deactivated for 3 seconds during ”START” and

speed changes.
16.11.99
Binder 1 -- 132
P 3030
4600 Check oil level (lubricating oil) in lubrication circuit 1
The lubricating unit consists of a lubricating oil tank with a pump

screwed on to it. The oil level in the lubricating oil tank is monitored
by two level switches.
If the oil level has reached the first switching point, then the above
warning diagnosis appears on the screen.
16.11.99
4601 Oil level too low (lubricating oil) lubricating circuit 1

If the oil level has fallen below a minimum level, then the 2nd level
switch switches and the machine is stopped with the above diag-
nosis.
16.11.99
4602 No lubricating pulse from the lubricating circuit 1
The lubricating cycle time ”1” is pre---selected in seconds (15 ---

9999) for the 1st lubricating circuit. Once this preset time has been
reached, then the computer starts the lubricating pump.
Within a few seconds, the pump builds up a pressure so that the

individual lubricating points are supplied with a precisely
measured quantity of oil via dosing elements. After this the pump
is switched off again and the pressure decreases again.
If no value has been entered for the lubricating circuit, then the
parameter is automatically set to 50 seconds.
Index number 1 :
The computer gives the lubrication command to the pump at the

end of the lubrication cycle time. If the pressure is not built up within
30 seconds, then the machine is stopped with index number 1
(pressure switch does not switch).
Index number 2 :
Binder 1 -- 133
P 3030
If the pressure does not decrease again after the command ”pump
out” (pressure switch does not switch back within 5 seconds), then
the machine is stopped with index number 2.
Note:
Please note that a minimum time of at least 10 seconds is required
for the pressure to build up and decrease again. This is why it is
not possible to enter a value less than 15 seconds.
16.11.99
4603 No lubricating pulse from lubricating circuit 2

If a second lubricating circuit is installed, e.g. for separate lubrica-
tion of upper and lower punch, again this lubrication cycle time is
pre---selected in seconds (15 --- 9999). If this pre---selected time is
reached, then the computer starts the second lubrication pump.
Here again, this pump builds up a pressure within a few seconds,
so that the dosing elements can provide the individual lubrication
points with precisely measured quantities of oil. After this the pump
is switched off again and the pressure decreases.
Index number 1 :
The computer gives the lubrication command to the pump at the
end of the lubrication cycle time. If the pressure is not built up within
30 seconds, then the machine is stopped with index number 1
(pressure switch does not switch).
Index number 2 :
If the pressure does not decrease again after the command ”pump
out” (pressure switch does not switch back within 5 seconds), then
the machine is stopped with index number 2.
Note:
Please note that a minimum time of at least 10 seconds is required
for the pressure to build up and decrease again. This is why it is
not possible to enter a value less than 15 seconds.
Only active with option: 2 SH 4
16.11.99
4604 Check oil level (lubricating oil) of lubricating circuit 2

Binder 1 -- 134
P 3030
If the oil level has reached the first switching point, then the above
warning diagnosis appears on the screen.
Only valid with option 2 SH 4.
16.11.99
4605 Oil level too low (lubricating oil) in lubrication circuit 2

If the oil level has fallen below a minimum level, then the 2nd level
switch switches and the machine is stopped with the above diag-
nosis.
Only valid with option 2 SH 4.
16.11.99
Binder 1 -- 135
P 3030

5000 Caution: stop function deactivated
The above warning diagnosis appears when one or several diag-

noses in the menu point ”F4---DEACTIVATE REPORTS/DIAG-
NOSES” have been deactivated (in this case, stop diagnoses have
been turned into warning diagnoses).
This warning diagnosis goes off again when no more stop diag-
noses are deactivated.
16.11.99
5001 Caution punch missing
If punches have been taken out of the monitoring or statistics by

the menu point ”special functions / missing punches”, then the
above warning diagnosis appears in the diagnosis line.
16.11.99
5002 S -- rel limit pressing force exceeded (Station 1)
5003 S -- rel limit pressing force exceeded (Station 2)
A limit value for s---rel of the main pressing force can be entered
in parameter no. ”8”.
If this limit value is exceeded, then the above warning diagnosis

appears in the diagnosis line and the value which has exceeded
the limit appears in the actual field of parameter ”8”.
Diagnosis and actual value are deleted again automatically after

10 seconds.
16.11.99
5004 Upper punch stiffness exceeded 75% limit
The punch stiffness of the upper punch is monitored by torque

measurement
Binder 1 -- 136
P 3030
If 75% of the preset limit is reached while the machine is running,

then the above warning diagnosis appears on the screen.
The diagnosis is deleted again automatically after 10 seconds.
If punch stiffness exceeds this limit again during this period, then
the diagnosis remains.
16.11.99
5005 Lower punch stiffness exceeds 75% limit
The punch stiffness of the lower punch is monitored in the dosing

section. Here the force is measured and compared with the preset
value in parameter ”46”.
If 75% of the preset limit is reached while the machine is running,

then the above warning diagnosis appears on the screen.
The diagnosis is deleted again automatically after 10 seconds.
If the punch stiffness exceeds the limit again during this time, then
the diagnosis remains.
16.11.99
5006 Level control reached in feeding hopper (Station 1)
5007 Level control reached in feeding hopper (Station 2)
The level in the feeding hopper is queried with a sensor (option).

The sensor is mounted in the head piece separately from the feed-
ing hopper.
If the level in the feeding hopper falls below the level control, then
the above diagnosis appears.
The diagnosis goes off again automatically when the level in the
hopper has exceeded the level control position again.
From VME---Version 5_05:
A delay time can be set in parameter 86. This time indicates how
long the machine should continue to produce after reaching the
full limit. As long as the delay time is active, the diagnosis appears
as a warning diagnosis. The machine stops once the time has expi-
red.
20.08.2003
Binder 1 -- 137
P 3030
5008 Approaching Reference marks
If the command is given to approach the reference marks (letter

”V”), then the machine moves to all of the reference marks.
During this approach, the above diagnosis appears.
28.03.00
5009 Reference marks are approached
If the command to approach the reference marks has been given

(letter ”V”), then the machine moved to all of the reference marks.
If all reference marks are reached after this, then the above diag-
nosis appears.
This diagnosis goes off again after 10 seconds.
05.08.03
5010 Pressing force individual value limit exceeded (Station 1)
5011 Pressing force individual value limit exceeded (Station 2)
The ”upper individual value limit” stated in parameter ”10” for pres-
sing force has been exceeded for the stated punch.
When the reject function is switched on by parameter ”33”, the

tablet is rejected.
This diagnosis is not entered in the diagnosis list. It goes off again
automatically after 3 seconds.
The index number indicates the punch which exceeded the individ-
ual value limit.
24.03.03
5012 Pressing force below individual value limit (Station 1)
5013 Pressing force below individual value limit (Station 2)
The pressing force has fallen below the ”lower individual value
limit” stated in parameter ”11” for the stated punch.
Binder 1 -- 138
P 3030
When the reject function is switched on by parameter ”33”, then

the tablet is rejected.
This diagnosis is not entered in the diagnosis list. It goes off again
automatically after 3 seconds.
The index number indicates the punch which has fallen below the
individual value limit.
24.03.03
5014 Ejection force 75 % limit exceeded (Station 1)
5015 Ejection force 75 % limit exceeded (Station 2)
The permissible ejection force can be prescribed with parameter

”92”.
If the ejection force exceeds 75% of the stated limit, then this warn-
ing diagnosis appears for approx. 10 seconds.
Only valid for option 2 SH 22.
16.11.99
5016 Reject specific punch (Station 1)
5017 Reject specific punch (Station 2)
Punch numbers can be entered in the menu ”SPECIAL FUNCTION

/ REJECT PUNCH”. The production of these punches is then re-
jected with every turn of the rotor. In this way it is possible to take
samples of specific punches. This specific punch rejection can be
deactivated by entering ”0”.
22.11.01
5018 Pressing force not enough for evaluation (Station 1)
5019 Pressing force not enough for evaluation (Station 2)
As an option it is possible to prescribe a minimum necessary pres-

sing force. If the pressing force is under this limit, then the tablets
are treated as if the punches had been removed. No statistical
evaluation and pressing force measurement are carried out.
Binder 1 -- 139
P 3030
Only valid for option : A639
16.11.99
5025 Approaching removal position
If the command to approach the removal position is given, then all

station (compr. and filling) moves to the removal position.
The diagnosis goes off again when the removal position has been
reached.
07.05.01
5026 Removal position reached
This diagnosis appears once the removal positions have been re-
ached.
The diagnosis goes off again on leaving the removal positions to

approach the reference points.
07.05.01
5027 Interruption by external control
The press can be controlled by digital inputs and outputs. The con-
trol includes switching the press on and off, and changes to the
speed within set limits.
When the control has been activated by parameter 173 the press
is made ”ready” by pressing the start button. The press indicates
this status by setting the digital output ”ready”. At the same time
this diagnosis is set.
The press can now be started by setting the digital input ”enable
production”.
As long as no stop diagnosis occurs and the stop button is not

pressed, the press follows the signal ”enable production”:
If the signal is 0, then the press stands and shows this diagnosis.
Binder 1 -- 140
P 3030
If the signal is 1, then the press starts running and this diagnosis
goes off again.
Only active with option : S562
16.11.99
5028 Tablet congestion at external congestion reporter

(Station 1)
5029 Tablet congestion at external congestion reporter
(Station 2)
This diagnosis is set for as long as tablet congestion is detected
at the external congestion reporter.
The congestion reporting function is adjusted with option 593:
Option 593 k1 :
Tablet congestion counts as being detected when the input signal
was active at least for the time entered in parameter 136 ”conges-
tion reporting delay for external congestion reporters”. Then this
warning diagnosis is set. The pressing force control is switched off.
If both stations give this warning, then the machine is stopped and
diagnosis 5196 appears.
Option 593 k2 :
As k1, in addition on the congestion side the machine control is
automatically switched over so that the machine can continue to
produce one---sided.
S Pressing force control is switched off
S Discharge gate is set to bad
S Fill---o---Matic is stopped
Option 593 k3 :
Stop diagnosis for each side. When the machine starts up again,
the diagnosis goes off and the congestion reporting delay (para-
meter 136) starts again. This makes the diagnosis dynamic!!
Only active with option : S567
20.01.00
5030 Adjust reference marks (Station 1)

5031 Adjust reference marks (Station 2)
The drives have to be adjusted.
Binder 1 -- 141
P 3030
A change to the standard run can only take place when all drives
have been adjusted.
The drives which have to be adjusted can be detected because
only adjusted drives move in the function ”approach reference
marks.
This diagnosis occurs when the CPU or positioning control card
(IPOS) of the control computer have been changed, or the saved
reference data are not valid.
Drives:
S Dosing ( filling depth)
S Cyl. height main pressure
S Cyl. height pre---pressure
S Penetration depth main pressure (Not PX200)
S Penetration depth pre---pressure (Not PX200)
16.11.99
5032 Drive for adjustment selected (Station 1)

5033 Drive for adjustment selected (Station 2)
A drive has been selected for adjusting the reference marks. This
diagnosis is a feedback or confirmation of the machine computer.
The index number indicates which drive is concerned.
Index : Meaning
1 : Dosing ( filling depth)
2 : Cyl. height (main pressure)
3 : Cyl. height pre---pressure
4 : Penetration depth main pressure (not P1200)
5 : Penetration depth pre---pressure (not P1200)
16.11.99
5044 Not enough compression force, compression rolls do not

turn (Station 1)
5045 Not enough compression force, compression rolls do not
turn (Station 2)
A minimally necessary compression force can be stated as an op-
tion. If the measured pre or main compression force is below this
limit, then this diagnosis appears. The compression rolls and the
punches are then exposed to increase wear !!
Binder 1 -- 142
P 3030
Corresponding option: A753
24.06.2003
5056 Production switched off (station 1)
5057 Production switched off (Station 2)
The machine is equipped with option 593 ”one---sided produc-

tion”. This means that in double or triple rotary presses, production
can be switched off at one station. Production continues as normal
at the other stations. If parameter 166 is set, this diagnosis appears
and the machine is adjusted automatically for one---sided oper-
ation :
S Discharge gate to ”bad” position
S FOM off
S No tablet counting
S Control switched off
S Checkmaster takes no more samples
S Single value limits main pressure/pre---pressure deacti-
vated
S Penetration depth and cylindrical height move apart
(punch + cam protection)
S No filling level control
S No start relief function / temperature compensation
NOTE : The FOM must remain installed in one -- sided ope-

ration. The machine must not turn with open punch
removal openings. (Interlocked by safety PLC)
Only active with option: S593
19.03.2004
5100 Emergency -- off switched
On the press itself there are 2 emergency---off switches, and one

emergency---off switch on switchboard and control panel. If one
or several emergency---off switches is activated, then the press is
stopped by a separate safety circuit with the above diagnosis.
If all emergency---off switches have been switched back, then the

above diagnosis goes off again.
16.11.99
Binder 1 -- 143
P 3030
5101 Window flaps open or chute gate dismounted

All 4 window flaps and the chute gate are secured with restricted
switches. If one or several flaps are opened or if the chute gate is
dismounted, then the machine is stopped by a separate safety cir-
cuit or cannot be started up, and the above diagnosis appears on
the screen.
If all the window flaps are closed and the chute gate is mounted
again, then the above diagnosis goes off again.
ATTENTION !
The safety circuit can be bridged in the inching mode by authorised

operating staff. In this case, diagnosis ”5300” ”inching mode acti-
vated” appears instead of the above diagnosis.
24.04.08
5103 Lower punch removal opening open

For installation and removal of the lower punches, the removal
plate of the removal station can be fastened or undone with just
a few moves . This removal plate holds the punches in the pre-
scribed path.
The correct position of this removal plate is monitored by a proxim-
ity initiator.
If installation of the removal plate has been forgotten or it is not in
the right position, then the press cannot be started and the above
diagnosis appears.
If the removal plate works loose during operation, then the press
is stopped with the above diagnosis.
The diagnosis goes off again when the removal plate is back in the
right position.
16.11.99
5104 Upper punch stiffness exceeded

The punch stiffness of the upper punches is monitored by torque
measurement.
Binder 1 -- 144
P 3030
If the pre---selected limit is exceeded during operation, then the

press is stopped with the above diagnosis.
Once the press has started again, the above diagnosis goes off.
16.11.99
5105 Lower punch stiffness exceeded
The punch stiffness of the lower punches is monitored as part of

the dosing function. Here the force is measured and compared
with the limit set in parameter ”46”.
If this pre---set limit is exceeded during operation, then the press

is stopped with the above diagnosis.
Once the press has started up again, the above diagnosis goes
off.
16.11.99
5106 Individual value limit max. exceeded (Station 1)
5107 Individual value limit max. exceeded (Station 2)
A pressing force limit as % of the set pressing force can be entered

in parameter 12 ”individual value limit” in order to monitor the
press.
If the operator has selected for example max. 20% for the individual
value limit, this means that every single pressing force maximum
of the produced tablets must lie within plus/minus 20% of the set
pressing force.
The first maximum of a pressing force to exceed the upper limit

stops the press with this diagnosis. The deviation causing the
press to stop is displayed in the actual field of parameter 12. The
punch number of the deviating signal appears at the end of the di-
agnosis line.
In standard run, this diagnosis is deactivated at the start of produc-

tion to bridge production fluctuations. The deactivation time is
coupled at parameter 68 ”discharge gate delay”. If a discharge
gate delay time is entered, then this diagnosis is activated after this
time. If no discharge gate delay time is entered, then this diagnosis
is activated after 10 seconds.
Binder 1 -- 145
P 3030
In the setting run, this diagnosis and the switching off function are
constantly deactivated.
16.11.99
5108 Individual value below limit max.(Station 1)

5109 Individual value below limit max. (Station 2)

A pressing force limit as % of the set pressing force can be entered
in parameter 12 ”individual value limit” in order to monitor the
press.
If the operator has selected for example max. 20% for the individual
value limit, this means that every single pressing force maximum
of the produced tablets must lie within plus/minus 20% of the set
pressing force.
The first maximum of a pressing force to exceed the upper limit

stops the press with this diagnosis. The deviation causing the
press to stop is displayed in the actual field of parameter 12. The
punch number of the deviating signal appears at the end of the di-
agnosis line.
In standard run, this diagnosis is deactivated at the start of produc-
tion to bridge production fluctuations. The deactivation time is
coupled at parameter 68 ”discharge gate delay”. If a discharge
gate delay time is entered, then this diagnosis is activated after this
time. If no discharge gate delay time is entered, then this diagnosis
is activated after 10 seconds.
In the setting run, this diagnosis and the switching off function are
16.11.99
5110 Pressing force greater than permissible punch load

(Station 1)
5111 Pressing force greater than permissible punch load

(Station 2)

The punch tools has a maximum load---bearing capacity depend-
ing on diameter, form and curvature.
This permissible punch load appears in the set field of the para-
meter list after selecting the long---term saved product or after
entering the punch diameter and tablet form or, in the case of ob-
long tablets, after entering the long and narrow side and the shape.
Binder 1 -- 146
P 3030
This value for permissible punch load can be changed by pre---se-

lecting figure ”9” in parameter ”38”.
Every pressing force maximum ix compared with the permissible

punch load shown in the set field of parameter ”4”.
If the maximum of a pressing force is greater than the permissible

punch load shown in the set field of the parameter list, then the ma-
chine is stopped with the above diagnosis. The pressing force
which causes the press to stop is shown in the actual field of para-
meter ”4”, and the corresponding punch number appears at the
end of the diagnosis line.
24.03.03
5112 S -- rel pressing force limit max. exceeded (Station 1)
5113 S -- rel pressing force limit max. exceeded (Station 2)
If the calculated s---rel pressing force actual value exceeds the

pre---set re---rel pressing force max. limit (parameter ”9”), then the
press is stopped with the above diagnosis. The s---rel value which
causes the machine to stop is shown in the actual field of para-
meter ”8”.
In the standard run, this diagnosis and the switching off function
is not activated until 10 seconds after the start to bridge fluctu-
ations at the start of production.
In setting run, this diagnosis and the switching off function are con-
stantly deactivated.
24.03.03
5114 Pressing force mean value limit max. exceeded (Station 1)
5115 Pressing force mean value limit max. exceeded (Station 2)
In parameter ”7” the maximum pressing force mean value limit can
be pre---selected in %.
For example: if the value 10 is entered, this means that the limits
for switching off the machine are plus / minus 10% of the pressing
force mean value.
If the upper limit of the pressing force mean value is exceeded, then
the machine stops with the above diagnosis.
Binder 1 -- 147
P 3030
In standard run, this diagnosis and the switching off function is not
activated until approx. 10 seconds after the start to bridge fluctu-
In the setting run this diagnosis and the switching off function is
24.03.03
5116 Pressing force below max. mean value limit. (Station 1)
5117 Pressing force below max. mean value limit. (Station 2)
In parameter ”7” the maximum pressing force mean value limit can
be pre---selected in %.
For example: if the value 10 is entered, this means that the limits
for switching off the machine are plus / minus 10% of the pressing
force mean value.
If the lower limit of the pressing force mean value is exceeded, then
the machine stops with the above diagnosis.
24.03.03
5118 No. of bad tablets too large (Station 1)
5119 No. of bad tablets too large (Station 2)
The pressing force limits for the good production range can be ad-
justed with the upper individual value limit and the lower individual
value limit.
This number can be limited to keep down the number of tablets

outside the pre---selected individual value limits when the reject
function is switched off, or the number of rejected tables when the
reject function is ”on”.
For this purpose, the number of permissible bad tablets is entered

in parameter ”52”, referred to a reference number of tablets to be
pre---selected in ”parameter 54” (e.g. 3 bad tablets per 200
pressed tablets).
Binder 1 -- 148
P 3030
If the produced number of bad tablets is greater than the entered

parameter value, then the press is stopped with the above diag-
nosis.
Note: with reject function ”on”, the first 8 tablets after machine ”on”
and the tablets after motor ”off” are not counted.
activeated until approx. 10 seconds after the start to bridge fluctu-
16.11.99
5120 Same punch bad tablet (Station 1)
5121 Same punch bad tablet (Station 2)
The pressing force limits for the good production range can be ad-
justed with the upper individual value limit and the lower individual
value limit.
This number can be limited to keep down the number of tablets

outside the pre---selected individual value limits when the reject
function is switched off, or the number of rejected tables when the
reject function is ”on”.
For this purpose, the number of permissible bad tablets produced

in succession by the same punch is entered, referred to a refer-
ence tablet number to be pre---selected in ”parameter 54” (e.g. 4
bad tablets from punch with the same number per 250 pressed
tablets).
If the number of produced bad tablets is then greater than the en-
tered parameter value, then the press is stopped with the above
diagnosis and the punch number is displayed in the diagnosis line.
24.03.03
Binder 1 -- 149
P 3030
5122 Re -- adjustment limit reached (Station 1)
5123 Re -- adjustment limit reached (Station 2)
The filling depth is readjusted to achieve a constant pressing force

and thus constant tablet weight.
But re---adjustment is only in a range permitted by the filling cam.

These limits are defined in the computer by entering the filling cam
range.
Example: filling cam ”8” has a permissible range from 2.5 to 8 mm.
If the values exceed this range, then the press is stopped with the
above diagnosis.
The diagnosis goes off again when the filling depth is back in the
permissible range.
16.11.99
5124 Individual value limit upper pre -- pressing force max.

exceeded (Station 1)
5125 Individual value limit upper pre -- pressing force max.

exceeded (Station 2)
The upper individual value limit for prepressing force can be se-
lected in parameter ”61” as % of the set pre---pressing force, in
order to monitor the press. If the operator has selected for example
max. 20% for the upper individual value limit pre---pressing force,
this means that every individual pre---pressing force maximum
must be under the limit +20% of the set pressing force.
The first pre---pressing force maximum above this selected limit

stops the machine with the above diagnosis and the number of the
triggering punch is displayed.
24.03.03
Binder 1 -- 150
P 3030
5126 Punch Saving System active (Station 1)
5127 Punch Saving System active (Station 2)
The upper individual value limit for pre---pressing force in % is en-

tered in parameter ”61” to protect the punches.
If the operator has selected the upper limit as max. 20%, for
example, the first pre---pressing force maximum outside this limit
causes the press to stop with the above diagnosis and the number
of the triggering punch is displayed.
The tablet web height of the main pressure station is then moved
apart by 1 mm. At the same time, the web height of the pre---pres-
sure moves apart by 0.05 mm. The rotor then moves on 12 stations
with the reject gate in reject position.
The press then stops again and the web height is reset to the set
value apart from the starting relief value stated in parameter ”64”.
Once this value is reached, the press starts again; after a further
15 stations, the reject gate also functions normally again.
After 20 stations, the web heights of both pre---pressure and main

pressure are brought back to the original set values.
After this, production continues as before the fault and the above
diagnosis goes off again.
Only active with option : 2 S 43
16.11.99
5128 Lower pre -- pressing force below max. individual value limit
(Station 1)
5129 Lower pre -- pressing force below max. individual value limit
(Station 2)
The lower individual value limit for pre---pressing force can be pre---
selected in % of the set pre---pressing force in parameter ”62” in
order to monitor the press. If the operator has selected max. 20%
for example for the lower individual value limit pre---pressing force,
this means that every individual pre---pressing force maximum has
to be above the limit ---20% of the set pre---pressing force.
The first pre---pressing force maximum to lie below this selected

limit stops the machine with the above diagnosis and the number
of the triggering punch is displayed.
Binder 1 -- 151
P 3030
24.03.03
5130 Pre -- pressing force mean value limit max. exceeded

(Station 1)
5131 Pre -- pressing force mean value limit max. exceeded
(Station 2)
The maximum pre---pressing force mean value limit can be pre---
selected in parameter ”60”.
The maximum limits for the pre---pressing force mean value are en-
tered in %. Example: If the value ”10” is entered, this means that
the limits for switching off the machine are plus/minus 10% of the
pressing force mean value.
If the upper limit of the pre---pressing mean value is exceeded, then
the press stops with the above diagnosis.
24.03.03
5132 Pre -- pressing force below max. mean value limit.

(Station 1)
5133 Pre -- pressing force below max. mean value limit.
(Station 2)
The maximum pre---pressing force mean value limit can be se-
lected in parameter ”60”.
The maximum limits for the pre---pressing force mean value are en-
tered in %. Example: If the value ”10” is entered, this means that
the limits for switching off the machine are plus/minus 10% of the
pressing force mean value.
Binder 1 -- 152
P 3030
If the pre---pressing falls below the mean value lower limit, then the
press stops with the above diagnosis.
24.03.03
5134 Tablet weight mean value limit max. exceeded. (Station 1)
5135 Tablet weight mean value limit max. exceeded. (Station 2)
The maximum weight mean value limits can be pre---selected in

parameter ”23”
The maximum limits for weight mean value are entered in %.
Example: if the value ”5” is entered, this means that the limits at
which the machine is switched off are plus/minus 5% of the tablet
set weight.
If the upper limit is exceeded, then the press is stopped with the
upper diagnosis.
In this case the tablet weight mean value which has caused the
press to stop is shown in the actual field of parameter ”22”.
Only active with option: P 12
18.03.03
5136 Tablet weight below max. mean value limit. (Station 1)
5137 Tablet weight below max. mean value limit. (Station 2)
The maximum weight mean value limits can be pre---selected in

parameter ”23”
The maximum limits for weight mean value are entered in %.
Example: if the value ”5” is entered, this means that the limits at
which the machine is switched off are plus/minus 5% of the tablet
set weight.
Binder 1 -- 153
P 3030
If the tablet weight falls below the lower limit, then the press is
stopped with the above diagnosis.
In this case the tablet weight mean value which has caused the
press to stop is shown in the actual field of parameter ”22”.
16.11.99
5146 Tablet weight s -- rel limit exceeded (Station 1)
5147 Tablet weight s -- rel limit exceeded (Station 2)
If the calculated s---rel weight actual value parameter ”24” (shown

in the actual field) exceeds the pre---selected s---rel weight limit,
The diagnosis goes off again when the machine starts up.
Only active with option: or P 12
16.11.99
5152 Adj. range cyl. height main pressure (weight control)

exceeded. (Station 1)
5153 Adj. range cyl. height main pressure (weight control)

exceeded. (Station 2)
If control ”2” is switched on, then the web height of the main pres-
sure station is adjusted according to the tablet weight deviations
detected by the Checkmaster.
If the actual value for web height deviates by more than 5 adjust-
ment steps from the set value, then the press stops with the above
diagnosis.
Web height => Adjustment step

0.00 --- 0.99 mm => 0.01 mm
1.00 --- 1.99 mm => 0.02 mm
etc.
8.00 --- 8.99 mm => 0.09 mm
but maximum 0.10 mm
Binder 1 -- 154
P 3030
Only active with option: P 12 and 2 S 19

18.02.03
5154 Adj. range set pressing force (hardness control) exceeded.

(Station 1)
5155 Adj. range set pressing force (hardness control) exceeded.
(Station 2)
If control ”3” is switched on, then the pressing force of the main
pressure station is adjusted according to the tablet hardness devi-
ations detected by the Checkmaster. The change in pressing force
is produced by changing the web height.
If the actual value for web height deviates by more than 5 adjust-
ment steps from the set value, then the press stops with the above
diagnosis.
Web height => Adjustment step
0.00 --- 0.99 mm => 0.01 mm
1.00 --- 1.99 mm => 0.02 mm
etc.
8.00 --- 8.99 mm => 0.09 mm
but maximum 0.10 mm

Only active with option: P 12 and 2 S 41
24.03.03
5157 Good production target reached

The set value for good production can be entered in parameter
”14”. the currently achieved actual value is shown in the actual
field.
If the pre---selected good production target is achieved during pro-
duction, then the machine is stopped with the above diagnosis.
16.11.99
5158 Check extraction vacuum

The extraction vacuum for dust extraction in the pressing chamber
can be pre---selected in hPa in parameter ”49”. The machine auto-
matically works up to the pre---selected parameter shown in the set
field and then holds this level. A deviation of 0.5 hPa is tolerated.
Binder 1 -- 155
P 3030
If the set value is not reached within 1 minute then the press is
stopped with this diagnosis.
Only active with option : 2 SH 5
16.11.99
5159 Tablet congestion in good channel (Station 1)

5160 Tablet congestion in good channel (Station 2)
When pressing ”difficult” substances, tablet congestion in the
good channel cannot be completely ruled out.
If the tablets become congested, then a capacitive proximity
switch switches and the press is stopped with the above diagnosis.
16.11.99
5161 Check punch (Station 1)

5162 Check punch (Station 2)
Pressing force limits can be entered in % in parameter ”65” for
special punch monitoring. These limits refer to mean values
formed at the beginning specially for each punch pair.
These limits are then used for comparison with following pressing
force mean values formed for every punch pair. These mean values
are calculated for every punch pair over 10 pressing forces.
When the values exceed or fall below the pre---selected limits, the
machine stops with the above diagnosis and the punch number
is shown in the diagnosis line.
The diagnosis goes off again with motor ”on”.
Only active with option: S 31
24.03.03
5165 Punch Saving System has triggered 5 times (Station 1)

5166 Punch Saving System has triggered 5 times (Station 2)
When the pre---pressing force exceeds the pre---selected upper
pressing force limit, the press is stopped in such a way that the
triggering punch comes to a halt in front of the main pressure sta-
tion.
Binder 1 -- 156
P 3030
The main pressure rolls are then moved apart automatically 1 mm

and the triggering punch is moved through the main pressure sta-
tion. The web height of the main pressure is then automatically re-
duced to the value stated in parameter ”64” and the pre---pressure
station automatically moves 0.05 mm apart to provide starting re-
lief.
After this, the press starts up again automatically. After 20 rejected
tablets, the original web heights for main pressure and pre---pres-
sure are approached again automatically so that production con-
tinues as before the fault.
If this moving apart/together occurs 5 times within 5 minutes, then
the machine is stopped with the above diagnosis.
Only active with option: S43
24.03.03
5167 Approach reference marks

If a condition exists in which it is necessary to approach the refer-
ence marks again, then this diagnosis appears with a correspon-
ding index number.
Index : Meaning
1 : Reference marks were not approached success-
fully.
2 : No position change in approached drive
3 : Positioning control memory was deleted
4 : To leave the removal position of the pressure sta-
tions
5 : Minimum web height reached
6 : Check sum fault in reference data set
7 : Switched off with drives moving
8 : A drive was not at the CAN bus
If this diagnosis appears, then the press is stopped or cannot be
started again. The diagnosis goes off again after approaching the
reference marks.
24.03.03
5168 Weight deviation of a sample tablet too great (Station 1)

5169 Weight deviation of a sample tablet too great (Station 2)
If the individual test tablets are tested automatically according to
the Ph.Eur.Vol., and if the weight of a tablet is greater than twice
the maximum permissible percentage, then the press stops with
Binder 1 -- 157
P 3030
Ph. Eur. Vol. 3:

Sample number / n = 20
Average weight
up to 80 mg 10%
greater than 80 to 250 mg 7,5%
greater than 250 mg 5%
The diagnosis goes off again after machine ”on”.
11.06.02
5170 Three values outside weight window (Station 1)

5171 Three values outside weight window (Station 2)
The permissible ”window” for parameters ”102/103” ”weight win-
dow” can be entered in (%) of set weight in which the sample
tablets are accepted.
If 3 successive values are outside the window, then the press is
After the command ”continue sample”, the Checkmaster deletes
the diagnosis again.
18.03.03
5182 Ejection force exceeded (Station 1)

5183 Ejection force exceeded (Station 2)
The permissible ejection force can be selected with parameters
”92” and ”93”. If the ejection force exceeds the set limit, then the
machine is switched off with the above diagnosis.
16.11.99
5184 Machine standstill longer than 10 mins, clean Fill -- o -- Matic

When salt is being pressed, the Fill---o---Matic has to be cleaned
after 10 minutes standstill. The machine cannot be started again
until the operator confirms that the Fill---o---Matic has been
cleaned. The confirmation question comes when the operator tries
to start the machine. Question and answer are entered in the re-
moval report together with operator’s name, date and time.
Binder 1 -- 158
P 3030
The machine cannot be started until positive confirmation has

been given. The diagnosis goes off after ”machine on”.
Only valid with Option S548 (salt option)
16.11.99
5190 Individual value weight outside T2 limit (Station 1)

5191 Individual value weight outside T2 limit (Station 2)
The maximum accepted limits (%) of set weight are entered in para-
meters ”104 / 107”.
The limits can be also be entered in absolute values using option
728 in parameters 202/205.
If an individual weight value is outside these limits, then the press
stops at the end of the sample with the above diagnosis.
The diagnosis goes off again after ”machine on”.
Only active with option : P12
05.11.02
5200 Automatic main encoder adjustment necessary

The machine computer needs the mechanical position of the pe-
ripheral pulse for mechanically correct allocation of the measuring
points and rejection gate on the die plate.
With the corresponding machine command, the machine com-
puter finds the position of the peripheral pulse and adopts this
value. This diagnosis goes off again when the command has been
processed successfully.
For this purpose, punch no. 1 must stand centrally under the main
pressure of station 1. When centring the punch, a tolerance of +/---
5 mm is permissible.
The command is started in F6---SETTING UP. The machine turns
to the peripheral pulse and then stops.
24.03.03
5201 Automatic main encoder fine adjustment

If this diagnosis appears, then the fine adjustment of the main en-
coder is active. The following prerequisites are necessary for this
fine adjustment:
Binder 1 -- 159
P 3030
S Setting run
S Main pressing force > 2kN (finer MB) or
S Main pressing force > 10kN (rougher MB)
Meaning of the index numbers:

1 : Machine turns in setting run. 10 seconds after start, the
measured values for main pressing force are evaluated. If
these are unusable (e.g. pressing force inadequate), then
this index number remains.
2 : Usable measured values are registered, the fine adjust-
ment is calculated.
The precise position of the peripheral pulse is measured with the

machine running. The diagnosis goes off again when the fine ad-
justment has been successfully completed. In addition, diagnosis
5202 appears (fine adjustment completed). The machine can then
start in the standard run.
18.03.03
5202 Automatic main encoder fine adjustment completed
If this diagnosis appears, then the position of the peripheral pulse

has been ascertained. Two different methods can be used here.
The index number indicates which method has been used.
Index number:
1 : The position of the pressing force maximum to the peripheral

pulse is clear. Only possible for ideal pressing force progression.
2 : After 50 revolutions the position of the peripheral pulse is ascer-

tained from the measured pressing force maximum.
The system can then change to the standard run. The diagnosis
goes off again when the machine starts.
24.03.03
5220 Mean weight outside T2 limit (Station 1)
5221 Mean weight outside T2 limit (Station 2)
The maximum accepted limits (%) for the nominal weight are en-
tered in parameters ”138/141”.
Binder 1 -- 160
P 3030
The limits can be also be entered in absolute values using option

728 in parameters 219/222.
If the mean weight is outside these limits, the press stops with the
above diagnosis on finishing the sample.
The diagnosis goes off again when the machine is switched ”ON”.
Only active with option: P12 and option 677
18.02.2003
5230 No. of T1 weight limit transgressions reached (Station 1)
5231 No. of T1 weight limit transgressions reached (Station 2)
If a certain number of T1 limit transgressions is reached during a

sampling procedure, the machine stops with the above diagnosis.
Only active with option: P12 and option 691 The corresponding
number of T1 limit transgressions at which the press stops is en-
tered with the option value Kwxyz.
w: No. weight transgressions
x: No. thickness transgressions
y: No. hardness transgressions
z: No. diameter transgressions
24.01.2003
5240 No. of T1 weight transgressions reached (Station 1)
5241 No. of T1 weight transgressions reached (Station 2)
If the T1 limit is exceeded within 2 sampling procedures, then the

machine stops with the above diagnosis.
The corresponding number of T1 limit transgressions at which the

press stops is entered with the option value Kwxyz.
Binder 1 -- 161
P 3030
w: No. weight transgressions

x: No. thickness transgressions
y: No. hardness transgressions
z: No. diameter transgressions
and option 734 K2
05.11.02
5251 Individual value quant above T2 limit (station 1)

5252 Individual value quant above T2 limit (station 2)

If an individual quant value is outside its T2+ ot T2--- limit, then the
press stops with this diagnosis.
The diagnosis goes off again with ”machine on”.
Only active with option : 783

20.08.2003
5300 Inching mode switched on

(Special warning diagnosis = red lamps permanently on)
Normally the press is stopped by the safety switch when the win-
dow flaps are opened.
ATTENTION !
But to operate the press for service reasons when the window flaps
are opened, authorised staff can switch on a special inching mode.
If the inching mode is switched on, the system switches over auto-
matically to the test run.
In addition, in the inching mode the drives can be moved and ad-
justed.
The diagnosis goes off again when the inching mode is discon-
nected from the machine.
For safety reasons, the machine should only be operated by one

person at the same time in this mode, i.e. with the window flaps
open.
20.08.2003
Binder 1 -- 162
P 3030
5318 Compression force of the overloaded punch (Station 1)

5319 Compression force of the overloaded punch (Station 1)
The punch tools have a maximum permissible load depending on
diameter, shape and curvature.
This permissible punch load appears in the nom. box of the para-
meter list after selecting the product from the long---term memory
or after entering punch diameter and tablet shape, or for oblong
tablets, after entering the long and narrow side and the shape.
This value for permissible punch load can be changed by pres-
electing number ”9” for parameter ”38”.
Each maximum compression force is compared with the permiss-
ible punch load shown in the nom. box of parameter ”4”.
If the maximum compression force is greater than the permissible
punch load shown in the nom. box of the parameter list, then the
machine stops with both diagnosis 5110/5111/5305 and with diag-
nosis 5318/5319/5320. The compression force resulting in shut-
down of the press is shown both in the actual box of parameter ”4”
and also at the end of the diagnosis text for diagnosis
5318/5319/5320, while the corresponding punch number appears
at the end of the diagnosis box for diagnosis 5110/5111/5305.
Valid from MACO 5.29
S For Visual < 6.11 / 5.29, the compression force is shown
in 1/10kN!
S For Visual >= 6.11 / 5.29, the compression force is shown
in kN!
18.06.04
5322 tablet temperature exceeded

The machine is equipped with a thermometer, which measures the
tablet temperature. The current tablet temperature is shown under
the actual value of parameter #93. Over the set value of parameter
#93, the operator can define a limit. If the current tablet tempera-
ture rises this limit, the press stops with diagnosis 5322 ”tablet tem-
perature exceeded”.
Measurement in testrun:
It is measured continuously every 300ms, without monitoring.
Measurement in setting or standardrun:
It is measured only when machine is running, with monitoring.
The temperature is measured 3600 times per round and the maxi-
mum tablet temperature of each individual tablet is determined
and monitored.
Binder 1 -- 163
P 3030
From reasons of visualization, the actual value of parameter #93

is only refreshed every 3s. If the press stops while tablet tempera-
ture is exceeded, then diagnosis 5322 appears. The actual value
of parameter #93 shows the temperature, which stops the press.
The diagnosis 5322 is automatically cleared with the next start of
the machine.
Only active with option 847/860
08.08.2006
Binder 1 -- 164
P 3030
7000 Customer -- specific diagnosis no. 1
(Warning or stop diagnosis)
16.11.99
7001 Customer -- specific diagnosis no.2
Option A579 KxxYx with:

Y = 0: not active
Y = 1,5:high/low warning
Y = 2,6:high/low stop/clear with start
Y = 7,8:high/low stop/no start allowed
.
16.11.99
16.11.99
16.11.99
7004 Customer -- specific diagnosis no.5 (station 1)
7005 Customer -- specific diagnosis no.5 (station 2)
Customer---specific output is set.
16.11.99
7010 Customised output A is set
This diagnosis appears when the customised output A has been

set at the control terminal.
Binder 1 -- 165
P 3030
Only active with option 757.
09.07.2003
7011 Customised output B is set
This diagnosis appears when the customised output B has been

09.07.2003
7012 Customised output C is set
This diagnosis appears when the customised output C has been

09.07.2003
7013 Customised output D is set
This diagnosis appears when the customised output D has been

09.07.2003
Binder 1 -- 166
P 3030

8000 Check Gratex/deduster unit (Station 1)
8001 Check Gratex/Deduster unit (Station 2)
If the Gratex unit is connected up, then all functions including

switching on and off, adjusting speed and post---running of the
Gratex unit are controlled and monitored by the computer.
The Gratex unit is switched on at the same time as the press. After
the press has been switched off, the Gratex unit runs on to deburr
all tablets.
The post---running time can be adjusted in parameter 163. If the

parameter is not set then the Gratex unit runs on for 20 revolutions.
The speed of the Gratex unit is pre---selected in parameter ”34”.
If ”0” is entered in the nominal field for parameter ”34”, then the
speed of the Gratex unit is 0.8 times the speed of the press.
The actual speed of the Gratex unit is shown in the actual field.
When the drum of the Gratex unit turns, a proximity switch pro-
duces continuous pulses. If no pulse is produced within a 15 sec-
ond period, the press is stopped with the above diagnosis.
This time of 15 seconds also says that the Gratex unit may only be
stopped manually for up to 15 seconds to change the container
etc. without stopping the press itself.
29.07.2002
8002 Check extraction pressure at Gratex unit (Station 1)
8003 Check extraction pressure at Gratex unit (Station 2)
The extraction pressure at the Gratex unit can be monitored with

a flow controller. The flow controller is plugged into a defined posi-
tion on the extraction pipe and connected electrically to the drive
housing of the Gratex unit (plug connection).
If the extraction function of the running Gratex is not active for 10

seconds (no flow at the transducer), then the press is stopped with
Binder 1 -- 167
P 3030
The diagnosis goes off again when a vacuum is present.

Only active with option: P2
16.11.99
8050 Check extraction vacuum at dedusting unit

(Station 1)
8051 Check extraction vacuum at dedusting unit
(Station 2)
There is no extraction vacuum at the dedusting unit.
The extraction pressure is monitored for example by a flow con-
troller in the extraction pipe. Presence of a vacuum is reported by
a level of 24 V.
If the extraction is not active for approx. 10 seconds when the ma-
chine is running --- no flow at the transducer --- then the press is
The diagnosis goes off again when the vacuum is restored.
Only active with option : SH 6
16.11.99

If tablet samples are taken from a gate controlled by the Check-
master, the functioning of the gate is monitored by a proximity
switch. If the gate is not functioning properly, then the press stops
After sending the command ”samples continue”, the Checkmaster
deletes the diagnosis again.
16.11.99
8202 No tablet sampled for Checkmaster. (Station 1)

8203 No tablet sampled for Checkmaster. (Station 2)
If a number greater than ”0” is entered for parameter ”74”, then a
sample is taken immediately after the start of production and every
time the pre---set number of tablets is reached.
Binder 1 -- 168
P 3030
If no tablet is sampled 5 times in succession, then the press is

The diagnosis goes off again when the machine starts.
16.11.99
8204 Change sampling store (TT 1)

8205 Change sampling store (TT 2)
The store consists of 12 glasses for samples. If the system auto-
matically detects that the store of glasses is used up, then the
above warning diagnosis appears.
The sampling store is set back to position 1 again as follows:
Checkmaster : ”automatic” button
Checkmaster 4 : ”quit” button

20.08.03
8206 Sampling store not changed (TT 1)

8207 Sampling store not changed (TT 2)
If diagnosis ”8202” appears and if the store has not been changed
or brought to the starting position after the next ”sampling com-
mand” from the press, then the press is stopped with the above
diagnosis.
After pressing the ”Quit” button on the Checkmaster, the store
moves back to its starting position and the diagnosis goes off
again.
Only active with option : P 12
18.02.03
8208 Caution, weigher not ready (TT 1)

8209 Caution, weigher not ready (TT 2)
If a number greater than ”0” is entered for parameter ”74”, then a
sample is taken immediately after the start of production and every
time the pre---set number of tablets is reached.
Binder 1 -- 169
P 3030
Prerequisite for measuring sample weight is that the weigher func-

tions, i.e. the weigher is appropriately still and air movement is li-
mited.
If the computer now gives the command to sample a tablet but the
weigher indicates that the weight is not measured, then the above
warning diagnosis appears after 30 seconds.
This warning diagnosis goes off again after eliminating the cause.
18.02.03
8210 Weigher not ready (TT 1)
8211 Weigher not ready (TT 2)
If the warning diagnosis ”Caution, weigher not ready” appears for

longer than 2 minutes, then the press is stopped with the above
diagnosis.
This means that the weigher is not functioning properly.
Correct weighing means that the weigher has to be still with limited
air movement around the weigher.
The above diagnosis goes off again the next time the machine
starts.
18.02.03
8212 Check ratio tablet number (sample) to sampling (Station 1)
8213 Check ratio tablet number (sample) to sampling (Station 2)
If the Checkmaster is connected up and appropriate value pre---se-

lected in parameters ”74” and ”101” (tablet number weight), then
the number of tablets pre---selected in parameter ”101” is sampled
and evaluated every time the sampling number is reached.
But if evaluation of the sample takes longer then time available to

the next sampling phase (or in other words, if the number of tablets
in parameter ”101” is so large that the time for evaluation up to the
next sampling phase is not adequate), then the press stops with
Binder 1 -- 170
P 3030
The diagnosis goes off again when the sampling number para-
meter ”74” is increased or the number of tablets ”101” decreased.
When the values are selected sensibly, ”overlaps” in the evaluation

are ruled out from the very start.
18.02.03
8216 Check calibration weight, thickness, hardness (TT 1)
8217 Check calibration weight, thickness, hardness (TT 2)
If this diagnosis appears, then the Checkmaster has transmitted

a corresponding signal.
In this case, the Checkmaster has to be re---calibrated.
18.02.03
8224 Check data weigher (TT 1)
8225 Check data weigher (TT 2)
If the above diagnosis appears this means that the weigher is not
producing a signal so that the weights of the tablets cannot be
transferred to the computer.
In this case the weigher or the transmission line can be defect.
18.02.03
8226 Check data transmission from Checkmaster (TT 1)
8227 Check data transmission from Checkmaster (TT 2)
Data transmission from the Checkmaster is monitored by the ma-

chine computer. If transmission faults are found or if there is no
communication, then the press stops with the above diagnosis.
Binder 1 -- 171
P 3030
Only active with option: P12
18.02.03
8228 Sample not yet complete (Station 1)
8229 Sample not yet complete (Station 2)
If after the start of ”sampling”, the Checkmaster receives fewer

tablets than the set number, then the above diagnosis is trans-
mitted by the Checkmaster and displayed as warning diagnosis.
The press then sends the start commands to the ”Checkmaster”

again.
18.02.03
8230 Checkmaster sample not complete (Station 1)
8231 Checkmaster sample not complete (Station 2)
If the machine computer receives the warning diagnosis ”sample

not complete” 5 times within a sample, then the press is stopped
The diagnosis goes off again after the ”sample continue” com-
mand.
18.02.03
8232 Check Checkmaster (TT 1)
8233 Check Checkmaster (TT 2)
If during a sample no ”sample complete” is transmitted by the

Checkmaster within 5 minutes, then the press is stopped with the
above diagnosis.
The diagnosis goes off again when the Checkmaster is switched

on/off and the operator has changed the batch.
Binder 1 -- 172
P 3030
18.02.03
8250 Checkmaster Datapath not found
The Checkmaster option is active but the datapath for Check-

master data does not exist.
Check the installation or install the Fette---Software with Check-

master option again.
30.11.2004
8445 The operator must take a reference sample !
Parameter 190 ”Reference sample x1000” (sample interval) and

parameter 191 ”No. tabl. reference sample” activates a semi---au-
tomatic reference sample. At the end of the sample interval, this
diagnosis appears but the sampling gate is not activated yet.
The gate only switches after the operator has given the command
for the reference sample.
The diagnosis goes off again when the sample has been finished.
16.01.2006
8500 Too many metal pulses (Station 1)
8501 Too many metal pulses (Station 2)
The permissible reject pulses for a connected metal detector can

be selected in parameters ”55” and ”56” per selected number of
tablets (e.g. 2 permissible metal pulses per 10 x 1000 = 10.000 pro-
duced tablets).
If the number of rejected pulses is larger than the set value, then
the press is stopped with the above diagnosis.
In the setting run, this diagnosis and the switching off function is
continuously deactivated.
Binder 1 -- 173
P 3030
24.03.03
8502 Check metal detector (Station 1)
8503 Check metal detector (Station 2)
If the option ”S33 check metal detector” is activated and a corre-

sponding metal detector connected, then this unit is also moni-
tored, i.e. the metal detector has its own function control and
sends the results of this control to the press.
If the metal detector is not functioning according to its own control,

16.11.99
9998 Program ”inspect” for diagnostic is active
This diagnosis appears, if the diagnostic program ”inspect” on the

machine computer is active.
The index number shows additional information:

0 Only data are observed, no manipulation of data
1 Options were changed
2 Reference data of the drives were changed
3 Set values were changed
04.05.2006
Binder 1 -- 174
P 3030
binder 1
2. Safety
4. Erection
6. Reports
7. Parameter List
8. Parameter
9. Diagnosis
binder 2
11. Safety
12. Operation
14. Components
16. Spare parts
binder 3
18. Safety
19. Electrical
Binder 2 -- i
P 3030
Binder 2 - ii
P 3030
binder 1
1.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3. Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3.2. General data P 3030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4. Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.5. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Binder 2 -- iii
P 3030
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20

5.3. Key allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
5.7. Process graphic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
5.8. Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
5.9. Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
6. Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6.4. Change report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
7. Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Binder 2 -- iv
P 3030
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 62
8. Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
9. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
diagnoses 1000....1999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
diagnoses 2000....2999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
9.4. Electric :
diagnoses 3000....3999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
diagnoses 4000....4999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
diagnoses 5000....5999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
diagnoses 7000....7999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
diagnoses 8000....9999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Binder 2 -- v
P 3030
Binder 2 -- vi
P 3030
binder 2

10.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10.3. Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
11. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
12. Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
12.2. Safety shut---down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
12.3. Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
12.5. System overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

14. Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
14.1. Main drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
14.2. Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
14.8. Dosing station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Binder 2 -- vii
P 3030
14.9. Feed cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

14.11. Fill---o---matic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
14.13. Tablet scraper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
14.14. Removal station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
14.15. Tablet chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
14.17. 2 Layer Option SH30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
14.19. Outer panelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
14.20. Extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

16. Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Binder 2 -- viii
P 3030
binder 3

17.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17.3. Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
18. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
19. Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Binder 2 -- ix
P 3030
Binder 2 -- x
P 3030
binder 2
10.1. Introduction

is invalid.
Binder 2 -- 1
P 3030
10.3. Copyright
descriptions.
Postal address:

Postfach 1180

Grabauer Straße 24
Telefon : (0 41 51) --- 12---0

Telex : 2 189 416
Telefax : (0 41 51) --- 833 371
Teletex : 415 111
Binder 2 -- 2
P 3030
11. Safety
stances.
Attention !
been excluded.
Binder 2 -- 3
P 3030

SAFETY WARNINGS :
Attention !

. Everyone on the user’s premises involved in the transport, erection, pre---/

installation, assembly, dismantling and re---assembly, start---up, operation,
maintenance (inspection, cleaning, servicing, repair), shutdown or disposal
of the P 3030 must have read the entire operating manual and, in particu-
lar, must have both read and understood the chapter ”Safety”. It is recom-
mended that the user has this confirmed in writing.
the user.
. Observation of the transport, erection, pre---/installation, assembly, dis-

mantling and re---assembly, start---up, operation, maintenance (inspection,
cleaning, servicing, repair), shutdown and disposal requirements specified
by the manufacturer must also be regarded as part of the agreed utiliz-
ation.
. Transport, erection, pre---/installation, assembly, dismantling and re---as-

sembly, start---up, operation, maintenance (inspection, cleaning, servicing,
repair), shutdown or disposal of the P 3030 and/or all of its components
must be completed by authorized, trained and well---instructed personnel
only. Such personnel must have received special instructions on the
dangers that might possibly arise.
. Responsibility for transport, erection, pre---/installation, assembly, dismantl-

ing and re---assembly, start---up, operation, maintenance (inspection,
cleaning, servicing, repair), shutdown and disposal must be clearly estab-
lished and observed, so that no uncertainty can arise with respect to areas
of competence and safety aspects.
. For all work that involves transport, erection, pre---/installation, assembly,

dismantling and re---assembly, start---up, operation, maintenance (inspec-
tion, cleaning, servicing, repair), shutdown and disposal, the disconnection
procedures specified in the operating manual must be observed.
employed.
Binder 2 -- 4
P 3030



. Before the commencement of modification, servicing or maintenance

work, care should be taken to ensure that the drive units and accessory
parts cannot be switched on inadvertently.




eyelets only.

Binder 2 -- 5
P 3030


7. Plug Connections
position.

Binder 2 -- 6
P 3030

eral devices) only.

ing been agreed.



Binder 2 -- 7
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 8
P 3030
12. Operation
12.1. Reaction to faults
In addition to the safety instructions already stated in this manual, operation of

P 3030 is also subject to the local safety regulations.
12.2. Safety shut ---down
We recommend locking the main switch with a padlock to prevent the machine-
from being switched on again unintentionally during repairs or faults.
Do not reach into the switchboard. After the power has been disconnected, the
mains filter and frequency converter are live with dangerous voltage for at least
3 minutes.
Otherwise we refer to the pertinent accident prevention regulations of the corre-

sponding Professional Association.
Troubleshooting
Many diagnoses are shown in the diagnosis line or diagnosis list when faults occur
or in the case of incorrect settings.
Please read the separate description of the diagnoses and parameters.
Binder 2 -- 9
P 3030
12.3. Monitor
Attention !
It is advisable to switch the machine off when it is no longer in use. This can
have a crucial effect in prolonging the life of the TFT display.
More information about the display is available in the manual for the industrial PC.
12.4. Inching mode at opened window flaps
If one or several windows are opened, the main drive and Fill---o---matic are switched
off automatically.
In order to turn the Fill---o---matic while the windows are open, a mobile inching box
is connected with connector X452 to the machine plug---in panel.
While the windows are open, the machine should only be operated by one person
at a time. The inching box must not be used when mounting or removing the
punches.
Press the buttons to switch the main drive or the Fill---o---matic drive on at reduced
speed.
FOM
Note: in this mode, the following buttons are locked: ”ON”, ”F10”, ”SF + F1”,
”SF + F2”.
Binder 2 -- 10
P 3030
12.5. System overview
HMI
Windows based
industrial PC
(XP -- embedded)
RS 232
Tablet tester
Weightmaster
TCP/IP
machine VME bus computer

Machineprocessor
(Motorola)
digital/analog
signals
inside switch cabinet
Digital I/O
Tablet deduster Metal check

(Gratex) device
Binder 2 -- 11
P 3030
12.6. Function sequence
Binder 2 -- 12
P 3030

Pressing forces, control circuits
13.1. Pressing forces --- pressing force signals
During the pressing of a tablet, forces are generated --- pressing forces.
Essentially, these forces depend proportionally on :

a) the filling volume in a die
(filling depth)
b) the clearance to the middle point of the main compression roll
(tablet web height)
c) on the product variables
( e.g. grain size and bulk density of the mass being pressed )
d) on the pressing surface
(pressing shape of the punch)
Variables such as temperature and humidity are negligible. In addition, the main com-
pression roll impact and the various punch lengths should be excluded in consider-
ation of the pressing force.
In view of the fact that in tablet production it is not possible to influence the punch pres-
sing form and the product batch, the above mentioned points three and four play no
role on the different control circuits.
We differentiate between the following control circuits:

1. Pressing force control -- Control circuit 1
2. Weight control -- Control circuit 2
Each control system is activated by the freely selected target value in “Parameter 32
control on = 1/2”.
Prerequisite for the functioning of all control circuits is that the pressing force of each
punch pair respectively the resulting pressing force mean value has been defined.
Binder 2 -- 13
P 3030
Signals
AD / converter
Punch 1 scanning Punch 1
Pressing force
Punch pulse
Encoder pulse
Peripheral pulse
Binder 2 -- 14
P 3030
Producing the pressing force signal :
When a pressing pressure or pressing force is generated between the tool pairs (upper
and lower punch), this force causes deformation of the pressing stations in the propor-
tional range (Hooke’s law).
As there is a proportional relationship between the force to be measured and the result-
ing change in length, pressure measuring units register the size of the relative change
in length.
These measured value transducers are mounted in the pressure stations. Pressure
measuring units are measuring transducers for electrical measurement of mechanical
variables.
The occurring deformation changes the resistance value of the force transducer and
thus changes the output voltage signal. A resistance bridge circuit in the pressure
measuring unit compensates for external influences such as temperature drifts.
These measuring signals have to be amplified for further processing. A carrier fre-
quency measuring amplifier guarantees high safety from interference and zero point
stability of the pressing force signals.
Parallel to this there is also an encoder which is mechanically connected to the rotor;
it produces a peripheral pulse used to determine the 1st punch, i.e. by corresponding
adjustment the peripheral pulse corresponds to the query pulse for the pressing force
of the 1st punch pair under main pressure station 1.
In addition the encoder produces 3600 pulses per revolution.
For further processing of the pressing force signal, the signal has to be queried in its
maximum value. For this purpose, punch pulses are produced for the corresponding
punch number of the rotor from the 3600 pulses in the machine computer.
The encoder pulses trigger an analogue/digital conversion of the pressing force signal
so that the machine computer can read the signal.
An arithmetic mean value is formed from the pressing force values of the individual
punches by “Parameter 57 Tablet number for statistics.
The displayed main pressing force mean contains only the good tablets.
Binder 2 -- 15
P 3030
Control circuit 1
kN
Parameter 5 Parameter 6 Parameter 5

Main pressing Tablet filling Main pressing
force depth force
too high smaller lower

(>1%)
too low greater higher

(>1%)
Control circuit 1
GB
Binder 2 -- 16
P 3030
13.2. Pressing force control (control circuit 1)
General
If there is a deviation in pressing force between target and actual pressing force of the
main pressure (”Parameter 5 Main pressing force mean kN”), the pressing force is con-
trolled by the filling depth (”Parameter 6 Tablet filling depth”), on condition that the con-
trol (”Parameter 32 Control on=1/2”) is active.
Description of the function
A mean value is formed for the pressing force control which is composed from the
number of individual pressing force maximum values entered with the “Parameter 57
Tablet number for statistic and “Parameter 58 Pressing force coefficient“.
This mean contains the poor tablets, i.e. also the rejected tablets.
The control function is triggered when the pressing force deviation between target and
actual pressing force of the main pressure is larger than 1%.
The comparison of mean value and target value of the pressing forces is always carried
out when the “Parameter 59 Filling depth control number” is reached.
Any difference in the pressing force is adjusted by means of the filling depth. The new
filling depth is displayed in the actual field of “Parameter 6 Tablet filling depth“.
The size of the control step is decided by :

a) a control constant, which depends on the pressing force difference
between target and actual pressing force of the main pressure.
For control deviation: Control constant:
greater than 1% to 3% 1
greater than 3% 2
b) and the tablet web height:
Tablet web height: mech. adjustment

distance of the dosing device:
0 > 1 mm 0.01 mm 0.02 mm
1 > 2 mm 0.02 mm 0.04 mm
2 > 3 mm 0.03 mm 0.06 mm
to
8 > 9 mm 0.09 mm 0.18 mm
9 > 0.10 mm 0.20 mm
The possibility of adjusting the control by means of statistic number, coefficient and
control number leaves plenty of scope for optimisation so that the negative influence
of the time delay between filling and pressing can be considerably minimised.
Binder 2 -- 17
P 3030
mg
Control circuit 1 Control circuit 2
kN mm
Parameter 22 Parameter 18 Parameter 5 Parameter 6 Parameter 22

Mean weight Tabl. web Main press. Tabl. filling Mean weight
height force depth
too high smaller higher smaller less

(>1%)
too low greater lower greater higher

(>1%)
Control circuit 2
GB
Binder 2 -- 18
P 3030
13.3. Weight control (control circuit 2)
General
A Tablet tester (Weightmaster) is necessary for weight control.
If there is a deviation between target and actual weight of the “Parameter 22 Tablet
weight MW [mg]”, then the “Parameter 18 Web height main pressure [mm]“ is
changed. This results in a deviation in the pressing force.
In turn this triggers control circuit 1 (control circuit 2 includes control circuit 1). I.e., the
“Parameter 6 Tablet filling depth [mm]) is changed so that the weight is adjusted, on
condition that the control is active with “Parameter 32 Control on=1/2”.
Description of the function
For weight control, a mean value of the tablet weights of every sample is compared
with the target weight; after detecting a deviation, the web height is adjusted accord-
ingly.
The new web height results automatically in a new actual pressing force. This in turn
initiates the pressing force control, resulting in a new tablet weight.
The control functions every time when the actual mean value of the weights deviates
by more than 1% from the target value. (Prerequisite: control 2 is activated)
The maximum adjustment is possible up to a deviation of 5 control steps from the target
web height.
Size of the control steps :
Tablet web height : mechanical adjustment distance

of the web height
0 > 1 mm 0.01 mm
1 > 2 mm 0.02 mm
2 > 3 mm 0.03 mm
to
8 > 9 mm 0.09 mm
9 > 0.10 mm
Binder 2 -- 19
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 20
P 3030
14. Components
Overview
Upper
housing
part
Compression
chamber
Middle housing
part
Drive chamber
Binder 2 -- 21
P 3030
Main drive
Binder 2 -- 22
P 3030
14.1. Main drive
The fully variable drive consists of a threephase motor with frequency converter, syn-
chronous belt and gear.
The large---sized slip---on straight bevel gear is equipped with a special cover which
is mounted on the motor.
The whole unit is mounted positively on the rotor shaft and fastened to the housing
by a torque strap.
Special screws on the gear plate are responsible for belt tension and for aligning the
motor and gear.
The rotor shaft is supported in high---precision taper roller bearings to guarantee round
and true running of the die plate.
Binder 2 -- 23
P 3030
Left side drive compartment (lube pump)
Left side drive compartment (hand wheel)
Binder 2 -- 24
P 3030
14.2. Lubrication
The press is equipped with a modern interval lubrication system working on the basis
of lost oil.
The electrical pump (see pos. 1) pumps the oil to the restriction valves in preset inter-
vals. Pressure builds up here so that at approx. 22 bar the slight chamber volume of
the restriction valve is conveyed without pressure to the lubricating points.
Lubricating intervals are stated in parameters 47 and 48.
Additional lubrication pulses can be triggered using button “F9 for lube pulses, e.g.
when starting the machine up again after a longer standstill period.
The surplus oil runs through a hole in the bottom part of the housing into a container
(pos. 2). Empty the container when topping up the unit.
A lack of lubricant brings the machine to a halt and the diagnosis line says that oil needs
to be topped up.
Binder 2 -- 25
P 3030
Flow diagram lubrication
Terminal VME -- Bus
PARAMETER 47
PARAMETER 48
Y181
Lube circuit 1
Lube circuit 2
control circuit 1
control circuit 2
Binder 2 -- 26
P 3030
The lubricant unit includes the following parts:
Connection to the Digital I/O for:

S Lube pump on (lube circuit 1: O28 / lube circuit 2: O29)
S Oil level warning limit (I08)
S Oil level minimum (I09)
A lack of lubricant brings the machine to a halt and the diagnosis line says that
oil needs to be topped up.
Electric pump unit (M161) in the lower right drive compartment
Lube circuit valve (Y181) behind lube oil unit
Lower lube oil distributor behind lube oil unit
Upper lube oil distributor with pressure switches (S180/S183) in the head
piece of the press
Lube oil lines marked:
S Lube circuit 1: black
S Lube circuit 2: red
Lube element at the top cam bracket with restriction valves for upper punch
shaft lubrication (AB1), upper punch head lubrication (AB2) and lower punch
shaft lubrication (AB5).
Upper punch head lubrication
Upper punch shaft lubrication (outside)
Lower punch shaft lubrication (inside)
Restriction valve (AB5) for lower punch head lubrication at feed cam
Connection to Digital I/O for:

S Lube pressure reached (lube circuit 1: I06 / lube circuit 2: I07)
Binder 2 -- 27
P 3030
Die plate (rotor)
Unscrew
Remove cover plate
Grease lightly 1x
Binder 2 -- 28
P 3030
Lubricating the machine
Attention !
Together with the oil lubrication, the roller bearing of the upper cam bracket should be
greased every 3 months of every 1000 hours.
All other bearings have for---life lubrication.
Attention !
The running surface of the pressure rollers must be sprayed with
”OPTIMOL Viscoleb 1500” after cleaning.
Binder 2 -- 29
P 3030
Table Recommended Lubricants
release
NLGI Kinematic manufacturer filling on
NSF
friction point Viscosity delivery
ISO---VG H1
40˚C 100˚C
Mobilgear
Gear oil VG 320 320 24.5
632
Optimol
central lubrication
VG 460 465 45,0 Optileb GT
(ISO---VG: 150...460)
460
Optimol
grease points Obeen UF2
2 543.7 41.96
(ISO---VG 460/680) (KPHC2
N---30)
Optimol
pressure rollers VG 1500 1443 103 Viscoleb
1500 Spray
This recommendation naturally does not rule out the use of lubricants of other
makes with the same properties.
Binder 2 -- 30
P 3030
14.3. Choice of lubricant
Subject to changes in brand to improve the lubrication properties, even if the stated
lubricant recommendation is based on pertinent standards.
Classification for lube oils according to viscosity class ISO VG (defined as per DIN
51519) and kinematic viscosity at 40˚/100˚C in [mm2/s] and in [cST] (defined as per
DIN 51562).
Classification for lube grease according to the NLGI class (as per DIN 51818) and the
classification key (as per DIN 51502).
Attention !
The straight bevel gear is filled with synthetic gear oil based on polyglycol
which must not be mixed with mineral oils.
Selection of the oil for the central lubrication is always based on the oil viscositystated
on the oil tank nameplate (VG class).
In addition, a lubricant according to the regulations of the US---American FDA authority
is used specially for central lubrication. The lubricant satisfies Regulation 21 CFR
178.3570 of the FDA and is approved by the NSF as H1 for the contact possibility be-
tween product and lubricant.
Binder 2 -- 31
P 3030
Pressure stations
Pressure station
Guide pressure station
Variable gearing
Compression rolls
Pressure piece
Binder 2 -- 32
P 3030
14.4. Main pressure station
The upper pressure station (see pos. 1) has a compression roll (pos. 4) supported in
roller bearings and eccentric adjustment for positioning the penetration depth.
The lower pressure station consits of the pressure station guide (pos. 2) and the vari-
able gearing (pos. 3).
The compression roll (pos. 4) is supported in roller bearings, guided by a linear guide
and connected to a pre---tensioned pressure piece by the variable gearing.
The variable gearing (pos. 3) is a worm gear which is used to adjust the position by
means of a pre---tensioned, zero backlash threaded spindle.
The pressure station guide and variable gearing are fastened to the housing by means
of fastening flanges.
The compresiosn forces are measured by easily replaced load cells located in the vari-
able gears.
14.5. Pre ---pressure station
The structure of the pre--- and main pressure stations is identical.
The upper pressure station (pos. 1) has a compression roll (pos. 4) supported in roller
bearings and eccentric adjustment for positioning the penetration depth.
The lower pressure station consits of the pressure station guide (pos. 2) and the vari-
able gearing (pos. 3).
The compression roll (pos. 4) is supported in roller bearings, is guided by a linear guide
and connected to a pre---tensioned pressure piece by the variable gearing.
The variable gearing (pos. 3) is a worm gear which is used to adjust the position by
means of a pre---tensioned, zero backlash threaded spindle.
The pressure station guide and variable gearing are fastened to the housing by means
of fastening flanges.
The compression forces are measured by easily replaced load cells located in the vari-
able gears.
Binder 2 -- 33
P 3030
14.6. Penetration depth
Attention !
As the P 3030 only has a mechanical penetration depth adjustment it is important

to ensure that after any change has been made, the corresponding parameter in
the operator panel is adjusted accordingly.
The pentration depth has to be adjusted for selection of the most favourable part of
the die for pressing the tablets.
The penetration depth can be pre---selected. Adjustments are made for example in the
case of extreme die wear to obtain more economic use of the die, and also to achieve
symmetrical compression of the filling so that the neutral zone is in the middle of the
pressed tablet height, but also to counteract lidding tendencies.
Binder 2 -- 34
P 3030
14.7. Cylindrical height
The cylindrical height refers to the cylindrical height of the tablet. When the required
weight has been achieved, the cylindrical height is used to adjust the exact thickness
and thus also hardness of the tablet.
The preset cylindrical height is approached by the corresponding servomotor if the

corresponding operating mode has been selected.
The press therefore frequently works in the upper, wide section of the die. To obtain
a short ejection distance for highly adhesive material, again it is advantageous to select
a short penetration depth in the upper, usually conical, part of the die.
Binder 2 -- 35
P 3030
14.8. Dosing station
The dosing station is a spindle unit with linear guide.
The flanged worm gear motor (see pos. 1) drives a trapezoidal threaded spindle which
is pretensioned by a pressure spring with zero backlash. This spindle is responsible
for position adjustment.
The dosing station is fastened by a fastening flange to the housing (pos. 2) and posi-
tioned with tapered pins.
The dosing station can be equipped (option) with a shearing force transducer (pos. 3)
for measuring the punch stiffness of the lower punch.
Dosing piece
Limit switch
Encoder (1200 pulses/rev.)
Binder 2 -- 36
P 3030
14.9. Feed cams
The feed cams are designed in graduations of 2 mm. The feed cams are signed with
6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 22, mm filling. Each feed cam covers a range of 5.5 mm.
The corresponding use of the various feed cams depends on the product concerned.
It depends for example on the pressing product and on the compaction ratio. Always
select a feed cam which guarantees that you can meter out at least 1---2 mm. If not
enough product is metered out, this can have a negative effect on the continuity of the
tablet weight.
Binder 2 -- 37
P 3030
Feed cams [mm]

for EU, IPT, TSM 19
or EU, IPT, TSM 1” / IPT1”
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 22
0
1
2
5.5 mm
3
4
5
6
7
Filling depth [mm]
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
The feed cam size is entered in “Parameter 39 Feed cam. The tolerable range is queried
using coding switches.
Binder 2 -- 38
P 3030
Formula for calculating the filling depth
W
= h
π
D2 ρ
4
Tablet weight [mg]

= Filling depth [mm]
mg
Punch surface [mm2] Bulk density
mm3
Example :
Tablet diameter : D = 12 mm
Tablet weight : W = 530 mg

mg
Bulk density (Rho) : ρ = 0.7
mm3
Filling depth : h=?
530 [mg]
= 6.69 mm
π mg
(12 mm)2 0.7
4 mm3
Determining the feed cam
6.69 mm + 2 mm metering out = 8.69 mm
Feed cam 10 mm should be used because of the dynamic function of tablet pressing.
Binder 2 -- 39
P 3030
Sectional drawing of the die plate package
Upper cam bracket

(with cam)
Upper punch
Upper punch receptacle
Scraper rings
MOK
Die plate
Lower punch
Oil channel lower punch shaft lubrication
Lower cam bracket

(with cam)
Punch brake
The punches are braked by a clamping ring (see pos.1) which acts on an O---ring (pos.
2) to press a wearring (pos. 3) into the punch shafts.
Binder 2 -- 40
P 3030
14.10. Die plate package
The die plate package consists of:
Upper cam bracket with bearing (can be dismantled)

Upper punch receptacle, die plate (aligned and screwed, should
not be possible to dismantle)
Lower cam bracket (can be dismantled)
The upper cam ring is mounted in roller bearings on the rotor and secured from twisting
by torque supports.
The torque support is a shearing force transducer which serves to measure upper
punch stiffness.
The rotor consists of the die plate with lower punch guide and upper punch guide and
is mounted with a positive fit and positive force on the rotor shaft in its stable bearings.
The lower cam ring is automatically suspended in the die plate package when it is re-
moved and is fastened in operating state of the press to the housing by means of clamp
clips.
Binder 2 -- 41
P 3030
14.11. Fill ---o---matic
The Fill---o---matic gear housing is a screwed housing in which the distribution wheel,
filling wheel and dosing wheel are driven by gear wheels.
Dosing Gear housing

wheel
Gear wheel position for
synchronous run FOM
Fill plate
Distribution
wheel
Housing cover Filling

wheel
Intermediate
plate
The Fill---o---matic consists of a gear housing and the feed area beneath it.
Binder 2 -- 42
P 3030
Unless agreed otherwise, your Fill---o---matic will be delivered in the counterclockwise

design.
Particularly for problematical pressing materials and tablet diameters, the clockwise
design is recommended, i.e. filling and dosing wheel then run in the same direction
as the die plate.
For very fine or poorly flowing product, round rod wheels can be useful. In this case,
replace the feed and meter wheel with round rod wheels. (Round rod wheels can be
ordered as options).
Filling wheel with round rods
Metering wheel with round rods

Dosing wheel
To make this change, open the gear housing and change a cogwheel with shaft to
another position (see picture). In addition, a clockwise dosing wheel is necessary.
The metering wheel, filling wheel and dosing wheel are fitted by hand until the spring
ring has engaged. The special levers included with the accessories can be used to re-
move the wheels.
Binder 2 -- 43
P 3030
14.12. Material plough and scraper 2
In front of the Fill---o---matic there is a spoon---shaped plough which brings the powder
spilling over into the rear material groove of the die plate back to the Fill---o---matic.
Material groove
Plough
Die cover
Scraper 2
Behind the Fill---o---matic, scraper 2 is supported in an articular joint and presses the
scraper strip under a certain spring pre---tension onto the die plate. The plough brings-
metered out material from the scraper strip in the material groove of the die plate back
to the die as pre---filling.
The scraper strip consists of high wear resistant special bronze. It is also available
made of titanium, but in this case the die plate then has to be hard chrome plated.
The die cover is fastened to the holder for the scraper strip, and when the die plate is
working at high speeds, it prevents the material from being flung out. It covers the die
to the penetration point of the upper punch.
Binder 2 -- 44
P 3030
14.13. Tablet scraper
The curvature is produced according to an exactly calculated curve. For optimum

scraping of the tablets, the tablet scraper is adjusted so that the start of the curve co-
incides with the inner edge of the die bore.
Material groove
Upper punch receptacle
Cover
Tablet scraper
Tablet scraper
Plough
The setting is correct when the pressed tablets leave the die plate along the scraper
without jumping irregularly. If this is not the case, find the right setting by carefully ad-
justing the tablet scraper around this point. The pressed tablet must not touch the
curve until the lower punch is in the top position.
Attention !
After adjusting the tablet scraper, check whether the cover of the tablet
scraper has a gap of approx. 1 -- 2 mm to the upper punch receptacle.
In addition, the tablet scraper must not lie on the die plate. The gap between die plate
and tablet scraper should be at least 0.5 mm.
Binder 2 -- 45
P 3030
14.14. Removal station
Proceed as follows for installation and removal of the upper or lower punch:
To install/remove the upper punch, the cover plate must be loosened with the 2
tilt clamps and then removed.
To install/remove the lower punch, the ejector has to be removed; this is fastened
with a hex head screw (SW 8).
Binder 2 -- 46
P 3030
14.15. Tablet chute
The tablet chute is attached by a bracket with quick---acting fastening. The chutes are
covered by Plexiglas. This prevents the tablets from jumping out and unwanted
penetration of impurities.
The tablet chute consists of two tracks, one for reject tablets and one for good tablets.
The required track is released by the discharge gate which is controlled by a rotary
magnet fastened in a dustproof capsule on top of the tablet chute.
Tablet scraper with sorting gate (fast gate)
Poor channel
Good channel
Discharge gate (slow gate)
When the machine starts up, the gate is adjusted to guide all tablets in the poor chan-
nel. On reaching the required number of tablets, the gate is controlled automatically
to release the channel for the good tablets. When the machine is switched off or follow-
ing a fast stop, the gate switches back to the poor channel again.
Binder 2 -- 47
P 3030
14.16. Sorting gate (fast gate)
Mechanical sorting gate
The sorting gate is accommodated in the bracket for the tablet scraper.
Tablets can be sorted with a max. diameter of 16 mm and a max. height of 5.5 mm.
For every single tablet, the pressing force is measured and compared with the adjust-
able tolerances in “parameter 10 individual value upper limit %” and “parameter 11 indi-
vidual value lower limit %”. If the pressing force is outside these limits, the tablet is
ejected by a stroke maget with screwed on gate.
The position of the stroke magnet is monitored by a proximity switch. If the sortinggate
does not work properly, the machine stops with a corresponding diagnosis.
Column for sorting gate
Proximity switch
Stroke magnet for sorting gate
Gate
Binder 2 -- 48
P 3030
14.17. 2 Layer Option SH30
Binder 2 -- 49
P 3030
Description of Functions
During on---going production, the product for the first layer is conveyed by Fill-o-
matic 1 and filling cam 1 to the dies and pre---compressed at the pre- and main pres-
sure station 1.
On passing through the second stage, the dies are filled with the second product by
Fill-o-matic 2 and filling cam 2.
The tablet is then pressed to its final total tablet thickness at the pre- and main pressure
station 2, and discharged via the tablet chute.
Filling from side 1 (parameter 6) and pre- and main pressure from side 2 (parameter 18,
19) are used as for normal mono tablet production.
Both tablets and also individual layers can be sampled for checking at random time
intervals.
Choosing the filling cam for the 1st layer (in fig. point 1).
Standard filling cam are used for the first layer.
Please note that you have to operate with a larger penetration depth because the filling
for the 2nd layer is added to the 1st layer tablet.
Adjusting the penetration depth for the 1st layer (in fig. point 2)
The adjusting range is between 2 and 8 mm penetration depth of the upper punch.
When choosing the pressing zone, pay attention to the height of the filling for the 2nd
layer, because the pressed tables of the 1st layer and the filling of the 2nd layer can
only be adjusted upwards for metering out.
Adjusting the filling depth for the 1st layer (in fig. point 3)
For the 1st layer, see details stated in chapter 14.8. Dosing station as apply for mono
production.
Adjusting the filling depth for the 2nd layer (in fig. point 4)
Note that the 2nd filling is added to the filled and pressed 1st layer.
The maximum filling depth of the 2nd layer equals the maximum penetration depth of
the 1st layer (8mm).
Choosing the filling cam for the 2nd layer (in fig. point 5):
There are 4 filling cams in graduations of 8, 10, 12 and 16 mm filling available for the
2nd layer.
The corresponding filling cam is calculated from the penetration depth of the 1st layer
+ tablet thickness of the 1st layer.
The dosing is stopped in the corresponding limits to the filling cam so that only the
stated overlaps are possible during filling.
Binder 2 -- 50
P 3030
Modification to 2 -- layer production:
P3030 is equipped for modification from mono--- to 2-layer production.
The following parts have to be replaced during modification:

S Base plate of the Fill-o-matic 1st layer must be replaced by a base plate with
seal frame.
S Scraper 2 (guides dosed product to the extraction vacuum)
S 2-layer ejector to take samples from 1st layer.
S Filling cams 2-layer
S Dosing head 2-layer
S Vacuum nozzle for cleaning the die plate
Binder 2 -- 51
P 3030
14.18. Compression compartment panelling
The compression compartment panelling has to be removed to clean or remove the

die plate package.
This is possible without using tools as follows:

1. Remove upper panelling. The panelling plates are only fastened with two
handles each. They are actually held by bolts.
2. The lower plates are simply suspended from bolts or fixed with clip levers.
14.19. Outer panelling
The outer panelling plates of stainless steeel are suspended in anti-vibration design
and fixed with toggle fasteners.
Binder 2 -- 52
P 3030
14.20. Extraction
To remove the dust accumulating in the compression compartment, the machine has
been equipped with a vacuum cleaning system as a standard feature.
The die plate is cleaned by ring extraction which is designed to keep the upper and
lower punch shafts essentially free of dust as well.
To clean the segments when the material is being changed, the segments are easily
removed with clip levers, knurled screws, quick---acting fasteners and sliding sleeves.
Attention !
During assembly, ensure there is a sufficient gap to the die plate as otherwise this could
be damaged.
14.21. Option: FETTE vacuum cleaner Clean --- Air --- Bloc
Technical data:
Ventilator air capacity : 1600 m3/h
(free---blowing)
Ventilator speed : 2850 rpm
Motor output : 1.1 kW
Protection : IP55
Voltage : 230 / 400 V
Frequency : 50 Hz
Power consumption : 2.45 A
Start---up current la/ln : 14.9 / 2.45 A
Power factor cos Phi : 0.84
Binder 2 -- 53
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 55
P 3030
15.1. Cleaning the machine
1. Give the machine a rough clean
2. Empty the hopper
3. Empty the Fill -- O -- Matic
4. Remove the Fill -- O -- Matic
5. Remove the hopper
6. Dismantle the tablet discharges
7. Dismantle/remove the panelling
8. Dismantle the tools or complete die plate package
9. Wipe the surface of the pressure rollers only with a clean cloth and spray
with lubricating oil ( e.g.. : “OPTIMOL Viscoleb 1500 Spray” )
In addition to the normal cleaning work, the bores of the upper punch receptacles
should be cleaned and wiped through with methyl alcohol or similar.
The cleaned punches, cams and pressure rollers are mounted in the machine again
in greased condition, but in the case of the upper punches, only the head.
The die plate and complete pressing chamber is cleaned with methyl alcohol or similar.
In the die receptacle bores, the contact surfaces for the dies can be cleaned with a
special accessory tool.
Binder 2 -- 56
P 3030
15.2. Removal / installation of the die plate package
The Handlingsystem (turret lifter) may only be used for removal and installa-
tion of the die plate package.
No other use is allowed!
Only qualified, authorises staff should proceed with removal and installation
work.
When the window flaps are open, close off and mark the working area so that
no unauthorised persons have access to the dangerzone.
If toxic products or otherwise harmful material was pressed on the machine,
then the prescribed protective clothing must be worn
according to the regulations.
Binder 2 -- 57
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 58
P 3030
For cleaning purposes, the rotor can be removed together with punches and cams with
the removal trolley as listed below:
Removal:
1. Let machine run until it is empty
2. Remove the tablet discharge.
3. Remove the Fill -- o -- Matic.
4. Remove the material plough.
5. Remove scraper 2.
6. Remove dust extraction nozzles.
7. Give the machine a rough clean.
Attention !
The punch removal openings at top and bottom must be closed !

(see picture 1)
8. Bring the rotor to the removal position (see picture 2)
S Close window flaps, unlock the emergency off

S Setting run
S F6 Setup
S Bring rotor to position 1
When the rotor is at a standstill again, punch no. 1
must be at the middle of the main pressure roll station 1.
9. Remove tablet scraper.
10. Remove the upper cam chamber panelling.
Binder 2 -- 59
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 60
P 3030
11. Remove Fill -- o -- Matic query.
12. Remove lubricating oil pipes.
13. Remove torque support. (2 X M10)
14. Remove lower cam chamber panelling.
15. Remove Fill -- o -- Matic console.
16. Remove hopper.
Attention !
17. Loosen dosing head ! (see picture 3)
18. Bring machine to removal position:
S Close window flaps, unlock emergency off

S Test run
S F6 Setup
S Bring rotor to removal position
Once all drives are at a standstill again, the diagnosis
“5167 Approach reference marks 4” is shown.
Display in parameter list B1 or B2 :

Parameter 6 Filling depth = 24.0 mm
Parameter 18 Cyl. height main pressure = 13.9 mm
Parameter 19 Cyl. height pre---pressure = 13.9 mm
19. Loosen pre -- and main pressure station at the top and pull out as far as
possible. (see picture 4)
Binder 2 -- 61
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 62
P 3030
20. Loosen cam clips at the bottom (4 each) and unhook
21. At machines with ejection force measurement, remove ejector.
Attention !
The head of the die plate shaft is spring -- loaded.

22. Loosen rotor with special wrench and open-- jaw wrench, remove pressure
screw complete with power drill. (See picture 5)
23. Insert removal trolley at correct point and close safety flaps.
24. Lift die plate package (approx. 25 mm)
25. Move removal trolley out carefully.
Attention !
Tooling station must be engaged! (see picture 6)
26. Carefully place die plate package on the tooling station.

(See picture 7)
27. Hook in and fix cam clips.
28. Open removal trolley safety flap.
29. Move removal trolley back.
Binder 2 -- 63
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 64
P 3030
Attention !
To remove and insert the punches, the fixing strap has to be mounted.
(see picture 8)
Installation:
Attention !
Tooling station must be engaged ! (Punch 1 at main pressure station)

(see picture 8)
1. Remove fixing strap
2. Loosen and remove cam clips.
3. Lift die plate package.
4. Carefully clean the contact surfaces of die plate package and rotor shaft.
The surfaces must be clean and dry.
(do not use oil)
5. Position the rotor shaft with special wrench.

(see picture 9)
6. Carefully remove the die plate package with the removal trolley.
Attention !
7. Put the package down so that punch no. 1 is under the main pressure sta-
tion and the shaft key of the cam ring fits in the groove.
8. Pull the rotor down with special socket wrench and power drill
9. Tighten rotor with torque wrench (50 Nm)
10. Fasten torque support (46 Nm)
11. Fix cam clips
12. Engage top pressure stations and fasten (195 Nm)
Binder 2 -- 65
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 66
P 3030
13. Push on lubrication couplings.
14. Mount ejector for machines with ejection force measurement.
15. Leave removal position.
S Close window flaps, unlock emergency off

S Test run
S F6 Setup
S Leave rotor removal
Answer safety queries
The reference marks are now approached.
Once all drives are at a standstill again, the diagnosis
“5009 Reference marks are approached” is shown.
Display in parameter list B1 or B2 :

Parameter 6 Filling depth = 3.00
Parameter 18 Cyl. height main pressure = 17.00
Parameter 19 Cyl. height pre---pressure = 17.00
16. Proceed with zero balance:
S Test run (button J)

S Zero balance (button W)
Ensure that all measuring points are relieved.
(all pressure stations / all stiffness measurement points / all ejectors)
17. Fasten dosing head. (10 Nm)
18. Fit Fill -- o -- Matic query.
19. Mount upper cam chamber panelling.
20. Mount hopper.
21. Mount Fill -- o -- Matic console.
22. Mount material plough.
23. Mount scraper 2
24. Mount tablet scraper.
25. Mount Fill -- o -- Matic.
26. Fit lower cam chamber panelling.
27. Mount dust extraction nozzles.
28. Mount tablet discharge.
Binder 2 -- 67
P 3030
15.3. Removal / installation of the pressure stations
In order to remove the pressure stations, (for lower station only) first the removal posi-
tions of the drives are approached in the test run. This is carried out by the sub---menu
”approach drives removal position” of menu F6 setting up.
Attention !
Before doing this, both dosing heads have to be released!
Then switch the main switch ”OFF”.
Remove the hopper and Fill---O---Matic with console. Then remove the panelling.
The pressure stations can then be unscrewed and pulled out, for the lower station use
the special wrench included in the accessories.
If the upper pressure stations are to be removed completely, firstly the upper stopper
bolt is removed and then a special guide included in the accessories has to be fitted.
In this guide, the pressure stations can be pulled out carefully so far that they can then
be taken out completely.
In doing so, take note of the weight of the pressure stations (approx. 60 kg).
Installation follows the same procedure in reverse order.
Binder 2 -- 68
P 3030
15.4. Manual adjustment of the penetration depth (pre --- and main pressure)
The penetration depth of the upper punches is adjusted manually using an eccentric
bolt. Adjustment is possible in the range 1 --- 5 (8*)mm.
The permissible range for prepressure is 1...4 mm and the permissible range for main
pressure is 2...4 (8*)mm.
Attention !
Insufficient penetration depth at high compression pressure can damage the

punches.
1. Loosen the fastening screw 1 x M24 from the eccentric bolt (see fig. 17.1).
2. Adjust eccentric bolt to new range.
3. Fix the penetration depth at the dial in the range 1...4 (8*)mm (see fig. 17.2) with
the peg (see fig. 17.3).
4. Tighten fastening screw 1 x M 24 of the eccentric bolt (see fig. 17.1) with 600 Nm.
fig. 17
5. Enter the changes to the manual setting at the operator terminal panel!
S Parameter 20 Penetration depth main compression
S Parameter 21 Penetration depth pre---compression
* Only at main compression station 1 for double layer option
Binder 2 -- 69
P 3030
fig. 18
These pictures have been taken while setting up the die plate package. Not all
punches have to be removed.
Binder 2 -- 70
P 3030
15.5. Reference marks of the adjusting drives
Check reference marks
1. Close all doors.
2. Release all ”emergency stop” switches.
3. Select test mode (key J).
4. Approach reference marks (key V).
5. Press ”yes” and ”enter” to confirm safety query.

S The adjusting drives now start to move to the reference marks.
S The diagnosis “5008 Reference marks are being approached” appears.
S To continue, wait for the diagnosis ”5009 Reference marks are approached”
to appear.
6. Remove only a matching pair of stamps and the die.
7. Fit measuring punch to check stations.
8. Using hand wheel (see fig. 18.1), position measuring punch in the middle of the-
compression roll (see fig. 18.2) or over the dosing piece of the dosing station (see
fig. 18.4).
9. Using a knife---edge ruler and the gauge blocks from the accessories, check the
S spacing between the surface of the die plate (MOK) and the surface of the
lower compression roller (see fig. 18.2) plus gauge block (17mm) for cylindri-
cal height.
S spacing between the surface of the die plate (MOK) and the surface of the
dosing piece of the dosing station (fig. 18.4) plus gauge block (3mm) for fill-
ing depth.
S The distance must correspond to the entry in parameter list “B”:
Parameter 6 Tablet filling depth 3.00 (± 0.02 mm)
Parameter 18 Cylindrical height main pressure 17.00 (± 0.02 mm)
Parameter 19 Cylindrical height pre---pressure 17.00 (± 0.02 mm)
10. If the values deviate by more than 0.02 mm, then the position needs to be adjusted.
Binder 2 -- 71
P 3030
Magnesium NT [J] Testrun Date 01.01.2000 Time 11:55

Jogging unit
Binder 2 -- 72
P 3030
Adjust reference marks
1. Connect hand jogging unit (X452) at electric console left side (X452)
2. Select “Setup” (F6), “Continue” and than ”Adjust referenz marks”.
3. Select station for adjustment and jog with the hand jogging unit to the referenz
point. Left Ref. button (1) to move down, right Ref. button (2) to move upward. If you
pess the Ref. button longer than 1 sec. the drive moves faster.)
4. At the referenz point, press both Ref. button (1+2) longer than 5 sec. Now the
VME---bus starts to search for the position of the endswitch and stors the value.
After this process the drive moves back to the referenz point and should be
checked again.
5. Is the adjustment ok, select the next station.
6. To change in the standard run is only possibel when all stations are adjusted.
Binder 2 -- 73
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 74
P 3030
15.6. Adjusting rotor encoder
Move punch no. 1 exactly under main pressure 1
Punch no. 1
Middle main pressure roll
Loosen encoder +
Turn encoder until LED “UM” on the PTI---DAC card on the VME---BUS computer lights
up.
PTIDAC
UM
Fasten encoder again.
Binder 2 -- 75
P 3030
15.7. Zero balance of the measuring amplifier
Main pressure bottom (A600, 605)
Pre---pressure bottom (A602, 607)
Punch stiffness bottom (dosing station) (A603)
Punch stiffness top (torque support) (A604)
Ejection force (ejector) (A608, 609)
The balance may only be carried out when the pressure rolls or measuring points
are not under load.
Zero balance at control terminal:
S Select test run (key “J”)
S Go to reference marks (key “V”)
Wait until diagnosis 5009 Reference marks have been approached is displayed.
S Check if there is no pressure on the upper or lower stiffness measuring points.
S Select zero balance (key “W”)
If there is no amplifier diagnosis in the actual diagnosis report (key “H”), the zero bal-
ance is accepted.
If the zero balance is not accepted, you will find a diagnosis in the actual diagnosis
report (key “H”) and you must check the machine, if there is any load at the measuring
points.
Make sure, there is load or mechanical friction at the measuring points and Select zero
balance (key “W”) again.
Binder 2 -- 76
P 3030
15.8. Cleaning the Fill ---O---Matic
To empty the Fill---O---Matic, the curved pipe fitting from the accessories is inserted with
the O---ring side in the mounting plate and connected for example to a suction hose.
If necessary, the closure at the hopper is now closed, and the shut---off slide fitted in
the mounting plate is opened.
The Fill---O---Matic is then emptied via “Parameter 85” or by pressing button “F9”.
The Fill---O---Matic is dismantled with the four knurle screws for cleaning. Then the filling
wheel, dosing wheel, intermediate plate and distribution wheel are removed.
Attention !
Do not clean the Fill -- O -- Matic in a water bath !!!
The surface of the Fill---O---Matic is hard anodised so that the aluminium parts may not
be treated with strong abrasive cleaning agents. From a chemical point of view, the
surface is absolutely stable.
Binder 2 -- 77
P 3030
Dosing wheel Gear box
Gear wheel position for

clockwise FOM
Distribution
wheel
Filling plate
Housing lid Filling wheel
Intermediate plate
Binder 2 -- 78
P 3030
15.9. Fill ---O---Matic adjustment
The Fill---O---Matic only needs to be adjusted when the base plate has been removed.
Please proceed as follows:
Push the Fill---O---Matic against the clip levers and tighten.
Check the distance between the raised surface of the filling plate and the die plate with
a gauge at several points. The distance should measure 0.05 to 0.1 mm.
If the distance is not correct, it must be adjusted:
The mounting plate is fastened to the carrier with four adjusting screws. Loosen the
four hex screws with an open---jaw wrench (SW13) approx. one turn.
Then loosen the four lock nuts with an open---jaw wrench (SW30). After this, the adjust-
ing screws are turned until the filling plate has a gap of 0.05 to 0.1 mm to the die plate.
All screws and lock nuts must be screwed tight to check the distance.
After this, no further adjustment is necessary, apart from sporadic checks.
The position of the mounting plate with Vulkulan sealing strips to the outer diameter
of the die plate can be fixed with four eccentric bolts.
The lower nuts are loosened with an open---jawed wrench (SW13) to make adjust-
ments.
The distance between Vulkulan sealing strips and die plate should be between 0.1 and
0.15 mm.
Once the distance has been adjusted, the position can be fixed with the eccentric bolts.
Binder 2 -- 79
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 80
P 3030
15.10. Care and maintenance of the tools
When it comes to selecting the material for making the pressing tools, it is sufficient
for the user to know that the selection is made on the basis of the following aspects:
1. Optimum wear resistance = high tool hardness
2. Greatest possible safety from punch or die breakage = high strength.
The load bearing capacity of the punches depends on cross section and pressing
form. The dimensions of the tool are indicated in the following drawing.
Note:
Flawless maintenance and care of the pressing tools is of decisive importance for ser-
vice life.
Tool maintenance
Maintenance includes:
--- Storage of the tools
--- Checking the tools before installation
--- Careful tool change
--- Complying with permissible pressing force
--- Cleaning and checking after pressing
Check:
Before the punches and dies are put away, they should be measured and checked with
a magnifying glass.
Measuring instruments:
Gauge block, gauge block holder, lever gauge micrometer screw, inner measuring unit
with measuring dial, measuring plate, dial gauge stand, dial gauge with nylon tip.
Rough measurement with calliper gauge.
Binder 2 -- 81
P 3030
Polishing and preserving:
Necessary aids are a so---called polishing block (e.g. a small lathe).
The punches are clamped in the chuck (either three---jaw chuck or clamping chuck
with collet chucks).
For engraved punches, a speed of approx. 150 to 200 rpm is recommended. For
punches which are not engraved, the speed can be around 600 rpm. For the polishing
procedure itself, use a motor controlled by foot switch with flexible shaft for speeds
up to 14 000 rpm.
Mainly small bronze or nylon brushes and polishing paste are used for finishing off the
polishing procedure, gently but very effectively.
Polishing pastes are oxides bonded in grease (e.g. aluminium oxide).
Slight abrasion of the dies can be compensated for with so---called longitudinal stripes,
but possible enlargement of the bore has to be taken into consideration.
Longitudinal stripes are carried out as follows:
Abrasive linen (grain 120) is wrapped around a round file with corresponding diameter
and clamped together in the vice.
The die is pushed over this by hand while being turned back and forth continuously
so that longitudinal stripes are produced in the ejection direction.
This is also a very easy method of detecting dents in the die bore (e.g. caused by ab-
rasion from the pressing process) without needing special measurements.
Normally, the die should only be cleaned and preserved for storage.
Preservatives: acid---free oils.
Storing the tools
The most elegant solution consists of cabinets with full drawers. The punches, punch
holders and dies can also be stored in oiled prepared boards or troughs.
Binder 2 -- 82
P 3030
15.11. Information pages tools
EU19
Binder 2 -- 83
P 3030
EU1”
Binder 2 -- 84
P 3030
EU1” -- 441
Binder 2 -- 85
P 3030
EU28 -- 441
Binder 2 -- 86
P 3030
EU35
Binder 2 -- 87
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 88
P 3030
15.12. Changing the (non ---)rechargeable batteries
This information has been written with the intention of being read, understood and
heeded in all points by those who are responsible for operation of the tablet press.
If difficulties should still arise, please contact our customer service orspare parts de-
partments or one of our representatives who will be glad to be of assistance.
(Non---)rechargeable batteries should only be replaced by qualified staff.
List of (non ---)rechargeable batteries
When the machine is switched off, the (non---)rechargeable batteries save the
reference values of the drives, the zero balance values of the measuring amplifier and
the current good/bad production. In addition, following a power failure, the computer
in the terminal automatically runs down the UPS unit and switches off.
Depending on the status of the machine, the tablet press contains the following
(non---)rechargeable batteries:
(Non-- )rechargeable batteries

Card Type FETTE Ident number
CPU MVME5100 nonrechargeable 2138725
IPOS Rev2 nonrechargeable 2184671
UPS rechargeable 2138888
Binder 2 -- 89
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 90
P 3030
Maintenance intervals for the (non ---)rechargeable batteries
CPU MVME5100 >Power PC<
SnapOn battery at the timekeeper module -- M4T28 -- BR12SH1 --
FETTE Ident No. 213 87 25
Attention !
Before changing the battery, switch the machine off, remove all powder and tablets
and approach the reference marks!
Every 6---7 years the battery in the CPU has to be replaced (for approx. 100%
on---time of the machine) or if generally the data (reference values, zero balance
values) are lost after switching off and on again briefly.
Attention !
After changing the battery, proceed as follows:

S initialization of the CPU with update disk and debug cable
S the drives must be readjusted (see diagnosis 5030/5031/5035)
S carry out a zero balance
S change the batch
S There is no need to adjust the date or time in the VME system!
Binder 2 -- 91
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 92
P 3030
IPOS Rev2
Battery CR 2032
FETTE Ident No. 2184671
Attention !
Before changing the battery, switch the machine off, remove all powder and tablets
and approach the reference marks!
Every 4 years the battery in the IPOS Rev2 has to be replaced (for approx. 50%
on---time of the machine) or if generally the data (reference values, zero balance va-
lues) are lost after switching off and on again briefly.
Attention !
After changing the battery, proceed as follows:

S the drives must be readjusted (see diagnosis 5030/5031/5035)
S carry out a zero balance
S change the batch
S There is no need to adjust the date or time in the VME system!
Binder 2 -- 93
P 3030
UPS unit 230V / 300VA
FETTE Ident No. 2138888
Attention !
Switch the machine off before changing the UPS unit.
Every 4 years the rechargeable battery or whole UPS unit in the terminal has to be re-
placed (for approx. 50% on---time of the machine) or if this also fails following a failure
in the power supply to the terminal.
Furthermore the rechargeable battery has to be replaced when demanded by the yel-
low status LED lamp.
Binder 2 -- 94
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 95
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 96
P 3030
15.13. Preventive maintenance
Instructions :
. Fette P 3030 is a fast---running tablet press (double sided press) designed in
such a way that only minimum maintenance is necessary. These instructions
for preventive maintenance describe all the press components with
inspection recommendations and lubricating intervals.
. Interruptions to operations caused by inadequate or improper maintenance

can result in very high repair costs and long standstill periods for the press.
Regular, preventive maintenance is therefore indispensable.
. Together with many other factors, the operating safety and service life of your
press depend on proper preventive maintenance.
. Thorough cleaning and precise visual inspections are important

factors in preventive maintenance.
Attention !
. The ”safety” chapter of these operating instructions and your
internal specifications must be compiled with during all maintenance
and inspection work.
. The following recommendations contain instructions for time, checks and

maintenance for normal use of your press.
. The different operating conditions involved mean that it is not possible

to stipulate how often wear control, inspection, maintenance and servicing
will be necessary.
. It is advisable to stipulate a suitable inspection route or maintenance

plan based on your operating conditions.
Binder 2 -- 97
P 3030
D 7b
D 14
11
6b
12 D
D
D 7b
1 a/b D D 3
8
5 D
9 D
5 D
D 4
2 D
D D 3
10 D 6a
D 11
D 14
D D
7a 13
Binder 2 -- 98
P 3030
Number Component
1a Upper cams
1b Lub. felt
2 Lower cams
3 Compression roll
4 Punch brake
5 Punch seal (scraper rings)
6a Rotor contact surface
6b Rotor shaft --- mushroom head
7a Lub. pump(s)
7b Distributor, restriction valve, hoses, lub. coupling
8 Lub. nipple (rotor shaft bearing)
9 Fill---o---matik
10 Tablet discharge chute
11 Silicon spacers
12 Window flaps and seals
13 Main --- gear
14 Reference marks / zero balance
15 Removal trolley (handling system)
16 Tablettester
17 Gratex
18 Filter mats (switchboard)
Binder 2 -- 99
P 3030
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
COMPONENTS:
1a. Upper cams---

1b. Lube felt --- The upper cams, consisting of :
1. Punch removal cam

2. Lub. cam
3. Holding ledge for shaft lubrication
4. Pull down cam
5. Holding ledge / pressure ledge
6. Lifting cam
Inspection interval:
Every time the tablet press is cleaned, the upper cams are to be inspected
for signs of wear or damage. The lub. felt (1b) should be removed,
cleaned and then regreased.
2. Lower cams --- The lower cams, consisting of:
1. Ejection and guide cam

2. Holding ledge (punch removal)
3. Filling cam
4. Dosing ledge and guide cams
5. Pre---pressure transition cam
6. Main pressure transition cam
Every time the tablet press is cleaned, the bottom cams are to be in-
spected for signs of wear or damage. The ejection cams deserve special
attention when the press is being used to process products with a ten-
dency to set.
Binder 2 -- 100
P 3030
3. Pressure roll --- There are eight pressure rolls in the P 3030.
All rolls have the same dimensions and can
withstand up to 10 tonnes.
These rolls have closed bearings and there---
fore require no lubrication.
Before starting up, the roll contact surfaces
must be lightly coated with a suitable spray.
The spray is included in the scope of supply.
If no spray is available, it is sufficient to apply
a thin coat of oil to the roll surfaces.
Visual inspection during every cleaning phase.
4. Punch brake --- The punch brake is located in the lower

part of the die table and consists of the
following components:
1. adjustable ring
2. O ring
3. Strap retainer
The rings do not have to be removed and checked every time the press
is cleaned. The simplest way of checking wear is to fit the lower tools in
the die table.
When the lower punches fall down, there are two possibilities of tightening
the belt:
The first possibility is to tighten the screw on the stainless steel belt.
The second possibility is to replacing the inner belt.
Binder 2 -- 101
P 3030
5. Punch seals --- P 3030 is equipped with double---lipped

punchseals which accommodate the upper
and lower bores of the die table.
It is difficult to forecast in which intervals the punch seals need to be re-
placed, because this depends on the kind of cleaning agent being used
on the one hand, and on the cleaning method on the other.
In any case, the seals must be replaced when black stains or loose seals
are discovered.
6. a/b Die table --- The die table can be removed, but should not
be removed by a member of staff who has not
been specially trained for this task.
When removing the die table, ensure
particularly, that the surfaces (rotor/machine)
are clear of dirt.
The mushroom head (6 b) is to be checked

for stiffness before removing and after
installing the rotor.
Inspection interval
Every time the rotor is removed and installed, or when the rotor is
changed.
7. a/b Lub. system ---

The lub. system consists of :
1. Oil pump (7a) or optional pump, located
in the lower left---hand housing of the press.
2. Lower lub. oil distributor with two
lub. valves located in the lower left---hand
housing of the press.
3. Upper distributor with three lub. valves
and pressure switch located in the head---
piece of the press.
Binder 2 -- 102
P 3030
Inspection interval.
The oil level in the pump must be checked every week. Refill with oil as
necessary. The lub. felts must be cleaned, re---oiled or replaced.
8. Lub. nipple ---

P 3030 has only one lub. nipple. It is located
in the upper part of the die table. In order to
gain access to the lub. nipple, the two bolts
which attach the cover must be removed.
Interval:
Lubricate every three months.
9. Fill ---o---matik ---

P 3030 has a three---stage feed system. The
three wheels which belong to this system are
the dosing wheel, the filling wheel and the
distribution wheel.
Fill---o---matic needs no lubrication.
The upper part of the Fill---o---matic is to be opened every six months and
the gear wheels checked for wear.
10. Tablet discharge chute ---

The tablet discharge chute is equipped with
a solenoid valve (gate control) which is used
to guide the tablets in the good or bad
channel.
Every time the press is cleaned, the magnet must be checked for freedom
of movement. The springs should be cleaned, lubricated and tightened
when the press is used for products which tend to bind.
Binder 2 -- 103
P 3030
11. Spacers made of silicone rubber ---

Spacers of silicon rubber are used which are
located on the outside of the cams and
pressure stations. These spacers ensure that
no friction is caused between the upper
panelling plate and die table.
Every time the press is cleaned, check and ensure that the spacers are
not lost.
12. Window flaps and seals ---

Plastic windows and stainless steel doors
are sealed in the machine with removable
siliicon seals.
Inspection interval
Clean when necessary.
13. Cavex gear---

The oil in the main gear, which is located
in the lower housing of the press, should
be changed once per year.
Only the gear oil recommended by the
manufacturer should be used.
Visual inspection at the sight glass every time the press is cleaned.
14. Reference marks / zero balance

Every time that the press is cleaned (batch
change), move the reference marks into
position (test run, button ”V”) and carry out
zero balance ”W” button.
Every time after the press has been cleaned.
Binder 2 -- 104
P 3030
15. Removal trolley (handling system) ---

Before initial commissioning, the handling
system, particularly the connection lead, is to
be checked for any signs of damage.
Safety strap and cover hood must be in
place.
Check easy running of the spindles (full
length) every month.
Every time before and after the rotor is removed and installed.
Spindle path: every month.
16. Tablettester ---

When the Tablettester is switched on,
it proceeds with a self test. (Error messages
appear on the display)
Maintenance---free (cleaning)
Regular calibration necessary.
Test interval:
Cleaning every time the product is changed
Calibration according to customer---specific calibration plan (at least
every month).
17. Gratex ---

Check easy running of the sieve drum
(rotation)
Cleaning every time the product is changed
18. Filter mats (switchboard) ---

Monthly check---up or cleaning is recom---
mended depending on the differing degree of
dust developed at the location of the switch
board.
Monthly check---up (cleaning). for take out the filter, loos the four nuts in-
side the switch board.
Filter change at least every twelve months.
Binder 2 -- 105
P 3030
Number Component
1a Upper cams
1b Lub. felt
2 Lower cams
3 Pressure roll
4 Punch brake
5 Punch seal (scraper rings)
6a Rotor contact surface
6b Rotor shaft --- mushroom head
7a Lub. oil(s)
7b Distributor, dosing element, hose, lub. coupling
8 Lub. nipple (rotor shaft bearing)
9 Fill---o---matic
10 Tablet discharge chute
11 Silicone spacers
12 Window flaps and seals
13 Main--- gear
14 Reference marks / zero balance
15 Removal trolley (handling system)
16 Tablettentester
17 Gratex
18 Filter mats (switchboard)
Binder 2 -- 106
P 3030
Operating Reference
No. Maintenance interval material Documentation
1a visual inspection every time the press is
cleaned
1b every time the press is cleaned Castrol Optileb GT lub. table
460 (1) in op. instr. (BA)
2 every time the press is cleaned
3 every time the press is cleaned Castrol Viscoleb OI. chap. 15
1500 (1)
4 check for wear every time the press is
cleaned
5 check for wear each cleaning time
6a every time the rotor is removed/installed OI. chap. 15
6b every time the rotor is removed/installed OI. chap. 15
7a check oil level every week Castrol Optileb GT OI. chap. 14
460 (1)
7b check for leaks every time the press is Castrol Optileb GT OI. chap. 14
cleaned 460 (1)
8 every 3 months OI. chap. 14
9 belts/gear wheels every 6 months OI. chap. 14 / 15
13 oil change every twelve months Mobilgear 632 (1) Installation and
operating instruc-
tions for
main---gear
14 every time after the press has been OI. chap. 5
cleaned
15 visual inspection every time before and
after removing/installing the rotor
---check spindle path every month
16 --- every time the press is cleaned OI. instructions
--- calibration: 1 x per month Tablet tester
18 --- monthly check
--- filter change: at least every twelve
months
(1) These recommendations naturally do not rule out the use of lubrications of
other makes with the same characteristics.
Binder 2 -- 107
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 108
P 3030
16. Spare parts
Binder 2 -- 109
P 3030
Binder 2 -- 110
Technical Documentation
Spare parts catalogue
P3030
16. Spare part
Table of contents
16.1. The spare part catalogue for the machine P3030

No. 370007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/E
16.2. Machine specific modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/E
3506857d SUPPORT COLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A/H
16.3. Structure of spare part catalogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1
16.4. General note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1
16.5. Spare part ordering example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2
16.5.1. Explanation of the shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2
16.5.2. Ordering example: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2
16.6. DIN designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4
16.7. Spare part lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7
9107699 Fill---o---matic drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8
3504802 OIL LUBRICATION FOR HEAD PIECE WITH 2 LUBE
PUMPS, COUPLINGS ON BOTH SIDES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10
3503615 DUST EXTRACTION WITHOUT CONTROL
(HOUSING UPPER SECTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12
3502398 ROTOR SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A14
3510002 MAIN DRIVE; I=17.12; STRAIGHT BEVEL GEAR KS
400.2; KNOEDLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A16
3798106 GEAR KS400---2A; PMAX=11 KW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A18
3505082 TORQUE STRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A20
3504360 ENCODER 3600/RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A22
7048704 MOTOR ADJUSTMENT 43 LONG, DRIVE FOR MAIN
PRESSURE AT TOP AND PRE---PRESSURE AT BOTTOM
WITH SHAFT ENCODER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A24
7048705 MOTOR ADJUSTMENT; DRIVE FOR MAIN PRESSURE
AT BOTTOM AND PRE--- PRESSURE AT BOTTOM WITH
KUEBLER SHAFT ENCODER; 50 PULSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A26
3503617 DUST EXTRACTION WITHOUT CONTROL (HOUSING
MIDDLE SECTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A28
3503755 LUBRICATION HOUSING MIDDLE SECTION WITH ONE
LUBRICATING CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A30
3504740 LUBE PUMP---1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A32
3503536 DISTRIBUTOR FOR FILLING CAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A34
3503673 USED OIL CONTAINER WITH DRAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A36
3504884 LUBRICATION 3/2 WAY VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A38
3506857 SUPPORT COLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A40
Spare part # 370007 --- 30.06.2011 Binder 2 ---A/A

P3030
3506849 BASE PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A42

3503622 CAM CHAMBER PANELLING AT BOTTOM, WITH EDGE . . . . . . . A44
3503674 CAM CHAMBER PANELLING AT BOTTOM, WITH EDGE . . . . . . . A46
3502033 CAM CHAMBER PANELLING AT TOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A48
3505560 DIE PLATE; 49 STATIONS; CHROM PLATED; EU19 . . . . . . . . . . . A50
3503319 TOP CAM CARRIER FOR DIE TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A52
3503238 BOTTOM CAM CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A54
3505072 CAMS TOP, 1X INNER SHAFT LUBRICATION; 1X OUTER
SHAFT LUBRICATION; 2X HEAD LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A56
3502750 BOTTOM CAMS EU1” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A60
3508056 FILLING CAM; EU1” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A62
7042909 Dosage with punch stiffness measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A64
3506828 GUIDE FOR DOSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A66
3506959 CAM RECEPTACLE DOSING WITH PUNCH STIFFNESS
MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A68
3504298 SPINDLE UNIT FOR DOSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A70
7042902 Drive for dosage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A72
7042922 Dosage without punch stiffness measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A74
3506828 GUIDE FOR DOSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A76
3504763 CAM RECEPTABLE DOSING WITHOUT PUNCH
TIGHTNESS MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A78
3504298 SPINDLE UNIT FOR DOSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A80
7042902 Drive for dosage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A82
3502752 DOSING HEAD; EU1” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A84
3502616 TRANSFER CAMS FOR PRE--- AND MAIN PRESSURE
STATION MADE OF BRONZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A86
3503140 EJECTOR FOR EJECTION FORCE MEASUREMENT;
EU1” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A88
3503790 DUMMY FOR EJECT. FORCE MONITORING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A90
3510627 TOP PRESSURE STATION WITH ECCENTRIC
ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A92
3510639 PRESSURE STATION; BOTTOM WITHOUT
COMPRESSION FORCE MONITORING, V2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A94
3510629 ADJUSTING GEAR WITH DUMMY V2 PRESSURE
STATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A96
3510628 GUIDE PRESSURE STATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A100
3504242 COMPRESSION ROLL NITRATED; COMPLETE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A102
3503292 UPPER SUPPORT CAM CHAMBER PANELLING
WITHOUT MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A104
3506047 TABLET DISCHARGE CHUTE WITH PILE---UP
CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A106
3502588 MOTOR AREA AIR CIRCULATION D=60MM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A108
3501908 MOUNTED HOPPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A110
3101647 FLAP VALVE PARTS NW 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A112
Binder 2 ---A/B Spare part # 370007 --- 30.06.2011

P3030
3504674 FILL---O---MATIC GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A114

3502615 F---O---M BASE PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A118
3502700 FILL---O---MATIC MOUNTING PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A120
3111063 ALUMINIUM BASE PLATE FINISHED PART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A122
3502701 FILL---O---MATIC CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A124
3508185 CHUTE FITTING F---O---M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A126
3506845 DRIVE SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A128
3505009 FILL---O---MATIC FILLING ---; DOSING --- AND
METERING --- WHEELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A130
3503156 TABLET SCRAPER WITHOUT FASTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A132
3506110 TABLET STRUT; STANDARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A134
3503681 SCRAPER 2 AND LIFTER FOR DIE DISKS WITH
STRAIGHT MATERIAL GROOVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A136
3504886 TOOL CASE WITH TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A138
3506241 TOOL CONTAINER WITH TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A140
3502564 MOUNTING RAIL FOR PRESSURE STATION REMOVAL
(AT TOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A142
3505673 SPECIAL TOOS; FOR 29 / 49 STATIONS PACKED IN
THE TOOLCASE; EU1” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A144
3505189 LUBRICATION IN DIE DISK PACKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A146
3503647 END INSTALLATION GROUP LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A148
16.7.1. Knödler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A151
Spare part # 370007 --- 30.06.2011 Binder 2 ---A/C

P3030
Notiz
Binder 2 ---A/D Spare part # 370007 --- 30.06.2011

P3030
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Attention!
16.1. The spare part catalogue for the machine P3030
No. 370007
modification
16.2. Machine specific modifications
The machine specific modificated sheets are listed in the table of contents
under:
Machine specific modifications!
The corresponding components of the standard had been replaced in the

modificated sheets.
Attention!
The grey underlay components had been replaced in The present machine.
modification
Attention!
modification
Spare part # 370007 --- 30.06.2011 Binder 2 ---A/E
P3030
Attention!
Notiz
modification
Attention!
modification
Attention!
modification
Binder 2 ---A/F Spare part # 370007 --- 30.06.2011
P3030
Attention!
Notiz
modification
Attention!
modification
Attention!
modification
Spare part # 370007 --- 30.06.2011 Binder 2 ---A/G
P3030
8
Attention!
3506857d SUPPORT COLUMN
POS. ID.NO.
3108924
DESIGNATION
SUPPORT ANGLE
AM
2.00
UM
PC
A
E
modification
10 3110660 ANGLE FOR VIBRATION PADS 2.00 PC E
25 3791505 EFFBE---BARRYMOUNT--- LEVEL---MOUNT---ELEMENT LM 1.00 PC N
5---42,M12
26 3120077 SHIM 10X90X90 1.00 PC E
27 3108174 WASHER 4.00 PC E
29 3108175 SLEEVE SOCKET 4.00 PC N
32 2143552 HEX SCREW DIN931---M12X60---A2---70 4.00 PC N
33 3113432 SET SCREW FOR BARRY MOUNT LM 5---42 (BUILT UP) 1.00 PC E
34 2143606 NUT DIN934---M12---A2---70 1.00 PC N
35 2215625 WASHER DIN125---B---13---A2---70 1.00 PC N
45 2143821 ADJUSTABLE CLAMPING LEVER WITH THREADED BOLT 2.00 PC N
M6X15---CR
60 3107943 RETAINING PLATE FOR SASH LOCK 2.00 PC E
61 3759505 BUFFER D25X20 1X INNER THREAD M6X8MM 1X OUTERGE- 6.00 PC N
Attention!
WINDE M6X15MM
62 2143564 HEXAGONAL SCREW DIN933---M6X8---A2---70 6.00 PC N
64 2149992 WASHER DIN9021---6,4---A2---70 8.00 PC N
66 2143603 NUT DIN934---M6---A2---70 2.00 PC N
10/03/00
modification
Parts which are marked in grey, differ from the original list!
The part:
to be added:
7032237 Bracket for panelling plate rear 1.00 PC E
Attention!
modification
Binder 2 ---A/H Spare part # 370007 --- 30.06.2011
P3030
Attention!
Notiz
modification
Attention!
modification
Attention!
modification
Spare part # 370007 --- 30.06.2011 Binder 2 ---A/I
P3030
Attention!
Notiz
modification
Attention!
modification
Attention!
modification
Binder 2 ---A/J Spare part # 370007 --- 30.06.2011
P3030
16.3. Structure of spare part catalogue
The spare parts catalogue contains the assemblies that constitute into the
machine. Even assemblies that are encountered multiply into the machine
are only listed once.
Electric spare parts are listed in the electric part list(Binder 3) .
Some parts which are listed in the actual part lists are not identified by posi-
tion numbers in the drawings.
Attention!
16.4. General note
This spare parts catalogue describes the actual delivery condition of the ma-
chine.
Spare part # 370007 --- 30.06.2011 Binder 2 ---A1

P3030
16.5. Spare part ordering example
In the following lists, position and Identity numbers are specified with the affi-
liated designations. For orders or inquiries, please always specify both, as
shown in the colour---highlighted example on the next page. Please also
specify the machine number.
16.5.1. Explanation of the shortcut

3504242 PRESSURE ROLLER, NITRATED; D=250
POS. ID.NO. DESIGNATION AM. UM A
54 3107834 PRESSURE ROLLER BOLT FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
60 3114089 PRESSURE ROLLER NTRATED D=250 WITH BEARING 1.00 PC E
68 3740405 TEFLON RING FOR PRESSURE STATION 2.00 PC E
204 2141977 CAP SCREW DIN912---M12X100---8.8 1.00 PC N
205 3715902 DRAIN PLUG 1.00 PC N
208 2141467 WASHER DIN125---B---13 1.00 PC N
18/11/97
POS. Positionnumber in the part list
ID.NO. Ident number of the part
DESIGNATION Designation of the part:
AM. Piece
Meter
Litre
UM Quantity:
PC= Piece
M = Meter
L = Litre
KG= Kilogram
A kind of spare part:
E = Spare part; mechanical
F = Spare part, elekrical
V = Expendable part
N = Standard part
16.5.2. Ordering example:

Machine type See type plate on handwheel side
Machine---number: See type plate on handwheel side
Identity---Number: 3114089
Designation: PRESSURE ROLLER D=250 COMPLETE WITH BEARING
Amount: 5
Unit of quantity: Piece
Binder 2 ---A2 Spare part # 370007 --- 30.06.2011

P3030
3502528

P3030
16.6. DIN designations
DIN NO. Abbreviated Designation to DIN

designation
DIN 1 Tapered pin Tapered pin
DIN 7 Parallel pin Parallel pin
DIN 63 Fillister head screw Countersunk screw, slotted
DIN 84 Fillister head screw Fillister head screw, slotted
DIN 85 Fillister head screw Flat head screw, slotted
DIN 125 Washer Washer, Product grade A
DIN 126 Washer Washer, Product grade C
DIN 127 Spring washer Spring lock washer
DIN 137 Spring washer curved or wave spring washer
DIN 427 Slotted screw Slotted headless screw
DIN 439 Nut Hexagon thin nut
DIN 462 Snap washer Washer with internal tap
DIN 464 Knurled screw Knurled thumb screw, high type
DIN 466 Knurled nut Knurled thumb nut, high type
DIN 467 Knurled nut Knurled nut, thin type
DIN 471 Snap ring Snap ring for shafts
DIN 472 Snap ring Snap ring for holes
DIN 582 Lifting eye nut Lifting eye nut
DIN 705 Adjusting ring Adjusting ring
DIN 835 Stud Stud, metal end ~ 2 d
DIN 906 Pipe plug Hexagon socket pipe plug, conical thread
DIN 912 Cap screw Hexagon socket head head cap screw,
DIN 913 Setscrew Hexagon socket set screw with flat point
DIN 914 Setscrew Hexagon socket set screw with cone point
DIN 915 Setscrew Hexagon socket set screw with dog point
DIN 916 Setscrew Hexagon socket set screw with cap point
DIN 931 Fillister head screw Hexagon head bolt
DIN 933 Fillister head screw Hexagon head bolt, with thread up to head
DIN 934 Nut Hexagon nut
DIN 936 Nut Hexagon thin nut
DIN 938 Stud Stud, metal end ~ 1 d
DIN 939 Stud Stud, metal end ~ 1.25 d
DIN 981 Nut Locknut for rolling bearings
DIN 985 Nut Prevailing torque type hexagonal nut, with non---metallic in-
sert; low type
DIN 988 Fit washer Shim ring and supporting ring
DIN 1441 Washer Washer for clevis pins, finish medium
DIN 1481 Clamping sleeve Spring type straight pin, heavy type
DIN 1804 Nut Slotted round nut for hook spanner
DIN 1816 Nut Round nut with set pin holes inside
DIN 5406 Lock washer Lock washer, for rolling bearings
DIN 6325 Parallel pin Parallel pin, hardened
DIN 6330 Nut Hexagon nut 1.5 d

P3030
DIN NO. Abbreviated Designation to DIN

designation
DIN 6331 Nut Hexagon nut 1.5 d with collar
DIN 6797 Lock washer Toothed lock washer
DIN 6798 Lock washer Serrated lock washer
DIN 6799 Lock washer Serrated lock washer
DIN 6885 Feather key Feather key
DIN 6912 Fillister head screw Hexagon socket head cap screw with centre hole and low
head
DIN 7984 Fillister head screw Hexagon socket head cap screw and low head
DIN 7343 Spiral pin Spiral pin, medium dirty
DIN 7980 Spring lock washer Spring lock washer for screws with cylindrical heads
DIN 7991 Fillister head screw Countersunk screw, hexagon socket
DIN 7993 Snap ring Snap ring
DIN 9021 Washer Washer with large outer diameter
DIN 70852 Nut Locknut for rolling bearings
DIN 70852 Lock washer Lock washer, for rolling bearings
11/05/98

P3030
Notiz

P3030
16.7. Spare part lists

P3030
9107699 Fill---o---matic drive

POS. ID.NO. DESIGNATION AM UM A
0010 3133938 INTERMEDIATE SHAFT; FOR FILL---O---MATIC DRIVE 1.00 PC E
0020 3133939 BEARING BLOCK; FOR FILL---O---MATIC DRIVE 1.00 PC E
0030 2138932 GEAR MOTOR SDS GS RS 035---22; WITH GEAR 1.00 PC F
SSN31---1GHCR 035 C22; UN=42V DC; FLUXX
0040 2142342 HEX SCREW DIN933---M10X30---8.8 2.00 PC N
0050 2141466 WASHER 10,5 2.00 PC N
0060 3777907 CIRCLIP; FOR SHAFTS; DIN471---15X1---1.4122 1.00 PC N
0070 2141897 HEX. HEAD SCREW M 5 X 16 4.00 PC N
0080 2142829 FEATHER KEY; A 5X 5X 50---DIN6885 1.00 PC N
23.04.07

P3030
9107699

P3030
3504802 OIL LUBRICATION FOR HEAD PIECE WITH 2 LUBE

PUMPS, COUPLINGS ON BOTH SIDES
10 3717502 DISTRIBUTOR BAR, 1---SIDED, DOUBLE LATERAL PIPE FIT- 1.00 PC N
TING DA=6MM MULTIPLE FITTING M10X1
15 2143462 CAP SCREW DIN912---M4X25---A2---70 1.00 PC N
20 3717902 ANGLED SCREW---IN UNION FOR PIPE D=6 ,THREAD: 2.00 PC N
M10X1K
25 3731701 PRESSURE SWITCH LUBRICATION 25BAR TYPE 1.00 PC N
84---8005---0607
35 3743506 STUD 1.00 PC N
40 3771301 VENT SCREW M10X1 24---1855---2018 1.00 PC N
50 2144254 COPPER WASHER A10X13,5X1 2.00 PC N
55 3700718 INSERT SLEEVE, BRASS FOR PIPE: 4X0.75 1.00 PC N
60 3753801 POLYAMIDE PIPE SEMI ---RIGID D=4X0.75 3054---25---0403 3.00 M N
61 3718202 STUD 4.00 PC N
62 3736805 ADAPTER WITH CONE---SHAPED THREAD R1/8”OUTER;M 3.00 PC N
10X1 INNER
63 3736905 PLUG---IN COUPLING NIPPLE WITH VALVE THREAD R1/8” 1.00 PC N
64 3737005 PLUG---IN COUPLING BUSHING WITH VALVE THREAD R1/8” 2.00 PC N
65 3711406 SHRINKABLE TUBING TYPE B2 SIZE 3/4” COLOUR YELLOW 0.06 M N
110 3796505 DISTRIBUTOR BAR, 1---SIDED; SIX---FOLD LATERAL PIPE FIT- 1.00 PC N
120 3717902 ANGLED SCREW---IN UNION FOR PIPE D=6 ,THREAD: 2.00 PC N
M10X1K
125 3731703 PRESSURE SWITCH, 23 BAR TYPE 24---1884---2381 1.00 PC N
135 3743506 STUD 1.00 PC N
140 3771301 VENT SCREW M10X1 24---1855---2018 2.00 PC N
150 3718202 STUD 6.00 PC N
200 3737005 PLUG---IN COUPLING BUSHING WITH VALVE THREAD R1/8” 8.00 PC N
210 3718202 STUD 16.00 PC N
10X1 INNER
250 3711206 SHRINKABLE TUBING TYPE B2 SIZE 3/4” COLOUR BLUE 0.06 M N
280 3711306 SHRINKABLE TUBING TYPE B2 SIZE 3/4” COLOUR RED 0.06 M N
18/11/97

P3030
2
4
2
3
1
3504802

P3030
3503615 DUST EXTRACTION WITHOUT CONTROL

(HOUSING UPPER SECTION)
21 3111754 PIPE SUPPORT WITHOUT SUCTION VACUUM MEASURE- 1.00 PC E
MENT
33 2149992 WASHER DIN9021---6,4---A2---70 1.00 PC N
18/11/97

P3030
21
3503615

P3030
3502398 ROTOR SHAFT

20 3104351 ANTI ---FATIGUE BOLT M48X3/M24 FOR ROTOR 1.00 PC E
22 2142139 GRUB SCREW M8X20 1.00 PC N
25 3109935 FEATHER KEY WITH FINDER BORE FOR ROTOR SHAFT 1.00 PC E
26 3108227 FEATHER KEY FOR ROTOR SHAFT 1.00 PC E
28 3108226 BEARING RING 1.00 PC E
31 3108230 SHAFT HOLDER FOR ROTOR 1.00 PC E
33 3109503 ROTOR SHAFT 1.00 PC E
34 3107823 WORM SHAFT FOR ROTOR 1.00 PC E
35 3107121 WORM GEAR FOR ROTOR SHAFT 1.00 PC E
36 3109425 PLUG COVER FOR ROTOR AT BOTTOM 1.00 PC E
37 3744705 TIMKEN TAPERED ROLLER BEARING JM734449/410---90B01 1.00 PC N
INNER D=170 OUTER D=240
38 3108429 CENTER RING FOR ROTOR SHAFT 1.00 PC E
39 2143292 STRAIGHT PIN DIN7---6M6X12---A2 1.00 PC N
40 3744805 TIMKEN TAPERED ROLLER BEARING JM624649/610---90B02 1.00 PC N
INNER D=120 OUTER D=180
44 2215200 DEEP GROOVE BALL BEARING DIN625---6010---2RS---T1 1.00 PC N
47 3749905 INA AXIAL CYLINDER ROLLER FLANGE K 89410 TN 1.00 PC N
48 3750005 INA AXIAL BEARING WASHER GS87410 1.00 PC N
49 3750105 INA AXIAL BEARING WASHER WS87410 1.00 PC N
52 2147340 ROTARY/AXIAL CYLINDER ROLLER BEARING NKXR20Z 2.00 PC N
58 3753205 SPIETH NUT MSR---110X2 1.00 PC N
63 3753105 BALL THRUST SCREW NLM---711---12435 4.00 PC N
72 2236333 SEAL DIN3760---A230X260X15NB 1.00 PC N
74 2236332 SEAL DIN3760---A170X200X15NB 1.00 PC N
76 2144734 ROTARY SHAFT SEAL DIN3760---B---100X115X9---NB 1.00 PC N
82 2141929 SCREW M8X25 4.00 PC N
125 2142982 FEATHER KEY SIMILAR WITH WIDTH TOLERANCE +0/ ---0.03 1.00 PC N
DIN6885---E---22X14X180
126 3109085 KEY 1.00 PC E
129 2141569 CIRCLIP DIN472---80X2.5 1.00 PC N
20/10/98

P3030
3502398

P3030
3510002 MAIN DRIVE; I=17.12; STRAIGHT BEVEL GEAR KS

400.2; KNOEDLER
1 3798106 MAIN DRIVE 1.00 PC N
2 3130269 ENCODER CENTRING PLATE; FOR CLOSED VERSION; FOR 1.00 PC E
KNOEDLER GEAR
3 3127569 COVER PLATE FOR BEVEL GEAR 11 KW 1.00 PC E
5 3505082 TORQUE STRAP 1.00 PC E
7 2143890 REDUCING NIPPLE DIN2950---241---3/4X3/8---V 1.00 PC N
8 3715301 BRASS BALL VALVE BUSHING 3/8”---DN=7 JOURNAL WITH 1.00 PC N
SQUARE CATCH
9 3715102 PLUG---IN CONNECTION SCREW---IN THREAD R3/8” FOR 1.00 PC N
PIPE 14MM
10 3754301 CALIBRATED RILSAN PIPE, D=11/14 0.80 M N
11 3719502 PLUG 1.00 PC N
12 2144046 HOSE NOZZLE WITH HEXAGON AND OUTER THREAD 3/4 1.00 PC N
INCH NOZZLE DIAMETER: APPROX.16.5MM
13 2144129 ACUDUR TUBING, CLEAR, SMOOTH DIAMETER 19/26 MM 0.80 M N
14 2144151 ABA ---HOSE CLIP CLAMPING RANGE: 20---32MM 1.00 PC N
15 2153402 OBO QUICK CLAMPING CLIPS PG 21 TYPE 2955 1.00 PC N
16 3715702 VENT PLUG GPN 610---U18 1.00 PC N
17 2185451 GEAR OIL; MOBILGEAR 632 12.00 L V
06/08/03

P3030
3510002

P3030
3798106 GEAR KS400---2A; PMAX=11 KW

1 3798205 3---PHASE---MOTOR 11KW 1500MIN---1 3PH400V TYP ATB --- PC F
160M BR 11/4---76
2 3756501 PULLEY HTD P64---8M---50 --- PC N
4 3702207 HIGH---TORQUE---DRIVE --- TOOTHED WASHER DRILLED --- PC N
FOR TAPER---LOCK --- CLAMPING CHUCK BF2517
6 3755302 TOOTH BELT---SYSTEM HTD (UNI ---ROYAL); --- PC N
HTD1280---8M---50
06/01/03

P3030
4 2
6 1
3798106

P3030
3505082 TORQUE STRAP

1 3115638 TORQUE STRAP FOR DRIVE 1.00 PC V
2 2142379 HEXAGONAL SCREW DIN933---M20X40---8.8 1.00 PC N
3 2142381 HEX SCREW DIN933---M20X60---8.8 1.00 PC N
13/09/00

P3030
3505082

P3030
3504360 ENCODER 3600/RPM

11 3113766 EXPANSION SCREW M24X198.5 FOR ROTARY SHAFT 1.00 PC E
20 3735405 ENCODER 3600/RPM. 24VDC TYP GEL 291---SN03600 G02 1.00 PC N
30 3114211 ADAPTER RING FOR ENCODER ADJUSTMENT 1.00 PC E
32 2141331 STRAIGHT PIN DIN7---8 M6X40---ST 2.00 PC N
40 3114054 ADJUSTING RING FOR ENCODER 1.00 PC E
41 2143365 WASHER DIN125---A ---6.4A2---70 2.00 PC N
11/05/98

P3030
3504360

P3030
7048704 MOTOR ADJUSTMENT 43 LONG, DRIVE FOR MAIN

PRESSURE AT TOP AND PRE---PRESSURE AT BOTTOM
WITH SHAFT ENCODER
0002 7048437 WORM GEAR MOTOR GNM 544OE WITH SHAFT ENCODER 1.00 PC F
5820E
0006 3108416 DOUBLE SHAFT JOINT 1.00 PC E
0007 3115390 PLATE FOR ACTUATOR MOTOR ADJUSTMENT 1.00 PC E
LONG/SHORT
0009 3108418 EXTENSION SLEEVE MOTOR ADJUSTMENT LONG 1.00 PC E
0010 3108419 EXTENSION BOLT 40 LONG MOTOR ADJUSTMENT LONG 1.00 PC E
0012 2142826 FEATHER KEY DIN6885---A ---5X5X36 1.00 PC N
0019 2142126 SET SCREW DIN914---M6X8 3.00 PC N
0021 2143366 WASHER DIN125---A ---8.4A2---70 2.00 PC N
0030 2134847 Shrincable Tube 38,1---19,05mm black 0.20 M N
20.06.11

P3030
3506813

P3030
7048705 MOTOR ADJUSTMENT; DRIVE FOR MAIN PRESSURE

AT BOTTOM AND PRE--- PRESSURE AT BOTTOM WITH
KUEBLER SHAFT ENCODER; 50 PULSES
0010 7048437 WORM GEAR MOTOR GNM 544OE WITH SHAFT ENCODER 1.00 PC F
5820E
0016 2143473 CAP SCREW DIN912---6X8---A2---70 3.00 PC N
0020 3108416 DOUBLE SHAFT JOINT 1.00 PC E
0030 3115390 PLATE FOR ACTUATOR MOTOR ADJUSTMENT 1.00 PC E
LONG/SHORT
0055 2143366 WASHER DIN125---A ---8.4A2---70 2.00 PC N
0080 2143520 SET SCREW DIN914---M6X10---A2---70 1.00 PC N
0090 2134847 Shrincable Tube 38,1---19,05mm black 0.20 M N
20.06.11

P3030
3506812

P3030
3503617 DUST EXTRACTION WITHOUT CONTROL (HOUSING

MIDDLE SECTION)
5 3114863 EXTRACTION NOZZLE 2.00 PC E
15 3109882 REDUCER TUBE D=63.5/74.5X1.5 2.00 PC E
20 2143603 NUT DIN934---M6---A2---70 6.00 PC N
25 2143365 WASHER DIN125---A ---6.4A2---70 6.00 PC N
51 2144144 SUCTION TUBE INNER WIDTH 80MM 4.50 M N
54 3779606 WIRE HOSE CLIP 75---84MM 6.00 PC N
57 3134856 CONNECTING PIECE FOR DUST EXTRACTION 1.00 PC E
62 3110419 HOSE HOLDER FOR SUCTION HOSE D=80 NW. 2.00 PC E
63 2147768 O---RING 70X6 2.00 PC N
88 3795505 CLAMPING LEVER, ADJUSTABLE WITH THREADED BOLT 2.00 PC N
M6X20---CR
89 3112808 WASHER FOR CLAMPING LEVER WITH THREAD M6 2.00 PC E
90 3786305 ABA ---HOSE CLIP S.S. CLAMPING RANGE: 50---70MM 2.00 PC N
100 3741501 SPONGE RUBBER PROFILE 0.23 M N
27/07/05

P3030
3503617

P3030
3503755 LUBRICATION HOUSING MIDDLE SECTION WITH ONE

LUBRICATING CIRCUIT
10 3504740 LUBE PUMP---1 1.00 PC E
20 3503536 LUBRICANT DISTRIBUTOR FILLING CAMS 1.00 PC E
30 3503673 USED OIL TANK WITH DRAIN 1.00 PC E
17/03/00

P3030
10
3503755

P3030
3504740 LUBE PUMP---1

20 3100587 BRACKET FOR LUBE PUMP 1.00 PC E
21 2143615 NUT DIN936---M8---A2---70 4.00 PC N
22 2143366 WASHER DIN125---A ---8.4A2---70 4.00 PC N
23 3714308 BUMPER D30X15 4.00 PC N
40 3719508 LUBRICATING PUMP TYPE MKU2---KW3---20007 + 428 230V 1.00 PC N
50/60HZ; 30BAR; 3L; LEVELSWITCH TYPE 997---000---185
42 3754006 OPTIMOL OIL VISCOLEB 150 --- L V
43 3115069 SIGN ”LUBE CIRCUIT 1” 1.00 PC N
44 3717208 L---STECKVERSCHRAUBUNG G1/4A --- D=6 LEGRIS 1.00 PC N
NR.:3699 06 13
50 3511067 E---TEILE FüR SCHMIERPUMPE VOGEL ID. ---NR.:3719508 1.00 PC E
05/08/02

P3030
40 44 20
3504740

P3030
3503536 DISTRIBUTOR FOR FILLING CAM

1 3717502 DISTRIBUTOR BAR, 1---SIDED, DOUBLE LATERAL PIPE FIT- 1.00 PC N
3 3743406 SCREW---IN CONNECTION 6MM. M10X1 STRAIGHT 2.00 PC N
4 3718202 STUD 2.00 PC N
20 3727506 ELBOW WITH CONICAL THREAD 504201 K/S2,FORM C 2.00 PC N
THREAD M8 X 1 KA ---M8 X 1 I
21 2144252 SEAL DIN7603---A ---8X12---CU 2.00 PC N
22 3700335 DOSING ELEMENT AB5 DOSING VOLUME: 50 CMM 2.00 PC N
23 3727606 PIPE CONNECTOR INNER THREAD ON BOTH SIDES M10X1 2.00 PC N
25 3718202 STUD 2.00 PC N
18/11/97

P3030
3503536

P3030
3503673 USED OIL CONTAINER WITH DRAIN

5000 3732101 OIL CANISTER 2 LITERS 3.00 PC E
5001 3110235 HOLDER FOR USED OIL CONTAINER 3.00 PC E
6000 3110176 T---PIECE FOR OIL DRAIN 1.00 PC E
6001 3786205 HOSE CLIP VA CLAMPING RANGE:13---20MM 7.00 PC N
6002 2236348 ACUDUR TUBING, CLEAR, SMOOTH DIAMETER 14/18 MM 5.00 M N
6003 3113705 ANGLE PIECE FOR OIL DRAIN 1.00 PC E
18/11/97

P3030
6002 6001 6000 5000 5001
3503395

P3030
3504884 LUBRICATION 3/2 WAY VALVE

1 3738906 VALVE DN 2 0---10BAR 230V/50HZ 1.00 PC N
2 3115363 HOLDER FOR LUBRICATION 3/2 WAY VALVE 1.00 PC E
10X1 INNER
4 3739106 ADAPTER WITH CONE---SHAPED THREAD R1/4”; M 10 X 1 2.00 PC N
INNER
18/11/97

P3030
3504884

P3030
3506857 SUPPORT COLUMN

8 3108924 SUPPORT ANGLE 2.00 PC E
10 3110660 ANGLE FOR VIBRATION PADS 2.00 PC E
25 3791505 EFFBE---BARRYMOUNT--- LEVEL---MOUNT---ELEMENT LM 1.00 PC N
5---42,M12
26 3120077 SHIM 10X90X90 1.00 PC E
27 3108174 WASHER 4.00 PC E
29 3108175 SLEEVE SOCKET 4.00 PC N
33 3113432 SET SCREW FOR BARRY MOUNT LM 5---42 (BUILT UP) 1.00 PC E
34 2143606 NUT DIN934---M12---A2---70 1.00 PC N
35 2215625 WASHER DIN125---B---13---A2---70 1.00 PC N
M6X15---CR
60 3107943 RETAINING PLATE FOR SASH LOCK 2.00 PC E
61 3759505 BUFFER D25X20 1X INNER THREAD M6X8MM 1X OUTERGE- 6.00 PC N
WINDE M6X15MM
64 2149992 WASHER DIN9021---6,4---A2---70 8.00 PC N
66 2143603 NUT DIN934---M6---A2---70 2.00 PC N
10/03/00

P3030
45
61
25/33/34/35
29/27/32
3502399

P3030
3506849 BASE PLATE

2 3120075 BASE PLATE 1.00 PC E
5 3120073 BASE PLATE BASE PLATE 1.00 PC E
8 3120076 HOLDING ANGLE BASE PLATE 8.00 PC E
9 3109353 SPACER SLEEVE FOR BASE PLATE D=25 DI=13 L=20 1.00 PC E
10 3782306 ROUND SPRING DIN9835; D=20; 80 SHORE 16.00 PC N
16 2143367 WASHER DIN125---A ---10.5---A2---70 16.00 PC N
18 2149992 WASHER DIN9021---6,4---A2---70 16.00 PC N
20 2143618 NUT DIN936---M12---A2---70 3.00 PC N
21 3110833 THREADED ROD M12X115. 1.00 PC E
30 3120072 COVER FOR CABLE LEAD ---THROUGH 1.00 PC E
25/02/00

P3030
15/16 17/18 10
3506849

P3030
3503622 CAM CHAMBER PANELLING AT BOTTOM, WITH EDGE

8 3109757 LOWER COVER PLATE LOWER CAM CHAMBER PANELLING 4.00 PC E
12 3100752 FASTENER FOR SHROUDING DIA.8 8.00 PC N
14 3110421 TWO SLOT SCREW 4.00 PC N
25 2143601 NUT DIN934---M4---A2---70 8.00 PC N
50 3503674 CAM CHAMBER PANELLING AT BOTTOM, WITH EDGE 1.00 SA E
11/05/98

P3030
12
3503697 14

P3030
3503674 CAM CHAMBER PANELLING AT BOTTOM, WITH EDGE

1 3112662 SEGMENT 1 2.00 PC E
2 3112663 SEGMENT 2 2.00 PC E
23/06/99

P3030
2
2
3503699

P3030
3502033 CAM CHAMBER PANELLING AT TOP

4 3109180 PRESSURE STATION PANELLING 4.00 PC E
7 3109179 STRAP FOR UPPER CAM CHAMBER PANELLING 4.00 PC E
10 3109055 STRAP FOR UPPER CAM CHAMBER PANELLING 4.00 PC E
12 3109052 BRACKET 2.00 PC E
18 3747805 T---HANDLE; CHROME PLATED; WITH TONGUE 4.00 PC N
22 3745705 SILICON HOSE, NW 6 X 1 TRANSPARENT, 60 SHORE 0.04 M N
27 2143366 WASHER DIN125---A ---8.4A2---70 4.00 PC N
29 2143603 NUT DIN934---M6---A2---70 8.00 PC N
30 2143365 WASHER DIN125---A ---6.4A2---70 8.00 PC N
33 3740505 GENERAL WINDOW SEAL PROFILE AF 464 1.00 M N
27/04/00

P3030
12 18 33 7
10
3503653

P3030
3505560 DIE PLATE; 49 STATIONS; CHROM PLATED; EU19

11 3117005 UPPER PUNCH SEAT; 49 STATIONS; CHROM PLATED; EU1” 1.00 PC E
16 3117025 DIE PLATE 49 STATIONS; CHROM PLATED; EU1”---441 1.00 PC E
18 3109936 FINDER THREADED PIN FOR ROTOR SHAFT 1.00 PC E
22 3108187 SPRING COVER 4.00 PC E
24 3108188 SPRING BOLT 4.00 PC E
32 3109588 KEY FOR LARGE PRESSURE SCREW ON DIE TABLE 1.00 PC E
33 3115597 GUIDE BLOCK FOR LARGE PRESSURE SCREW ON DIE 1.00 PC E
TABLE
54 3751905 SCREW COMPRESSION SPRING 241.05. (LENGTH=125MM) 4.00 PC N
61 3752105 O---RING---567X3,0---70NBR 1.00 PC N
65 3115549 SCRAPER RING DIA= 1” 98.00 PC V
79 3115487 CLAMP FOR PUNCH RESTRAINER 1” 1.00 PC E
80 3798105 SILICONE COVER FOR DIE SCREWS 1.00 PC V
81 3752505 O---RING D=600X8---BL---BN170 1.00 PC V
83 3752605 TURCITE---B GUIDE RING S---50704---47 / 2230MM LONG 1.00 PC V
85 2143370 WASHER DIN125---A ---17---A2---70 6.00 PC N
95 3757906 SLOTTED SPRING STRAIGHT PIN DIN1481 3X10---A2 1.00 PC N
100 2143137 TAPER PIN DIN7978---A16X 80---ST 2.00 PC N
2000 3500008 DIE SCREW 49.00 PC E
10/05/00

P3030
65
81
2000
79
83
3501799

P3030
3503319 TOP CAM CARRIER FOR DIE TABLE

3 3111099 COVER FOR DIE TABLE 1.00 PC E
5 3108819 SHIM RING FOR CAM CARRIER TOP 1.00 PC E
6 2147996 ROTARY SHAFT SEAL DIN3760---A ---40X52X7---NB 1.00 PC N
10 3112286 UPPER CAM SUSTAINER 1.00 PC E
20 2213216 TAPERED LUBRICATING NIPPLE GALVANISED STEEL 1.00 PC N
DIN7141---2BM---8X1
42 3100589 ROTOR BEARING CROSS ROLLER BEARING XU 100 185 (NO. 1.00 PC E
53 90 52)
96 2143367 WASHER DIN125---A ---10.5---A2---70 4.00 PC N
100 3752005 PRESSURE SPRING DM=63, LO=330 DF 5 X 63 X 330 X 10.5 1.00 PC N
X 1.4310
101 3719902 DRAIN PLUG GPN 300---F17 1.00 PC N
102 3111116 THREADED SPINDLE FOR PRESSURE SCREW; TR40X6 1.00 PC E
103 3111117 SCREW HEAD FOR PRESSURE SCREW 1.00 PC E
104 2190899 OMNIFIT 50M; TAKE OUT OF BOTTLE 2145814 ACCORDING --- PC N
TO DEMAND
1000 2147793 O---RING 248X3.5---70NBR 1.00 PC N
25/02/00

P3030
3504090

P3030
3503238 BOTTOM CAM CARRIER

0010 3125318 BOTTOM CAM BRACKET WITHOUT LUBE PIPE 1.00 PC E
0011 3108805 LUBE TUBE FOR CAM BRACKET BOTTOM 2.00 PC E
0012 2148759 SCRAPER A ---10X18X8/5 2.00 PC V
0101 3767205 LOCK TENSION JACK COUNTER BEARING 4.00 PC E
0110 3781905 FEATHER KEY DIN6885---E---12X8X40 3.00 PC N
29.11.07

P3030
3503238

P3030
3505072 CAMS TOP, 1X INNER SHAFT LUBRICATION; 1X OUTER

SHAFT LUBRICATION; 2X HEAD LUBRICATION
102 3109533 SILICON PLUG FOR TOP CAMS 1.00 PC E
150 3116444 LIFTING CAM EU1” FLAT PUNCH GUIDE SUBMERSION 2.00 PC V
DEPTH=5MM
200 3116482 HOLDING LEDGE FOR PUNCH REMOVAL EU1” 2.00 PC E
201 3115357 COVER PLATE/PUNCH REMOVAL 2.00 PC E
202 2143836 ADJUSTABLE CLAMPING LEVER; 8---25---CR 2.00 PC N
203 2214100 ADJUSTABLE CLAMPING LEVER; M8X32---CR 2.00 PC N
300 3116462 HOLDING LEDGE FOR SHAFT LUBRICATION EU1” 1.00 PC E
301 3116823 FELT HOLDER FOR SHAFT LUBRICATION 1.00 PC E
302 3101612 WIPING FELT---68.5X30X5 1.00 PC V
303 2142602 EJECTOR PIN DIN1530---A4X60---ST 1.00 PC N
304 2210023 SPRING 0.8X8.0X21.5 1.00 PC N
307 3104379 WASHER DIA.4, THICKNESS 2 1.00 PC E
308 2144403 GRUB SCREW M5X20 S.S. 1.00 PC N
310 3718002 ANGLED SCREW---IN UNION FOR D=4 M10X1K 1.00 PC N
315 2144254 COPPER WASHER DIN7603---A ---10X13,5X1 2.00 PC N
320 2148270 PIPE CONNECTOR 1.00 PC N
322 3700332 DOSING ELEMENT AB1 DOSING VOLUME: 10CMM 1.00 PC N
324 3736805 ADAPTER; R1/8”; M10X1 1.00 PC N
350 3116412 HOLDING LEDGE PUNCH HEAD LUBRICATION EU1” 2.00 PC E
352 3115425 FELT HOLDER/HEAD LUBE EU1” 2.00 PC E
353 3115426 LUBE FELT/HEAD EU1” 2.00 PC V
354 2143408 KNURLED SCREW DIN464---M6X10---5.8---CU3NI5CRBK 2.00 PC N
368 3736805 ADAPTER; R1/8”; M10X1 2.00 PC N
400 3116408 PULL DOWN CAM, EU1” 2.00 PC V
500 3108280 DWELL CAM F/PRE & MAIN COMPRESSION 2.00 PC E

P3030
501 3116414 HOLDING LEDGE EU1” PRE--- AND MAIN PRESSURE 2.00 PC E
600 3116435 HOLDING LEDGE EU1” 1.00 PC E
602 3115516 COVER FOR HOLDING LEDGE, OUTER SHAFT LUBE, FLAT 1.00 PC E
CAMS
606 2143836 ADJUSTABLE CLAMPING LEVER; 8---25---CR 2.00 PC N
608 3113508 HOLDER FOR WIPING FELT LUBRICATION OUTSIDE 1.00 PC E
610 3101612 WIPING FELT---68.5X30X5 1.00 PC V
612 3771501 HEXAGONAL SCREW WITH COLLARE 2.00 PC N
DIN6921---M5X10---A2---TUF---LOC
620 3736805 ADAPTER; R1/8”; M10X1 1.00 PC N
622 3711506 SHRINKABLE TUBING TYPE B2 SIZE 3/4” COLOUR WHITE 0.01 M N
04/05/00

P3030
Notiz

P3030
3503867

P3030
3502750 BOTTOM CAMS EU1”

21 2143509 THREADED PIN DIN913---M6X8---A2---70 3.00 PC N
27 3108957 RETAINING PIECE LONG FOR RETAINING BAR BOTTOM 1.00 PC V
29 3108956 RETAINING PIECE SHORT FOR RETAINING BAR BOTTOM 2.00 PC V
31 2142589 SPLIT TAPER SLEEVE DIN1481---6X24 2.00 PC N
33 2143474 CAP SCREW M6X10---DIN912---A2---70 4.00 PC N
04/05/00

P3030
3502417

P3030
3508056 FILLING CAM; EU1”

6 3132063 FILLING CAM, 6MM, EU1” 1.00 PC V
05/03/04

P3030
3508056

P3030
7042909 Dosage with punch stiffness measurement

1000 3506828 GUIDE FOR DOSING 1.00 PC E
2000 3506959 CAM RECEPTACLE DOSING WITH PUNCH STIFFNESS 1.00 PC E
MEASUREMENT
3000 3504298 SPINDLE UNIT FOR DOSING 1.00 PC E
4000 7042902 Drive for dosage 1.00 PC E
18.03.11

P3030
Notiz

P3030
3506828 GUIDE FOR DOSING

20 3114892 DOSING HOUSING 1.00 PC E
100 3113824 SPACER BUSHING 1.00 PC E
110 3113818 HOLDING RING DOSING 1.00 PC E
180 3113829 PRESSURE PIECE D16 1.00 PC E
290 2141365 PARALLEL PIN DIN7---12 M6X 60 1.00 PC N
330 2143103 TAPERPIN DIN7978---A 6X24---ST 2.00 PC N
360 2142576 SPLIT SLEEVE DIN1481---4X12 2.00 PC N
370 2142951 SPRING WASHER DIN2093---A16 8.00 PC N
371 3735705 SCRAPER SA60X74X5X8 1.00 PC N
380 3768305 O---RING D=260X3---BL---BN170 1.00 PC N
385 2142501 SUPPORTING RING DIN988---S---10X16X1.2 2.00 PC N
421 2131004 MULTI ---LIMIT SWITCH SN02D12---502C1856 1.00 PC N
500 3731206 GUIDE BUSH FSK 60.85 2.00 PC N
25/02/00

P3030
3504296

P3030
3506959 CAM RECEPTACLE DOSING WITH PUNCH STIFFNESS

MEASUREMENT
120 3115251 HOLDER FOR DOSING 1.00 PC E
130 3115246 ADAPTER 1.00 PC E
132 3112270 LOCATING BOLT 2.00 PC E
140 3115252 ADAPTER BLOCK METERING/EJECTION FORCE MEASURE- 1.00 PC E
MENT
143 3117966 SHIM PLATE FOR DOSING; 0.8MM 1.00 PC E
144 3117965 SHIM PLATE FOR DOSING; 1.25MM 1.00 PC E
150 3108387 TIGHT PUNCH CONTROL 1.00 PC V
160 3110580 METERING PIECE 1.00 PC E
410 3506955 SHEARING FORCE TRANSDUCER 2500N; FOR PUNCH STIF- 1.00 PC N
FNESS MEASUREMENT DOSING
25/02/00

P3030
3506959

P3030
3504298 SPINDLE UNIT FOR DOSING

0060 3114059 TRAPEZOIDAL THREAD SPINDLE 30X6; DOSING STATION 1.00 PC E
0070 3113805 NUT FOR DOSING 1.00 PC E
0080 3113808 LOCK NUT DOSING 1.00 PC E
0090 3113812 COLUMN FOR DOSING 1.00 PC E
0091 2141361 PARALLEL PIN DIN7---12 M6X40 1.00 PC N
0400 3736605 ADJUSTING CAM EUCHNER UE 1216---4 2.00 PC N
0460 2142519 SPACER 20X28X1,5 1.00 PC N
0470 3731106 TAB WASHER DIN54006---MB4 1.00 PC N
0480 3731406 SHOULDER BEARING ZKLF---2068---2RS 1.00 PC N
0490 3719906 SHAFT NUT KM4---M20X1 1.00 PC N
0520 3731506 PRESSURE SPRING 4.5/40.8+---0.6/60/3.5/5(=) 1.00 PC N
23.06.08

P3030
3504298

P3030
7042902 Drive for dosage

0020 3113811 MOTOR FLANGE DOSING 1.00 PC E
0030 3114821 GEAR MOTOR FLANGE DOSING DRIVE LANCE 1.00 PC E
0040 3114822 COUPLING FOR DOSING STATION 1.00 PC E
0055 2143069 SPIRAL DOWEL PIN DIN7343---5X24 1.00 PC N
0100 7012550 WORM GEAR MOTOR DC MOTOR GNM4150A ---G35; 42V, 1.00 PC F
N=2700 1/MIN, 90W, 2,9/21,5A S1 IP54
18.03.11

P3030
3506831

P3030
7042922 Dosage without punch stiffness measurement

1000 3506828 GUIDE FOR DOSING 1.00 PC E
2000 3504763 CAM RECEPTABLE DOSING WITHOUT PUNCH TIGHTNESS 1.00 PC E
MEASUREMENT
3000 3504298 SPINDLE UNIT FOR DOSING 1.00 PC E
4000 7042902 Drive for dosage 1.00 PC E
18.03.11

P3030
Notiz

P3030
3506828 GUIDE FOR DOSING

20 3114892 DOSING HOUSING 1.00 PC E
100 3113824 SPACER BUSHING 1.00 PC E
110 3113818 HOLDING RING DOSING 1.00 PC E
180 3113829 PRESSURE PIECE D16 1.00 PC E
290 2141365 PARALLEL PIN DIN7---12 M6X 60 1.00 PC N
330 2143103 TAPERPIN DIN7978---A 6X24---ST 2.00 PC N
370 2142951 SPRING WASHER DIN2093---A16 8.00 PC N
380 3768305 O---RING D=260X3---BL---BN170 1.00 PC N
421 2131004 MULTI ---LIMIT SWITCH SN02D12---502C1856 1.00 PC N
500 3731206 GUIDE BUSH FSK 60.85 2.00 PC N
25/02/00

P3030
3504296

P3030
3504763 CAM RECEPTABLE DOSING WITHOUT PUNCH

TIGHTNESS MEASUREMENT
120 3115251 HOLDER FOR DOSING 1.00 PC E
130 3115246 ADAPTER 1.00 PC E
132 3112270 LOCATING BOLT 2.00 PC E
140 3115252 ADAPTER BLOCK METERING/EJECTION FORCE 1.00 PC E
MEASUREMENT
143 3117966 TUNING PLATE FOR DOSING; T=0.8 1.00 PC E
144 3117965 TUNING PLATE FOR DOSING; T=1.25 1.00 PC E
150 3108387 TIGHT PUNCH CONTROL; 12˚ 1.00 PC V
160 3110580 METERING PIECE 1.00 PC E
410 3112187 DUMMY FOR SHEARING FORCE MEASUREMENT 1.00 PC N
23/03/05

P3030
3504763

P3030
3504298 SPINDLE UNIT FOR DOSING

0060 3114059 TRAPEZOIDAL THREAD SPINDLE 30X6; DOSING STATION 1.00 PC E
0070 3113805 NUT FOR DOSING 1.00 PC E
0080 3113808 LOCK NUT DOSING 1.00 PC E
0090 3113812 COLUMN FOR DOSING 1.00 PC E
0400 3736605 ADJUSTING CAM EUCHNER UE 1216---4 2.00 PC N
0460 2142519 SPACER 20X28X1,5 1.00 PC N
0470 3731106 TAB WASHER DIN54006---MB4 1.00 PC N
0480 3731406 SHOULDER BEARING ZKLF---2068---2RS 1.00 PC N
0490 3719906 SHAFT NUT KM4---M20X1 1.00 PC N
0520 3731506 PRESSURE SPRING 4.5/40.8+---0.6/60/3.5/5(=) 1.00 PC N
23.06.08

P3030
3504298

P3030
7042902 Drive for dosage

0020 3113811 MOTOR FLANGE DOSING 1.00 PC E
0030 3114821 GEAR MOTOR FLANGE DOSING DRIVE LANCE 1.00 PC E
0040 3114822 COUPLING FOR DOSING STATION 1.00 PC E
0055 2143069 SPIRAL DOWEL PIN DIN7343---5X24 1.00 PC N
0100 7012550 WORM GEAR MOTOR DC MOTOR GNM4150A ---G35; 42V, 1.00 PC F
N=2700 1/MIN, 90W, 2,9/21,5A S1 IP54
18.03.11

P3030
3506831

P3030
3502752 DOSING HEAD; EU1”

78 3109730 GUIDE PIECE 1.00 PC E
82 3112323 GRUB SCREW FOR MOMENT SUPPORT 1.00 PC E
84 3111200 TRAP LEDGE EU1” DOSING 1.00 PC V
88 3111202 PULL DOWN CAM; EU1” 1.00 PC V
92 3108375 GUIDE COLUMN D=15X62 2.00 PC E
94 3114061 FASTENING 1.00 PC E
146 2142950 SPRING WASHER DIN2093---B16 8.00 PC N
193 3753605 SPRING---MOUNTED RESTRAINER HWN205S---M6X15---A2 2.00 PC N
242 3100174 SET SCREW SIMILAR TO DIN915---M8X25---12K 1.00 PC E
243 2143604 NUT DIN934---M8---A2---70 1.00 PC N
248 3100078 COPPER WASHER DIA 4.8 X 1,5 2.00 PC E
04/05/00

P3030
3503725

P3030
3502616 TRANSFER CAMS FOR PRE--- AND MAIN PRESSURE

STATION MADE OF BRONZE
6 3108968 TRANSITION CAM PRECOMPRESSION 1.00 PC V
7 3108967 TRANSITION CAM MAIN COMPRESSION 1.00 PC V
12 2141327 STRAIGHT PIN DIN7---8M6X 28 3.00 PC N
18/11/97

P3030
6 7
3502616

P3030
3503140 EJECTOR FOR EJECTION FORCE MEASUREMENT;

EU1”
400 3111528 EJECTOR BASE PLATE FOR EJECTION FORCE MEASURE- 1.00 PC E
MENT
600 3111529 WEAR PLATE EFM 1.00 PC E
601 3111530 SHIM PLATE FOR EJECTOR PLATE 1.00 PC E
604 3118169 SHIM PLATE FOR EJECTOR PLATE 1.00 PC E
605 3126872 SHIM BASE PLATE FOR EJECTOR PLATE 1.00 PC E
1200 3111201 PULL DOWN CAM EU1” 1.00 PC V
1201 2141310 PIN M6X40 2.00 PC N
9000 3110537 SQUARE STEEL 1.00 PC E
31/01/02

P3030
3502987

P3030
3503790 DUMMY FOR EJECT. FORCE MONITORING

1 3111531 SPACER BLOCK EJECTION FORCE MEASUREMENT 1.00 PC E
2 3113132 SUPPORT BLOCK FOR METERING/EJECTION FORCE 1.00 PC E
MEASUREMENT
3 3108387 TIGHT PUNCH CONTROL 1.00 PC V
4 3106366 SHIM FOR EJECTOR 1.00 PC E
10 3112187 DUMMY FOR SHEARING FORCE MEASUREMENT 1.00 PC N
16 2143581 ALLEN SCREW M10X40 S.S. 1.00 PC N
20 2143504 SCREW M12X60 S.S. 1.00 PC N
25 2143300 STRAIGHT PIN DIN7---8 M6X14---STAINLESS STEEL 2.00 PC N
30 2143367 WASHER DIN125---A ---10.5---A2---70 2.00 PC N
35 2146892 O---RING 8.00X4.00---70NBR/769 1.00 PC N
11/05/98

P3030
18
3504742

P3030
3510627 TOP PRESSURE STATION WITH ECCENTRIC

ADJUSTMENT
0010 3133389 BASE PLATE FOR TOP PRESSURE STATION WITH 1.00 PC E
ECCENTRIC ADJUSTMENT
0020 3115249 GUIDE LEDGE FOR UPPER PRESSURE STATION WITH 1.00 PC E
ECCENTRIC ADJUSTMENT
0028 3118454 SILICONE SEALING BUNG FOR ADJUSTMENT HOUSING 1.00 PC E
PRESSURE STATION
0030 3115250 STOPPER PLATE 160X24X4 FOR UPPER PRESSURE 1.00 PC E
STATION WITH ECCENTRIC ADJUSTMENT
0032 2143566 SCREW DIN933---M6X12---A2---70 2.00 PC N
0050 3133390 PRESSURE ROLLER SUPPORT 1.00 PC E
0060 3115229 FORK PLATE FOR PRESSURE ROLL BRACKET 1.00 PC E
0070 3116468 ECCENTRIC PIN FOR UPPER ROLL 1.00 PC E
0072 3716206 HEXAGONAL SCREW DIN931---M24X150---A2 1.00 PC N
0074 2143374 WASHER DIN125---A ---25---A2---70 1.00 PC N
0080 3113908 TRACING PLATE FOR PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT AT THE 1.00 PC E
TOP
0082 3113910 TRACING SCREW M8---D6F7 1.00 PC E
0086 2141308 STRAIGHT PIN DIN7---6M6X32 2.00 PC N
0090 3114089 COMPRESSION ROLL, NITRIDED EXCLUDING ROLLER PIN 1.00 PC E
0092 3740405 TEFLON RING FOR PRESSURE STATION 2.00 PC E
25.04.07

P3030
3504752

P3030
3510639 PRESSURE STATION; BOTTOM WITHOUT

COMPRESSION FORCE MONITORING, V2
0001 3510629 ADJUSTING GEAR WITH DUMMY V2 PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0051 3510628 GUIDE PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0203 3717302 DRAIN PLUG GPN 300---F241 DIA.30,5 1.00 PC N
20.06.11

P3030
3510639

P3030
3510629 ADJUSTING GEAR WITH DUMMY V2 PRESSURE

STATION
0006 3133391 HOUSING FOR PRESSURE AND DOSING STATION 1.00 PC E
0010 3112096 HOUSING LID FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0014 3107818 THREADED SPINDLE FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0015 3112099 WEAR PLATE FOR SETTING GEAR 1.00 PC E
0016 2143635 COUNTERSUNK SCREW DIN963---M4X6---A2---70 2.00 PC N
0019 3107014 SCREW WHEEL FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0020 3107823 WORM SHAFT FOR ROTOR 1.00 PC E
0021 3107821 HOLDING NUT FOR COMPRESSION STATION 1.00 PC E
0022 3107824 SHAFT HOLDER FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0027 3113218 BRONZE SHOE FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0028 3710306 SET SCREW DIN915---M20X25 1.00 PC N
0032 3107828 PRESSURE CELL ADAPTER FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0037 9188840 Cover for strain gauge receptacle 1.00 PC E
0041 3107830 RAMP FOR LOAD CELL 1.00 PC E
0063 3107921 LINING FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0066 3107922 BRONZE LINING FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0072 3110595 GROOVE STRIP FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0075 3736605 ADJUSTING CAM UE 1216---4 2.00 PC V
0079 2130966 Multi limit switch 2x with 3m cable and 12p Conin connector 1.00 PC F
0081 3109085 KEY 1.00 PC N
0110 3707707 SPRING WASHER100X51X4X(3:75)LO=7,0 WITH CONTACT 3.00 PC N
SURFACES
0112 2142951 SPRING WASHER DIN2093---A16 8.00 PC V
0120 3749905 AXIAL CYLINDER ROLLER FLANGE K 89410 TN 1.00 PC N
0121 3750005 AXIAL BEARING WASHER GS87410 1.00 PC N
0122 3750105 AXIAL BEARING WASHER WS87410 1.00 PC N
0125 3118454 SILICONE SEALING BUNG FOR ADJUSTMENT HOUSING 1.00 PC V
PRESSURE STATION
0136 2147340 ROTARY/AXIAL CYLINDER ROLLER BEARING NKXR20Z 2.00 PC N
0139 3743405 SNAP RING BR 110 1.00 PC N
0149 3107923 DUMMY FOR COMPRESSION STATION 1.00 PC E
0152 2142514 SPACER 20X28X0,1 3.00 PC N
0153 2142515 SPACER 20X28X0,2 3.00 PC N
0155 2235229 SHIM RING DIN988---50X62X0.1 2.00 PC N
0158 3735109 SPACER S 50X62X2MM 1.00 PC N
0170 2142624 GROOVE NUT DIN1804---M50X1.5 2.00 PC N
0181 2141705 LOCK WASHER DIN127---A ---4 8.00 PC N

P3030

0209 2141464 WASHER DIN125---B---6.4 4.00 PC N
0251 3721407 O---RING 260X3 1.00 PC V
20.06.11

P3030
Notiz

P3030
3510629

P3030
3510628 GUIDE PRESSURE STATION

0044 3133392 BASE PLATE FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0049 3107832 FORK PLATE FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0051 3107833 LINEAR GUIDE FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0060 3504242 COMPRESSION ROLL NITRATED; COMPLETE 1.00 PC E
0092 3762507 DOUBLE SCRAPER TYPE: DA17 D=120;B=11; 1.00 PC N
GROOVE:D=132; B=8.2
0100 3112094 GUIDE COLUMN 60X295---A2 LONG 2.00 PC E
0103 3738505 PERMAGLIDE LINING PAP 6030 P10 4.00 PC N
25.04.07

P3030
3503220

P3030
3504242 COMPRESSION ROLL NITRATED; COMPLETE

0054 3107834 PRESSURE ROLLER BOLT FOR PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
0060 3114089 COMPRESSION ROLL, NITRIDED EXCLUDING ROLLER PIN 1.00 PC E
0068 7018831 TEFLON RING 2.00 PC E
0205 3715902 DRAIN PLUG 1.00 PC N
0208 2141467 WASHER DIN125---B---13 1.00 PC N
20.06.11

P3030
3504242

P3030
3503292 UPPER SUPPORT CAM CHAMBER PANELLING

WITHOUT MEASUREMENT
1 3123398 AUFNAHME FUER LUFTAUSSORTIERUNG 1.00 PC E
2 3127184 MOMENTENSTUETZE OHNE MESSUNG FUER 1.00 PC E
LUFTAUSSORTIERUNG
6 3109335 SPACER PLATE FOR TORQUE SUPPORT AT TOP. FOR CAM 1.00 PC E
RING
17 2143449 SCREW M3X8 2.00 PC N
27 2143579 HEX. SCREW M10 X 30 3.00 PC N
32 2133606 SOCKET TERMINAL---STRIP 9---WAY 17DE 09 S 1.00 PC F
36 2143570 HEX.SCREW M8X20 4.00 PC N
37 2143366 WASHER DIN125---A ---8.4A2---70 4.00 PC N
42 2142710 STRAIGHT PIN DIN---8M 6X30---ST 2.00 PC N
60 3503531 FILL---O---MATIC POSITIONING SENSOR 1.00 PC E
68 2134465 REDUCING RING, PIPE THREAD 11/9; BRASS 2.00 PC F
20/04/01

P3030
3503292

P3030
3506047 TABLET DISCHARGE CHUTE WITH PILE---UP

CONTROL
3 3117493 TABLET DISCHARGE CHUTE 1.00 ST E
30 3109640 TABLET CHUTE AT BOTTOM 1.00 ST E
38 3112864 UPPER COVER FOR TABLET CHUTE 1.00 ST V
40 3112018 MIDDLE CHUTE COVER 1.00 ST V
42 3112863 UNTERE ABDECKUNG FUER TABLETTEN---ABLAUF 1.00 ST V
50 3111361 WASHER FOR CLAMPING LEVER WITH THREAD M8 1.00 ST N
55 2143823 ADJUSTABLE CLAMPING LEVER WITH THREADED BOLT 1.00 ST N
M6X30---CR
60 3502593 SLOW GATE 1.00 ST E
70 2143789 SLOW GATE W/BACK UP CONTROL 2.00 ST N
19/09/01

P3030
3506047

P3030
3502588 MOTOR AREA AIR CIRCULATION D=60MM

2 3110575 SLIP---ON FLANGE COMPLETE FOR D=60 1.00 PC E
3 3114705 INSERT PIPE D=60 1.00 PC E
21 2143365 WASHER DIN125---A ---6.4A2---70 1.00 PC N
30 3726805 SUCTION HOSE SUPERFLEXTRACT INNER WIDTH: 60MM 2.50 M N
31 3786305 ABA ---HOSE CLIP VA CLAMPING RANGE: 50---70MM 1.00 PC N
32 3110419 HOSE HOLDER FOR SUCTION HOSE D=80 NW. 1.00 PC E
33 2147768 O---RING 70X6 1.00 PC N
18/11/97

P3030
3502588

P3030
3501908 MOUNTED HOPPER

4 3108953 FUNNEL WITH FLANGE 1.00 PC E
10 3101647 FLAP VALVE PARTS NW 100 1.00 PC E
12 3105727 PIPE WITH FLANGE AT BOTTOM PIPE LENGTH=36MM 1.00 PC E
16 3100350 SIGHT GLASS FOR HOPPER; 152X52MM 1.00 PC E
18 3116292 OVAL PANE FOR FEEDING HOPPER; 92MM 1.00 PC E
28 3741001 CLAMPING PROFILE 401 B 001 0.80 M N
30 3741201 FILLING PROFILE FOR CLAMPING PROFILE 404 0000 0.80 M N
11/05/98

P3030
3501908

P3030
3101647 FLAP VALVE PARTS NW 100

1 3731905 SEAL FOR HOPPER VALVE --- PC E
2 3711010 BUSHING FOR BUTTERFLY VALVE NW 100 --- PC E
03/04/01

P3030
2
1
3101647

P3030
3504674 FILL---O---MATIC GEAR

0010 3115647 GEAR LOWER SECTION FILL---O---MATIC D=170 1.00 PC ---
0011 3106979 TRANSPARENT LENS FOR FILL---O---MATIC 2.00 PC E
0020 3105241 RUBBER BOOT FOR FILL---O---MATIC 1.00 PC V
0030 3114552 THREADED CONNECTION FOM 1.00 PC E
0031 2134452 LOCK NUT, PIPE THREAD 21; BRASS 1.00 PC F
0032 3960526 Dust cap for EU19 1.00 PC V
0040 3114560 GEAR COVER F---O---M, WITH HELI ---COIL INSERTS 1.00 PC ---
0041 9187561 Eccentric cam 1.00 PC E
0050 3113334 SCRAPER FOR F---O---M 1.00 PC E
0060 3113638 STAR HANDLE SCREW M5X20 2.00 PC E
0061 3114562 STAR HANDLE M5 2.00 PC E
0100 3114548 SHAFT D=17 X 54 LONG FOR F---O---M 4.00 PC E
0101 3114554 SPACER BUSHING FOR FILL---O---MATIC 4.00 PC E
0110 2141560 CIRCLIP DIN472---35X1.5D 4.00 PC N
0111 2141587 CIRCLIP DIN471---17X1 12.00 PC N
0140 3114609 SPUR WHEEL Z=20 M=2 4.00 PC E
0200 3114549 SHAFT D=30 X 82.5 LONG FOR F---O---M 2.00 PC E
0210 2141562 CIRCLIP DIN472---42X1.75 4.00 PC N
0211 2141590 CIRCLIP DIN471---20X1.2 4.00 PC N
0230 3766008 SHAFT SEAL 30X42X7 PU WHITE 2.00 PC N
0235 3133350 SPACER RING; FOR FILL---O---MATIC; DIAMETER=42/35; 2.00 PC E
HEIGHT=3; MATERIAL: POM
0240 3114610 TOOTHED WHEEL Z=22 BORE D20 2.00 PC E
0250 2142514 SPACER 20X28X0,1 7.00 PC N
0250 2142515 SPACER 20X28X0,2 7.00 PC N
0250 2142516 SPACER 20X28X0,3 7.00 PC N
0310 2141562 CIRCLIP DIN472---42X1.75 2.00 PC N
0311 2141590 CIRCLIP DIN471---20X1.2 2.00 PC N
0330 3766108 SHAFT SEAL 32X42X5 PU WHITE 1.00 PC N

P3030

0410 2141562 CIRCLIP DIN472---42X1.75 1.00 PC N
0411 2141590 CIRCLIP DIN471---20X1.2 3.00 PC N
0453 2142518 SHIM RING DIN988---20X28X1 1.00 PC N
0500 3501464 FILLING WHEEL FOR F---O---M 1.00 PC E
0501 3501465 METERING WHEEL FOR F---0---M 1.00 PC E
0502 3501466 DOSING WHEEL FOR F---O---M 1.00 PC E
0600 3823506 KLUEBER PARALIG GA343 1.00 PC ---
20.10.09

P3030
Notiz

P3030
3504674

P3030
3502615 F---O---M BASE PLATE

POS. ID.NO. DESIGNATION AMOUNT UM A
143 3109735 FOM BASE PLATE 1.00 PC E
172 3114273 INTERMEDIATE PLATE, FILL---O---MATIC 1.00 PC E
04/06/02

P3030
143
172
3504283
3504283

P3030
3502700 FILL---O---MATIC MOUNTING PLATE

15 2143615 NUT DIN936---M8---A2---70 1.00 PC N
30 2149276 PUNCH RESTRAINER 1.00 PC N
40 3108887 SHUT---OFF VALVE F---O---M 1.00 PC E
70 3111063 ALUMINIUM BASE PLATE FINISHED PART 1.00 PC E
75 3111361 WASHER FOR CLAMPING LEVER WITH THREAD M8 2.00 PC E
90 3763705 CLAMPING LEVER, ADJUSTABLE WITH THREADED BOLT 2.00 PC N
M8X50
05/11/98

P3030
40
30
15 70
90
75
10
3502700

P3030
3111063 ALUMINIUM BASE PLATE FINISHED PART

10 3111061 SMALL DISCONNECT 4.00 PC E
20 3719002 VULKOLLAN STRIP 5X9X600 1.00 PC V
30 3775205 HELI ---COIL THREADED INSERT M6X2D 2.00 PC E
50 3810221 LOCTITE 454; ID 2233751 TO BE USED AS REQUIRED --- PC E
25/02/00

P3030
20
10
3111063

P3030
3502701 FILL---O---MATIC CONSOLE

POS. ID.NO. DESIGNATION AMOUNT UM A
287 3108440 ECCENTRIC FOR FILL---O---MATIC CONSOLE 4.00 PC E
289 3111065 ADJUSTING BANJO BOLT F---O---M 4.00 PC E
291 3111479 SUPPORT FOR MOUNTING PLATE F---O---M 1.00 PC E
302 3111406 STOPPER PLATE, ONE PIECE 1.00 PC E
304 3110643 BASE SUPPORT, FINISHED PART 1.00 PC E
308 3111186 WASHER 2.00 PC E
310 3111068 FEATHER KEY SIMILAR TO DIN6885---C20X12X56 1.00 PC E
311 2143702 SCREW M6X16 S.S. 1.00 PC N
319 3771501 HEXAGONAL SCREW WITH COLLARE 4.00 PC N
DIN6921---M5X10---A2---TUF---LOC
325 2143622 NUT DIN439---B---M20X1.5---A2---70 4.00 PC N
326 2143603 NUT DIN934---M6---A2---70 4.00 PC N
327 2143365 WASHER DIN125---A ---6.4A2---70 4.00 PC N
328 2143368 WASHER DIN125---A ---13---A2---70 2.00 PC N
329 2143366 WASHER DIN125---A ---8.4A2---70 4.00 PC N
331 3763605 HANDLE 2.00 PC N
334 3763905 SPHERICAL DISK DIN6319---C---8.4---A2 4.00 PC N
335 3764005 CONICAL SOCKET DIN6319---D ---9.6---A2 4.00 PC N
337 2146892 O---RING 8.00X4.00---70NBR/769 1.00 PC N
338 2146811 O---RING DIN3770---6.0X2.0---B---NB70 4.00 PC N
339 3763805 V SEALING RING ---FORM A 8.00 PC N
11/05/98

P3030
3503739

P3030
3508185 CHUTE FITTING F---O---M

311 3110570 CHUTE FITTING 1.00 PC E
345 3700901 PIPE PROTECTIVE CAP, YELLOW GPN 250/38 1.00 PC N
348 2147689 O---RING 35X3---BL---BN170 1.00 PC N
18/11/97

P3030
3508185

P3030
3506845 DRIVE SHAFT

800 3109307 DRIVE SHAFT FOR F---O---M 1.00 PC E
801 3109308 SLIDING SLEEVE FOR F---O---M 2.00 PC V
802 2147548 O---RING 16.00X1.25---70NBR/769 2.00 PC N
25/02/00

P3030
3506845

P3030
3505009 FILL---O---MATIC FILLING ---; DOSING --- AND

METERING --- WHEELS
100 3501464 FILLING WHEEL WITH FLAT RODS; BRONZE 1.00 ST E
101 3504185 FILLING WHEEL WITH FLAT RODS; V2A 1.00 ST E
110 3502638 FILLING WHEEL WITH ROUND RODS 1.00 ST E
111 3504815 FILLING WHEEL WITH ROUND RODS; V2A; WELDED 1.00 ST E
200 3501465 METERING WHEEL WITH FLAT RODS 1.00 ST E
201 3504186 METERING WHEEL WITH FLAT RODS; V2A; H=16 1.00 ST E
202 3505010 METERING WHEEL WITH FLAT RODS; V2A 1.00 ST E
203 3504612 METERING WHEEL WITH FLAT RODS; BRONZE; H=16 1.00 ST E
210 3502639 METERING WHEEL WITH ROUND RODS; V2A 1.00 ST E
211 3504814 METERING WHEEL WITH ROUND RODS; V2A; WELDED 1.00 ST E
300 3501466 REVERSE DOSING WHEEL, WITH FLAT RODS; BRONZE 1.00 ST E
301 3504187 REVERSE DOSING WHEEL WITH FLAT RODS; WELDED 1.00 ST E
302 3501467 DOSING WHEEL, WITH FLAT RODS; BRONZE 1.00 ST E
310 3504816 DOSING WHEEL WITH ROUND RODS; V2A 1.00 ST E
900 2143781 SNAP RING DIN7993---B 16---A2---70 1.00 ST E
901 3716802 DRAIN PLUG GPN 300---F4 1.00 ST E
08/03/96
1=Filling wheels
2=Metering wheels
3=Dosing wheel
The wheels position 100, 200, 300 are standard

P3030
3505009

P3030
3503156 TABLET SCRAPER WITHOUT FASTGATE

2 3109020 COLUMN FOR FAST FILTER 1.00 PC E
3 3112141 BASE PLATE WITHOUT BORE, FOR FAST FILTER 1.00 PC E
9 3109032 SIGHTGLASS OF PLEXIGLAS FOR FAST FILTER 1.00 PC E
11 3109042 THREADED ROD M8X120_A2 FAST FILTER 1.00 PC E
13 3770505 ADJUSTABLE CLAMPING LEVER WITH INNER THREAD 1.00 PC N
M8---CR
14 2141579 CIRCLIP DIN471---7X0.8 1.00 PC N
29 2143286 PARALLEL PIN M6X10 S.S. 1.00 PC N
33 2133607 PIN STRIP 9 POLE 17DE 09 P 1.00 PC N
100 3506110 TABLET SCRAPER 1.00 PC N
20/09/02

P3030
3503156

P3030
3506110 TABLET STRUT; STANDARD

50 3117994 TABLET STRUT 1.00 PC E
52 2143782 WASHER DIN9021---5,3---A2---70 2.00 PC N
60 3113357 HOLDER FOR TABLET STRUT 1.00 PC E
62 2143782 WASHER DIN9021---5,3---A2---70 2.00 PC N
63 2146800 O---RING 3,1X1,6---70NBR/769 2.00 PC N
70 3117995 COVER FOR STRUT 1.00 PC E
71 3771501 HEXAGONAL SCREW WITH ROD 1.00 PC N
DIN6921---M5X10---A2---TUF---LOC
72 2143286 STRAIGHT PIN DIN7---5 M6X10---NIRO 2.00 PC N
21/06/99

P3030
3500327

P3030
3503681 SCRAPER 2 AND LIFTER FOR DIE DISKS WITH

STRAIGHT MATERIAL GROOVE
4 3112825PLOUGH FOR STRAIGHT MATERIAL GROOVE 1.00 PC E
6 3106368COVER FOR LIFTER 1.00 PC E
10 3110416SCRAPER BAR/SCRAPER 2 1.00 PC V
12 3104059LEVER 14X16X95 1.00 PC E
14 3109664COVER PLATE 1.00 PC E
15 3109663LEVER ADAPTER 1.00 PC E
16 3110949FORK 1.00 PC E
18 3110950RETAINING PLATE FOR DIE COVER 1.00 PC E
19 3109940TAIL OVER DIE 1.00 PC E
24 2143787STRAIGHT PIN DIN7---5M6X16---A2 2.00 PC N
25 2143284STRAIGHT PIN DIN7---4M6X24---A2 2.00 PC N
27 2143512SET SCREW DIN913---M10X12---A2---70 1.00 PC N
28 2143808CYLINDRICAL HELICAL SPRING DIN2098---0.8X6.3X15.5 1.00 PC N
30 2143556HEXAGONAL SCREW DIN933---M4X8---A2---70 3.00 PC N
31 2143560HEXAGONAL SCREW DIN933---M5X10---A2---70 2.00 PC N
31 3771501HEXAGONAL SCREW WITH COLLARE 4.00 PC N
DIN6921---M5X10---A2---TUF---LOC
M6X15---CR
25/02/00

P3030
3503681

P3030
3504886 TOOL CASE WITH TOOLS

3736206 TOOL CASE 1.00 PC E
1 2147509 SCREWDRIVER SIMILAR TO DIN5265---A ---0.5X3 1.00 PC E
2 2146693 SCREWDRIVER DIN5265---A0.6X4 1.00 PC E
3 2147510 SCREWDRIVER SIMILAR TO DIN5265---A ---0.8X5.5 1.00 PC E
4 2147511 SCREWDRIVER SIMILAR TO DIN5265---A ---1X6 1.00 PC E
6 2146538 OFFSET SCREWDRIVER DIN911---1.5 1.00 PC E
7 2146539 OFFSET SCREWDRIVER DIN911---2 1.00 PC E
8 2146540 OFFSET SCREWDRIVER DIN911---2.5 1.00 PC E
20 2146619 SINGLE---ENDED WRENCH, STRAIGHT DIN894---36 1.00 PC E
24 2146634 DOUBLE---ENDED WRENCH 8/10---DIN895---8X10 1.00 PC E
25 2146639 DOUBLE---ENDED WRENCH DIN895---10X13 1.00 PC E
26 2146644 WRENCH 13/17 1.00 PC E
27 2146646 DOUBLE---ENDED WRENCH DIN895---SW17/19 1.00 PC E
28 2146648 DOUBLE---ENDED WRENCH DIN895---19X24 1.00 PC E
29 2146594 CRANKED DOUBLE---ENDED WRENCH DIN838---24X27 1.00 PC E
30 2146565 TUBULAR SOCKET WRENCH DIN659---13 1.00 PC E
31 2146680 HOOK WRENCH DIN1810---A40---42 1.00 PC E
32 2146678 HOOK WRENCH DIN1810---A30---32 1.00 PC E
36 3775801 TWO---WAY KEY FOR 5 MM MANDREL 4.00 PC N
41 2147500 CIRCLIP PLIERS DIN5254---B10 1.00 PC E
42 2147501 CIRCLIP PLIERS 19---DIN5254---B---19 1.00 PC E
72 3701801 SHEET THICKNESS GAUGE 0.05---1.13 SHEETS GRADE 1 TO 1.00 PC E
DIN2275 ASSORTED 0.25 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
82 3770901 COMBI ---WRENCH BAG 1.00 PC E
11/05/98

P3030
3504886

P3030
3506241 TOOL CONTAINER WITH TOOLS

10 3736406 UNIVERSAL TOOL CONTAINER 1.00 PC E
35 2213122 GREASE GUN 1.00 PC N
36 2213127 NOZZLE PIPE; STRAIGHT, WITHOUT MOUTHPIECE FOR 1.00 PC N
GREASE GUNS
46 2141762 RING BOLT DIN580---M36 1.00 PC N
48 3700330 RADIATOR NOZZLE 1.00 PC N
58 2185379 LUBRICATING GREASE CAN A 1 KG SHELL: ”CALITHIA EP 1.00 PC E
GREASE T2”
60 2146030 TESLANOL PLASTICSTAT T4 1.00 PC E
62 2144135 ACUDUR TUBING, CLEAR, SMOOTH DIAMETER 60/70MM 1.00 M N
80 3789906 LUBRICATING OIL SPRAY OPTIMOL: ”VISCOLEB 1500 SPRAY” 1.00 PC E
400 ML
88 3760805 BOSCH HAND DRILL TYPE PSB 400 RE 1.00 PC N
100 3732802 TORQUE WRENCH SQUARE SOCKET, 120---600 NM SQUARE 1.00 PC N
ADAPTER, 14X18MM, WITH 3/4” SQUARE
110 3732906 WRENCH SOCKET WITH SQUARE SOCKET 3/4” FOR HEXAG- 1.00 PC N
ONAL SCREWS
115 3733106 JOURNAL WRENCH; ADJUSTABLE, (FACE SPANNER) JOUR- 1.00 PC N
NAL 8MM
120 3768405 TORQUE WRENCH, (20---200 NM) 1.00 PC E
121 3768505 OPEN END WRENCH, (SOCKET TOOL FOR TORQUE 1.00 PC E
WRENCH)
122 3745106 SQUARE SOCKET SPANNER 1/2” SW24 FOR HEXAGONAL 1.00 PC E
SCREWS
122 3762506 SQUARE SOCKET RECEPTABLE 14X18MM WITH 1/2” SQUARE 1.00 PC E
123 2142736 STRAIGHT PIN DIN6325---10M6X120 1.00 PC E
130 3114939 MOUNTING LEVER FOR DISMANTLING THE FILL---O---MATIC 2.00 PC E
WHEELS
2000 3505493 BRACKET FOR CAMS TOP/BOTTOM 1.00 PC E
2010 3108812 SOCKET WRENCH FOR ROTOR SHAFT GEAR 1.00 PC E
2020 3502439 REMOVAL DEVICE PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
2030 3502564 MOUNTING RAIL FOR PRESSURE STATION REMOVAL (AT 1.00 PC E
TOP), COMPLETE
2035 3110702 MOUNTING AID FOR PRESSURE STATION DISMANTLING AT 1.00 PC E
THE BOTTOM
2040 3700001 COVER FOR HOPPER 1.00 PC N
2050 2234399 GEAR FLANGE COVER FOR PRESSURE STATION 4.00 PC E
2060 2233748 GRAPHITE SPRAY OPTIMOL: ”OPTIMOLY WHITE T” 1.00 PC E
11/05/98

P3030
2035
2030
3504791

P3030
3502564 MOUNTING RAIL FOR PRESSURE STATION REMOVAL

(AT TOP)
1 3110414 GUIDE LEDGE FOR PRESSURE STATION MOUNTING LEDGE 1.00 PC E
2 3110413 BRACKET FOR PRESSURE STATION MOUNTING LEDGE 1.00 PC E
5 2143779 SCREW M8X16 S.S. 2.00 PC N
6 3110449 HAND GUARD FOR MOUNTING THE PRESSURE STATION 1.00 PC E
FOR
18/11/97

P3030
3502564

P3030
3505673 SPECIAL TOOS; FOR 29 / 49 STATIONS PACKED IN

THE TOOLCASE; EU1”
10 3736906 TOOL BOX 1.00 PC E
11 3738006 CASE INSERT, BLACK, 1.00 SA N
80 3100609 LUBRICATION FELT FOR PUNCH SHAFT 2.00 PC E
82 3764006 CYLINDRICAL BRUSH WITH HANDLE; 215X100XD28 MM 2.00 PC V
84 3764106 CYLINDRICAL BRUSH WITH STAFF; 160X100XD28MM 2.00 PC E
90 3761905 STOPPER KAPSTO GPN 350, D1=75.6 2.00 PC N
100 3115426 LUBE FELT/HEAD EU1” 3.00 PC V
101 3115505 SAFETY PLATE FOR DOSING HEAD 2.00 PC E
102 3979440 MEASURING PUNCH EU1” LENGTH 133.60 MM 2.00 PC E
104 2157677 PUNCH HEAD GAUGE PROFILE EU1” 1.00 PC E
105 3115549 SCRAPER RING DIA= 1” 5.00 PC V
106 3105454 DIE INSERTING/REMOVAL TOOL FOR DIAMETER 1” 1.00 PC E
106 3105455 ATTACHMENT FOR INSERTING TOOL 1.00 PC E
107 3101660 DIE CLEANER FOR 1” MACHINES 1.00 PC E
109 3500008 DIE SCREW 6.00 PC E
1000 3504793 END SIZE FOR SPECIAL TOOLS 1.00 PC E
1071 3701901 STRAIGHT EDGE WITH SHEATH GRADE 1 TO DIN874 100 MM 1.00 PC E
LONG,
1110 2148767 TORQUE WRENCH WITH 1/4 INCH SQUARE DRIVE 1.00 PC E
1111 2148789 WRENCH SOCKET WRENCH SIZE 8MM---1/4 INCH 1.00 PC E
1112 2148758 EXTENSION 1/4” FOR WRENCH SOCKET DIN3123---B6.3X75 1.00 PC E
1120 3505015 INSTALLATION DEVICE FOR SCRAPER D=19 AND D=1” 1.00 PC E
04/05/00

P3030
3502769

P3030
3505189 LUBRICATION IN DIE DISK PACKAGE

10 2144252 SEAL DIN7603---A ---8X12---CU 10.00 PC N
30 3736805 ADAPTER; R1/8”; M10X1 5.00 PC N
50 3711406 SHRINKABLE TUBING TYPE B2 SIZE 3/4” COLOUR YELLOW 0.01 M N
25/02/00

P3030
3505189

P3030
3503647 END INSTALLATION GROUP LUBRICATION

0010 3754006 OPTIMOL OIL VISCOLEB 150 4.00 L V
0020 3753901 POLYAMIDE PIPE D=6X1.2 6.00 M N
15.09.10

P3030
Notiz

P3030
Notiz

P3030
16.7.1. Knödler

P3030
Notiz

P3030

P3030

P3030

P3030

P3030

P3030

P3030

P3030

P3030

P3030

P 3030
binder 1
2. Safety
4. Erection
6. Reports
7. Parameter List
8. Parameter
9. Diagnosis
binder 2
11. Safety
12. Operation
14. Components
16. Spare parts
binder 3
18. Safety
19. Electrical
Binder 3 -- i
P 3030
Binder 3 -- ii
P 3030
binder 1
1.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3. Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3.2. General data P 3030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4. Erection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.5. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Binder 3 -- iii
P 3030
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20

5.3. Key allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
5.7. Process graphic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
5.8. Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
5.9. Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
6. Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6.4. Change report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
7. Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Binder 3 -- iv
P 3030
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 62
8. Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
9. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
diagnoses 1000....1999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
diagnoses 2000....2999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
9.4. Electric :
diagnoses 3000....3999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
diagnoses 4000....4999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
diagnoses 5000....5999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
diagnoses 7000....7999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
diagnoses 8000....9999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Binder 3 -- v
P 3030
Binder 3 -- vi
P 3030
binder 2

10.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10.3. Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
11. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
12. Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
12.2. Safety shut---down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
12.3. Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
12.5. System overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

14. Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
14.1. Main drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
14.2. Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
14.8. Dosing station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Binder 3 -- vii
P 3030
14.9. Feed cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

14.11. Fill---o---matic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
14.13. Tablet scraper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
14.14. Removal station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
14.15. Tablet chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
14.17. 2 Layer Option SH30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
14.19. Outer panelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
14.20. Extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

16. Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Binder 3 -- viii
P 3030
binder 3

17.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17.3. Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
18. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
19. Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Binder 3 -- ix
P 3030
Binder 3 -- x
P 3030
binder 3
17.1. Introduction

is invalid.
Binder 3 -- 1
P 3030
17.3. Copyright
descriptions.
Postal address:

Postfach 1180

Grabauer Straße 24
Telefon : (0 41 51) --- 12---0

Telex : 2 189 416
Telefax : (0 41 51) --- 833 371
Teletex : 415 111
Binder 3 -- 2
P 3030
18. Safety
stances.
Attention !
been excluded.
Binder 3 -- 3
P 3030

SAFETY WARNINGS :
Attention !

. Everyone on the user’s premises involved in the assembly, dismantling

and re---assembly, start---up, operation or maintenance (inspection, servic-
ing, repair) of the P 3030 must have read the entire operating manual and,
in particular, must have both read and understood the chapter ”Safety”. It
is recommended that the user has this confirmed in writing.
the user.
. Observation of the assembly, dismantling and re---assembly, start---up,

operation and maintenance requirements specified by the manufacturer
must also be regarded as part of the agreed utilization.
. Operation, servicing and repair of the P 3030 must be completed by auth-

orized, trained and well---instructed personnel only. Such personnel must
have received special instructions on the dangers that might possibly
arise.
. Responsibility for assembly, dismantling and re---assembly, start---up, oper-

ation and maintenance must be clearly established and observed, so that
no uncertainty can arise with respect to areas of competence and safety
aspects.
. For all work that involves assembly, dismantling and re---assembly,

start---up, operation, adjustment or maintenance, the disconnection pro-
cedures specified in the operating manual must be observed.
employed.

Binder 3 -- 4
P 3030


. Before the commencement of servicing or maintenance work, care should

be taken to ensure that the drive units and accessory parts cannot be
switched on inadvertently.




eyelets only.

Binder 3 -- 5
P 3030

2. Window Flaps
. For easier opening of the window flaps these are equipped with gas---
pneumatic springs. For opening the windows they must imperatively be
held and guided by hand up to the complete opening position (up to the
final stop---position).
Warning note: if the window flaps shoot up (opening without hand hold)
they might break.

4. Plug Connections
position.

Binder 3 -- 6
P 3030

eral devices) only.

ing been agreed.



Binder 3 -- 7
P 3030
Binder 3 -- 8
P 3030
19. Electrical
circuit diagrams and electr. spare parts
Binder 3 -- 9
P 3030
Binder 3 -- 10
N:\_E3_Projekte\P2020-P3030\P3030_P2020-G3\P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12.e3s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Technical data
B
circuit diagram 技术参数 B
电路图 Customer
客户
commission
代理
Drawing number Customer
C
C
Type/Number of machine 图纸编号客户
机器型号/机器号 supply L1,L2,L3/PE

电源 380,400,415,440,460,480,500,520V
P2020/3030 / 370xx +-5% 50/60Hz
control voltage 230V AC / 44V DC /24V DC

D 控制电压 D
Current rating 35A

电流
Fuse supply 40A

备用电源
Fette COMPACTING GmbH
E
Grabauer Straße 24 cable supply 6qmm
E
电缆电源
D-21493 Schwarzenbek
Enclosure Type
防护等级
Tel. 04151/12-0
Fax 04151/833371 electrical documentation P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12

F
电气资料 Version : V1 F
www.fette.com
Revision :
Gezeichnet / Designed Geprüft / ProvedGedruckt / Printed Letzte Änderung / Last Change Zeichnung/Draw V1/ Anlage:
Datum/Date 09.03.2010 14:06 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx cover sheet Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 封面 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
© FETTE GmbH Komm.Nr.: 01_Deckblatt 1 >>1 >>| 301
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Chapter Page Description Date Change

Kapitel Seite Beschreibung Datum Änderung
A A
01_Deckblatt
/1 Deckblatt / cover sheet 09.03.2010 12.07.2011
04_GAO
/1 Projekt / project 31.03.2010 12.07.2011
/2 Geräteanordnung Periferiegeräte / Equipment layout Periferie of devices 09.03.2010 12.07.2011
B /3 Maschine P2020 / Machine P2020 09.03.2010 12.07.2011 B
/4 Maschine P2020 Seitenansicht hinten / Machine P2020 Side view behind 09.03.2010 12.07.2011
/5 Maschine P2020 Seitenansicht vorne / Machine P2020 Side view front 31.03.2010 12.07.2011
/6 Maschine P2020 Seitenansicht links / Machine P2020 Side view left 31.03.2010 12.07.2011
/7 Maschine P2020 Seitenansicht rechts / Machine P2020 Side view right 31.03.2010 12.07.2011
/8 Maschine P2020 Kopfstueck / Machine P2020 head assembly 06.05.2010 12.07.2011
/10 Maschine P3030 / Machine P3030 06.09.2010 12.07.2011
/11 Maschine P3030 Kopfstueck / Machine P3030 head assembly 10.09.2010 12.07.2011 C
C
/12 Maschine P3030 Seitenansicht hinten / Machine P3030 Side view behind 10.09.2010 12.07.2011
/13 Maschine P3030 Seitenansicht links / Machine P3030 Side view left 10.09.2010 12.07.2011
/14 Maschine P3030 Seitenansicht rechts / Machine P3030 Side view right 10.09.2010 12.07.2011
/15 Maschine P3030 Seitenansicht vorne / Machine P3030 Side view front 10.09.2010 12.07.2011
/17 Geräteanordnung -XC1 / Equipment layout -XC1 10.05.2010 12.07.2011
/18 Geräteanordnung -XD1 / Equipment layout -XD1 10.05.2010 12.07.2011
/19 Geräteanordnung -XD2 / Equipment layout -XD2 08.09.2010 12.07.2011
D /20 Schaltschrank P2020 / Switch cabinet P2020 08.03.2010 12.07.2011 D
/21 Schaltschrank P2020 / Switch cabinet P2020 18.03.2010 12.07.2011
E /30 Schaltschrank P3030 / Switch cabinet P3030 12.07.2011 E
/40 Steckertafel A1C / Connection board A1C 12.07.2010 12.07.2011
F F
/41 Aufbauplan Leiterplatte A1C Id.7025452 / mounting plan PCB A1C Id.7025452 25.06.2010 12.07.2011
/42 Montageplatte -A3C / mounting panel -A3C 06.07.2010 12.07.2011
/43 Steckertafel A3C Stecker Seite / Connection board A3C connector page 06.07.2010 12.07.2011
Datum/Date12.07.2011 10:49 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:49:28
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx contents Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 目录 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
© FETTE GmbH Komm.Nr.: 02_Contents / Inhaltsangabe 1 >>2 >>| 301
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A
/44 Steckertafel A3C Rückseite / Connection board A3C Rückseite 06.07.2010 12.07.2011
=ITS V2/91 Terminal / Terminal
Steckertafel A3C Rückseite / Connection board A3C [ 18.02.2011 12.07.2011
05_SLP
/1 Einspeisung, Steuerspannung 230VAC, 44VDC / supply, control voltage 230VAC, 44VDC 31.08.2009 12.07.2011
/2 PE-Schiene Kopfstueck / PE rail head assembly 22.02.2011 12.07.2011
/3 24VDC Netzteil / USV / 24VDC Power supply / UPS 29.10.2009 12.07.2011
B B
/4 Hauptantrieb / Main drive 07.09.2009 12.07.2011
/5 VME +A1V, +A1C 05.10.2009 12.07.2011
/6 A3C Einspeisung / A3C supply 15.06.2010 12.07.2011
/7 A3C Reserve / A3C Spare 23.06.2010 12.07.2011
/8 VME Baugruppenträger / VME Rack 27.05.2010 12.07.2011
/9 VME Bus-Karten Jumper / Set-up / VME Bus board Jumper / Set-up 24.03.2011 12.07.2011
/10 VME Baugruppenträger / VME Rack 15.03.2010 12.07.2011
C
C /11 VME A591, A592 Querverweise / VME A591, A592 cross-references 12.03.2010 12.07.2011
/12 VME Reserve -A141 / VME Spare -A141 15.03.2010 12.07.2011
/13 VME A310, A311 Querverweise / VME A310, A311 cross-references 27.05.2010 12.07.2011
/14 VME -A141,-A151 Querverweise / VME -A141,-A151 cross-references 12.03.2010 12.07.2011
D /18 VME Reserve -A591 / VME Spare -A591 15.03.2010 12.07.2011 D
/20 PNOZ SPS Spannungsversorgung / PNOZ PLC Power supply 05.03.2010 12.07.2011
/21 PNOZ Querverweise / PNOZ cross-references 05.03.2010 12.07.2011
/22 PNOZ A314.1 - A314.3 Reserve / PNOZ A314.1 - A314.3 Spare 08.03.2010 12.07.2011
/23 Allgemein / general 27.01.2010 12.07.2011
/24 Hauptantrieb Ansteuerung / Main drive pilot operation 07.01.2010 12.07.2011
/25 Fillomatic [1] Frequenzumrichter / Fillomatic [1] Frequency converter 27.05.2010 12.07.2011
E E
/26 Fillomatic [1] Antrieb / Fillomatic [1] Drive 08.02.2010 12.07.2011
/27 Hauptdruck [1] unten Verstellantrieb / Main pressure [1] bottom adjustment drive 04.02.2010 12.07.2011
/28 Vordruck [1] unten Verstellantrieb / Pre pressure [1] bottom adjustment drive 09.02.2010 12.07.2011
/29 Dosierung [1] Verstellantrieb / Dosing [1] adjustment drive 09.02.2010 12.07.2011
/30 Fillomatic [2] Frequenzumrichter / Fillomatic [2] Frequency converter 27.05.2010 12.07.2011
/31 Fillomatic [2] Antrieb / Fillomatic [2] Drive 27.05.2010 12.07.2011
/32 Hauptdruck [2] unten Verstellantrieb / Main pressure [2] bottom adjustment drive 31.05.2010 12.07.2011
F /33 Vordruck [2] unten Verstellantrieb / Pre pressure [2] bottom adjustment drive 31.05.2010 12.07.2011 F
/34 Dosierung [2] Verstellantrieb / Dosing [2] adjustment drive 31.05.2010 12.07.2011
/35 Schmierpumpe / Lubrication pump 16.03.2010 12.07.2011
Datum/Date12.07.2011 10:49 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:49:28
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A
/36 Maschinenbeleuchtung, Signallampe / Machine lighting, Pilot lamp 12.01.2010 12.07.2011
/37 Kraftmessdose [1], Ausstoßkraftmessung [1] / Load cell [1], Ejection force measurement [1] 02.10.2009 12.07.2011
/38 Kraftmessdose [2], Ausstoßkraftmessung [2] / Load cell [2], Ejection force measurement [2] 03.06.2010 12.07.2011
/39 Scherkraftaufnehmer Stempelschwergängigkeit / Shearing probe Punch stiff action 02.10.2009 12.07.2011
/40 Fensterklappenüberwachung / Window flap / monitoring 10.02.2010 12.07.2011
/41 Lüfter Maschine / Schaltschrank / Fan Machine / Switch cabinet 03.03.2010 12.07.2011
B
/42 Vibrator Tablettenablauf [1] + [2] / Vibrator Tablet discharge chute [1] + [2] 04.03.2010 12.07.2011 B
/43 Vibrator Fülltrichter [1] + [2] / Vibrator Feed hopper [1] + [2] 04.03.2010 12.07.2011
/44 Start/Stopp extern / start/stop external 04.03.2010 12.07.2011
/45 Aussortierweiche, Ablaufweiche, Fülltrichter [1] / Selection gate, Discharge gate, Feed hopper
10.02.2010
[1] 12.07.2011
18.02.2010
[1] 12.07.2011
03.06.2010
[2] 12.07.2011
03.06.2010
[2] 12.07.2011
/49 Zweischicht Aussortieren / Two layer Selection 10.06.2010 12.07.2011
C C
/50 Zweischicht Aussortieren / Two layer Selection 19.07.2010 12.07.2011
/53 Handterminal / handheld terminal 10.02.2010 12.07.2011
/80 Gratex Tablettenentstauber / Gratex Deduster 23.02.2010 12.07.2011
/81 Metallsuchgerät / Metal detector 23.02.2010 12.07.2011
/82 Bestäubungsgerät, Absaugung / Dusting unit, Aspiration unit 21.02.2011 12.07.2011
/90 Anschluss Terminal / connection Terminal 17.02.2010 12.07.2011
=ITS V2/91.1
Terminal ITS Anschluss / Terminal ITS connection / (Rittal) 18.02.2011 12.07.2011
D =ITS V2/91.2
Terminal ITS, APC, Touchpanel / Terminal ITS, APC, Touchpanel / (Rittal) 18.02.2011 12.07.2011 D
=ITS V2/91.3
Anschluss Tablettentester / connection Tablet Check 18.02.2011 12.07.2011
=ITS V2/92.2
Weightmaster / Weightmaster 18.02.2011 12.07.2011
=ITS V2/92.2
1. Probenzugweiche + Venturidüse / 1. Sample filter blade + Venturi tube 18.02.2011 12.07.2011
=ITS V2/92.3
2. Probenzugweiche + Venturidüse / 2. Sample filter blade + Venturi tube 18.02.2011 12.07.2011
07_Parts-list / Stückliste
/1 Stückliste / Parts list 12.07.2011
E E
/2 Stückliste -1.. / Parts list -1.. 12.07.2011
/3 Stückliste -A0VME.. / Parts list -A0VME.. 12.07.2011
/4 Stückliste -A1C.. / Parts list -A1C.. 12.07.2011
/5 Stückliste -A3.. / Parts list -A3.. 12.07.2011
/6 Stückliste -A3C.. / Parts list -A3C.. 12.07.2011
F /9 Stückliste -A100.. / Parts list -A100.. 12.07.2011 F
Datum/Date12.07.2011 10:49 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:49:28
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A
/15 Stückliste -A314.1.. / Parts list -A314.1.. 12.07.2011
/16 Stückliste -A314.1.X2.. / Parts list -A314.1.X2.. 12.07.2011
B
/18 Stückliste -A314.3.. / Parts list -A314.3.. 12.07.2011 B
C C
/26 Stückliste -A741.X.. / Parts list -A741.X.. 12.07.2011
/28 Stückliste -A820X2.. / Parts list -A820X2.. 12.07.2011
/29 Stückliste -A840X2.. / Parts list -A840X2.. 12.07.2011
/30 Stückliste -B220.. / Parts list -B220.. 12.07.2011
D /33 Stückliste -C1.. / Parts list -C1.. 12.07.2011 D
/34 Stückliste -C3.. / Parts list -C3.. 12.07.2011
/38 Stückliste -E58.. / Parts list -E58.. 12.07.2011
/39 Stückliste -F2.. / Parts list -F2.. 12.07.2011
E
/40 Stückliste -F8.. / Parts list -F8.. 12.07.2011 E
/41 Stückliste -F13.. / Parts list -F13.. 12.07.2011
/42 Stückliste -H204.. / Parts list -H204.. 12.07.2011
/43 Stückliste -K1.. / Parts list -K1.. 12.07.2011
/44 Stückliste -M2.. / Parts list -M2.. 12.07.2011
F F
/49 Stückliste -M800.X1.. / Parts list -M800.X1.. 12.07.2011
Datum/Date12.07.2011 10:49 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:49:28
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A
/51 Stückliste -Q1.. / Parts list -Q1.. 12.07.2011
/52 Stückliste -R12.. / Parts list -R12.. 12.07.2011
/56 Stückliste -S181/S182.S2.. / Parts list -S181/S182.S2.. 12.07.2011
B
/57 Stückliste -S312.1.. / Parts list -S312.1.. 12.07.2011 B
/58 Stückliste -S314.S1.. / Parts list -S314.S1.. 12.07.2011
/59 Stückliste -S721.X.. / Parts list -S721.X.. 12.07.2011
/60 Stückliste -S820.. / Parts list -S820.. 12.07.2011
/61 Stückliste -SK1.. / Parts list -SK1.. 12.07.2011
/62 Stückliste -U3.. / Parts list -U3.. 12.07.2011
/63 Stückliste -U5... / Parts list -U5... 12.07.2011
/64 Stückliste -V2.. / Parts list -V2.. 12.07.2011
C C
/67 Stückliste -W2.. / Parts list -W2.. 12.07.2011
/71 Stückliste -W150.X150B.. / Parts list -W150.X150B.. 12.07.2011
D /72 Stückliste -W200-X8C.. / Parts list -W200-X8C.. 12.07.2011 D
/74 Stückliste -W641XB.. / Parts list -W641XB.. 12.07.2011
/75 Stückliste -WA410.X204a.. / Parts list -WA410.X204a.. 12.07.2011
/76 Stückliste -WA420.X204a.. / Parts list -WA420.X204a.. 12.07.2011
/77 Stückliste -WB240.. / Parts list -WB240.. 12.07.2011
/78 Stückliste -WM91A.. / Parts list -WM91A.. 12.07.2011
E
/79 Stückliste -WM641XA.. / Parts list -WM641XA.. 12.07.2011 E
/80 Stückliste -WR91.. / Parts list -WR91.. 12.07.2011
/81 Stückliste -WY1.. / Parts list -WY1.. 12.07.2011
/82 Stückliste -WY432.X2.. / Parts list -WY432.X2.. 12.07.2011
/83 Stückliste -X0.4.. / Parts list -X0.4.. 12.07.2011
/84 Stückliste -X1.. / Parts list -X1.. 12.07.2011
/85 Stückliste -X1... / Parts list -X1... 12.07.2011
F F
/87 Stückliste -X1a.. / Parts list -X1a.. 12.07.2011
Datum/Date12.07.2011 10:49 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:49:28
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A
/90 Stückliste -X4D1.. / Parts list -X4D1.. 12.07.2011
/91 Stückliste -X5B1.. / Parts list -X5B1.. 12.07.2011
/92 Stückliste -X7A7.. / Parts list -X7A7.. 12.07.2011
/93 Stückliste -X16A.. / Parts list -X16A.. 12.07.2011
/95 Stückliste -X16B.. / Parts list -X16B.. 12.07.2011
B
/96 Stückliste -X16B.. / Parts list -X16B.. 12.07.2011 B
C C
/107 Stückliste -X50a.. / Parts list -X50a.. 12.07.2011
D /111 Stückliste -X71b.. / Parts list -X71b.. 12.07.2011 D
/116 Stückliste -X150F.. / Parts list -X150F.. 12.07.2011
E
/118 Stückliste -X204M.. / Parts list -X204M.. 12.07.2011 E
F F
Datum/Date12.07.2011 10:49 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:49:28
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A
B
/135 Stückliste -X935.. / Parts list -X935.. 12.07.2011 B
/137 Stückliste -XA184.. / Parts list -XA184.. 12.07.2011
/138 Stückliste -XA452.. / Parts list -XA452.. 12.07.2011
/139 Stückliste -XC1.. / Parts list -XC1.. 12.07.2011
/140 Stückliste -XETH1.. / Parts list -XETH1.. 12.07.2011
/141 Stückliste -XM90.. / Parts list -XM90.. 12.07.2011
/142 Stückliste -XNT1.. / Parts list -XNT1.. 12.07.2011
C C
/143 Stückliste -XOUT4.. / Parts list -XOUT4.. 12.07.2011
/144 Stückliste -XP2.. / Parts list -XP2.. 12.07.2011
/145 Stückliste -XPE.. / Parts list -XPE.. 12.07.2011
/146 Stückliste -XPE1.. / Parts list -XPE1.. 12.07.2011
/147 Stückliste -XR90.. / Parts list -XR90.. 12.07.2011
/148 Stückliste -XS311... / Parts list -XS311... 12.07.2011
/149 Stückliste -XS603.. / Parts list -XS603.. 12.07.2011
D /150 Stückliste -XV1.. / Parts list -XV1.. 12.07.2011 D
/151 Stückliste -XV4.. / Parts list -XV4.. 12.07.2011
/152 Stückliste -XWY181.. / Parts list -XWY181.. 12.07.2011
/153 Stückliste -Y1.R1.. / Parts list -Y1.R1.. 12.07.2011
/154 Stückliste -Y102.. / Parts list -Y102.. 12.07.2011
09_Lead-list / Aderliste
/1 Aderliste / Lead list 12.07.2011
E E
/2 Aderliste W.... / Lead list W.... 12.07.2011
/3 Aderliste =ITS V2+M09-WA420.2.. / Lead list =ITS V2+M09-WA420.2.. 12.07.2011
/4 Aderliste =ITS V2-W3.. / Lead list =ITS V2-W3.. 12.07.2011
/7 Aderliste =M00+SK-A720W2.. / Lead list =M00+SK-A720W2.. 12.07.2011
/8 Aderliste =M00+SK-A820W2.. / Lead list =M00+SK-A820W2.. 12.07.2011
F /9 Aderliste =M00+SK-W16.. / Lead list =M00+SK-W16.. 12.07.2011 F
/10 Aderliste =M00+SK-W16.. / Lead list =M00+SK-W16.. 12.07.2011
Datum/Date12.07.2011 10:49 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:49:28
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A
/13 Aderliste =M00+SK-WA7X7.. / Lead list =M00+SK-WA7X7.. 12.07.2011
/14 Aderliste =M00+SK-WM90B.. / Lead list =M00+SK-WM90B.. 12.07.2011
/15 Aderliste =M00+SK-WR90.. / Lead list =M00+SK-WR90.. 12.07.2011
/16 Aderliste =M00+SK-WXA452.. / Lead list =M00+SK-WXA452.. 12.07.2011
/17 Aderliste =M00+SK-X1.. / Lead list =M00+SK-X1.. 12.07.2011
B
/18 Aderliste =M01+AR-A701.W.. / Lead list =M01+AR-A701.W.. 12.07.2011 B
/19 Aderliste =M01+AR-A801.W.. / Lead list =M01+AR-A801.W.. 12.07.2011
/20 Aderliste =M01+AR-M720.W.. / Lead list =M01+AR-M720.W.. 12.07.2011
/21 Aderliste =M01+AR-M840.W.. / Lead list =M01+AR-M840.W.. 12.07.2011
/22 Aderliste =M01+AR-W641.. / Lead list =M01+AR-W641.. 12.07.2011
/23 Aderliste =M01+AR-WB251.. / Lead list =M01+AR-WB251.. 12.07.2011
C C
/26 Aderliste =M01+AR-WB609.1.. / Lead list =M01+AR-WB609.1.. 12.07.2011
/27 Aderliste =M01+AR-WY181.. / Lead list =M01+AR-WY181.. 12.07.2011
/28 Aderliste =M01+GMT-S741.W.. / Lead list =M01+GMT-S741.W.. 12.07.2011
/29 Aderliste =M01+GOT-W27A.. / Lead list =M01+GOT-W27A.. 12.07.2011
/30 Aderliste =M01+GOT-W149.. / Lead list =M01+GOT-W149.. 12.07.2011
D /33 Aderliste =M01+GOT-WS314.. / Lead list =M01+GOT-WS314.. 12.07.2011 D
/34 Aderliste =M01+PR-W27B.. / Lead list =M01+PR-W27B.. 12.07.2011
/35 Aderliste =M01+PR-WB232.. / Lead list =M01+PR-WB232.. 12.07.2011
/36 Aderliste =M01+PR-WYM450.. / Lead list =M01+PR-WYM450.. 12.07.2011
/37 Aderliste =M01+TA2-WB242.. / Lead list =M01+TA2-WB242.. 12.07.2011
/38 Aderliste =M01-WY432.. / Lead list =M01-WY432.. 12.07.2011
/39 Aderliste -W150.. / Lead list -W150.. 12.07.2011
E
/40 Aderliste -W150.. / Lead list -W150.. 12.07.2011 E
F F
Datum/Date12.07.2011 10:49 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:49:28
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Anlage Ort Benennung A

A
=M00 +SK Switch cabinet
+A0C ࣋ VME

࣋ VME
+A0VME ࣋ VME
࣋ VME
B B
+A2C Machine Distribution board
+Extern Outside of the machine
+VME VME Rack
=M01 +AR drive area

C C
+HT1 handheld terminal (HT1)

(HT1)
+GMT Housing Center part
ņ
+GOT Housing Upper part
D +PR compression area D
+TA Tablet discharge chute
=M04 +Extern Deduster (Gratex)

(Gratex)
=M05 +Extern Metal detector (Metalcheck)
E (Metalcheck) E
=M06 +Extern Checkmaster, Weightmaster
=ITS +Extern Touchscreen-Terminal (Rittal)
F F
Datum/Date 31.03.2010 08:01 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx project Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 项目 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
© FETTE GmbH Komm.Nr.: 04_GAO 1 >>2 >>| 301
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P2020 Equipment layout

handheld terminal
A 点动控制盒 -A452 P3030 设备配置 A
Jogging operation
+Extern
Machine =M01 Periferie of devices
微点动 -XA452#1 机器 =M01
设备周边
1
+SK
-X01.#1
=M00
+SK
B -W150.X150B#1 -X150B#1 B
2133884 2133885
2137929 Deduster Metal detector
*12 *12
=M05 =M00 /80.(Optional/80.F2
in:PT ECONO 500) /81.(Optional/81.E2
in:PT ECONO 500)
+Extern +SK -A401 -A471
-X927A#1 -X927#1 =M04 =M05
2130665 2130874
*6 *6
-X927B#1
2133491
+Extern
*8
=M05
-X926B#1
2133491
+Extern
*8
=M04
=M04
+Extern
-X926A#1
C 2130665 C
*6 *6
=M04
+Extern
-W926
=M05 Id = 9152151
+Extern l=
d = 7.7 mm
-W927 r = 0 mm
D D
Id = 9152151
l=
d = 7.7 mm
r = 0 mm
E E
ITS-Terminal
2137929 ITS-操作台
-W150.X150F#1
-W150 2133885
2137929
Id = 2137853 *12
F
Mains l=
d = 16.8 mm F
网络 r=
Customer
1 9
10 12 客户
11 Gezeichnet / Designed Geprüft / ProvedGedruckt / Printed Letzte Änderung / Last Change Zeichnung/Draw V1/ Anlage:
Datum/Date 09.03.2010 10:53 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Equipment layout Periferie of devices Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Lötseite
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 设备配置设备周边 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Equipment layout A
A
设备配置
head assembly Machine
机器顶部机器
B B
Rückseite
[
Switch cabinet
电气柜
C C
D D
left side right side

左侧右侧
E E
F F
Chute Front side

出料槽前部
Datum/Date 09.03.2010 09:48 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine P2020 Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 机器 P2020 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M01 =M01
+A53 +A53
-H200#2 -H201#2
red green
Standstill ready to operate
B B
C C
-B603 -B602
Punch stiff action bottom Pre pressure [1] bottom
[1]
Pre pressure [1] bottom +AR

D [1] M -M720.M D
Servomotor
-A721
-S721.S
Pre pressure [1] bottom Limit switch
Pre pressure [1] bottom
[1]
[1]
Encoder
E E
F F
Datum/Date 09.03.2010 09:44 20.09.2011 19.07.2011 12:44:01
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine P2020 Side view behind Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns hbehns Kunde: 机器 P2020 侧视后面 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M01 =M01
+A55 +A55
-H204#2 -H205#2
red green
Front
6
9
1
5
=M01
-X401
+PR
B B
-B604 +PR
Punch stiff action top M -Y100
Selection gate
+PR
-B270
Selection gate [1] Position
[1] C
C
+TA1
-Y102 M
-B608
Discharge gate [1]
[1]
Ejection force measurement [1]
[1]
+TA1
-B220
D D
Position Discharge gate [1]
[1]
+TA1
-B222
Tablet jam [1] Monitoring
[1]
E E
F F
Datum/Date 31.03.2010 07:23 20.09.2011 19.07.2011 12:44:12
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine P2020 Side view front Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns hbehns Kunde: 机器 P2020 侧视在前面 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M01 =M01
+A54 +A54
-H202#2 -H203#2
red green
红色绿色
停机准备
B B
C C
-B600
Main pressure [1] bottom
主压 [1] 下部
+AR Main pressure [1] bottom

D M -M700.M 主压 [1] 下部 D
Servomotor
+AR +GMT 设定电机
-A701 -S700.S
Main pressure [1] bottom Main pressure [1] bottom Limit switch
主压 [1] 下部主压 [1] 下部下限限位开关
Encoder
编码器 +AR
-M641 M =M01
+AR
Filter fan side wall Machine SH -W641XB#1
风扇侧壁机器 9087625
E E
+SK +AR
-Y181 +AR
Y -M161
M
Lubrication valve Lubrication pump
润滑油阀门润滑油泵
-S181/S182
Lubrication Feed level
润滑料位
F F
Datum/Date 31.03.2010 07:21 20.09.2011 19.07.2011 12:44:21
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine P2020 Side view left Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns hbehns Kunde: 机器 P2020 侧视左 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M01 =M01
+GOT +A56 +A56
-B231 -H206#2 -H207#2
/45.F6
Feed hopper [1] Feed level Monitoring
red green
[1]
B B
+PR
-B232
/45.F8
Fillomatic [1] Position
[1]
C C
+AR +GMT
Punch dismantling opening bottom 1 -B204 -S741.S Dosing [1] Limit switch
1 /23.F5 [1]
+AR
-M740.M M
D /29.F1 D
Dosing [1]
[1]
Servomotor
+AR
-A741
/29.F2
Dosing [1]
[1]
Encoder
E E
+SK
+AR +AR
M -M20 BR -Y1
Main drive brake
+AR
-A271
F F
Encoder Main drive
Datum/Date 31.03.2010 07:22 20.09.2011 19.07.2011 12:44:31
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine P2020 Side view right Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns hbehns Kunde: 机器 P2020 侧视右 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+GOT A
A -S312.1
Window flap
Feed hopper [1] Feed level Monitoring +GOT right
=M01 [1] -B231

+GOT
-E59
+GOT
B M -M90 B
Fillomatic [1] Drive
+GOT [1]
-S313.1
Window flap
+G
behind =M OT
01
21
-X 3680
D1 8
C C
D D
-X
C
12
13
68
07
+
=M GO
-S311.1
E 01 T E
+GOT
Window flap
front
=M01
+GOT
-E58
+AR +GOT
-S212 -S211
+GOT
-S314.S1 Lubrication pressure bottom Lubrication pressure top
F F
Window flap
left
Datum/Date 06.05.2010 11:20 20.09.2011 19.07.2011 12:44:43
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine P2020 head assembly Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns hbehns Kunde: 机器 P2020 机器顶部 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Equipment layout
A A
设备配置
Machine P3030
机器 P3030
head assembly
B B
机器顶部
Rückseite
[
C left side Switch cabinet C
左侧电气柜
D D
Front side
前部
E
right side E
右侧
F F
Datum/Date 06.09.2010 13:32 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine P3030 Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 机器 P3030 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A +SK A
Window flap
-S313.1
+GOT
behind
B B
+GOT
-S314.S1
Window flap
left
-X 368
21
D2 08
=M01
+GOT
+GOT
-E59 -M91
=M GO
M
/31.F3 C
+
C
01 T
2137212 Fillomatic [2] Drive
[2]
+GOT
-B251
Feed hopper2 Feed level Monitoring
2
D D
Feed hopper [1] Feed level Monitoring +GOT

[1] -B231
+GOT
-M90 M =M01
21 -X
Fillomatic [1] Drive 36 D1 +GOT
80
2136807
[1]
-XC1
8
-E58
/17.B4
E = E
+G M0 2137212
O 1
T
+GOT
-S312.1
=M01
+GOT
Window flap
+AR +GOT
right
-S212 -S211
Lubrication pressure bottom
Lubrication pressure top
F F
-S311.1
+GOT
Window flap
front
Datum/Date10.09.2010 09:46 20.09.2011 19.07.2011 11:52:23
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine P3030 head assembly Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns hbehns Kunde: 机器 P3030 机器顶部 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=M01 =M01
A +A53 +A53 A
-H200#1 -H201#1
red green
B B
C C
-B607 -B605
D [2] D
[2]
+GMT +GMT
-S820.S -S800.S
Pre pressure [2] bottom Main pressure [2] bottom
[2] M M [2]
Servomotor
-M820.M -M800.M
Servomotor
+AR +AR
-A821 -A801
[2] [2]
E Encoder Encoder E
F F
Datum/Date10.09.2010 09:56 20.09.2011 19.07.2011 11:51:09
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine P3030 Side view behind Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns hbehns Kunde: 机器 P3030 侧视后面 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=M01 =M01
+A54 +A54
A -H202#1 -H203#1 A
red green
红色绿色
停机准备
5
Front
6
9
=M01
+GOT
-X402
2130545
B B
+PR
M -Y101
Selection gate
+PR +PR
-B232 -B271
Fillomatic [1] Position
[2] C
C [1]
+TA2
-B609 -Y103 -B603
M
Discharge gate [2] Punch stiff action bottom
Ejection force measurement [2] [2]
[2]
D +TA2 D
-B240 +GMT
Dosing [1] Limit switch
Position Discharge gate [2] -S741.S [1]
[2] +AR
+TA2 -M740.M#1 M
+AR
-B242 Dosing [1]
[1]
-A741#1
Tablet jam [2] Monitoring
[2] Servomotor Dosing [1]
[1]
Encoder
+SK
E E
+AR
-A271
Encoder Main drive
F F
Datum/Date10.09.2010 10:00 20.09.2011 19.07.2011 13:06:24
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine P3030 Side view left Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns hbehns Kunde: 机器 P3030 侧视左 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=M01 =M01
+A56 +A56
A -H206#1 -H207#1 A
red green
5
Front
-X401#1 6
9
=M01
+PR
1/9
-B604
B Punch stiff action top B
+PR
M -Y100
Selection gate
+PR
+PR -B270
-B252
Fillomatic [2] Position [1]
C [2] C
+TA1 +AR
-B608 +PR
M -Y102 M -M450 -B204
Ejection force measurement [1] Motor Punch dismantling opening bottom 1
Discharge gate [1]
[1] 1
[1]
D +PR D
Position Discharge gate [1] +TA1 BR -YM450 +GMT
[1] -B220 -S841.S
brake
+AR
+TA1 -M840.M Dosing [2]
M
-B222 /34.F1
+AR [2]
Tablet jam [1] Monitoring -A841 Servomotor
[1] /34.F2
Dosing [2]
[2]
Encoder +SK
+AR
E +AR M -M161 E
-Y181 Y Lubrication pump
Lubrication valve
+AR
-S181/S182
Lubrication Feed level
F F
Datum/Date
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine P3030 Side view right Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
5 10.09.2010 10:03 20.09.2011 19.07.2011 13:07:20
ront Name MMarkl hbehns hbehns Kunde: 机器 P3030 侧视右 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=M01 =M01
+A55 +A55 A
A -H204#1 -H205#1
red green
B B
C C
-B602 -B600
[1] [1]
D D
Pre pressure [1] bottom Limit switch +GMT +GMT Main pressure [1] bottom Limit switch
-S721.S
[1] -S700.S [1]
+AR +AR
M -M720.M#1 M -M700.M#2
+AR +AR Main pressure [1] bottom
-A721#1 -A701#2 [1]
Pre pressure [1] bottom Main pressure [1] bottom Servomotor
[1] [1]
Encoder Encoder
E +AR E
M -M641
Filter fan side wall Machine
+AR
+AR -Y1 +AR
-M20 BR -M640
M M
brake
Main drive Filter fan side wall Machine
F F
Datum/Date10.09.2010 10:05 20.09.2011 19.07.2011 12:42:01
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine P3030 Side view front Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns hbehns Kunde: 机器 P3030 侧视在前面 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Distributor -XC1
ِ -XC1
B =M01 B
+GOT
-XC1
2136807
/11.E5
/8.E5 /40.D1 /40.D2 /35.D6 /24.D7
X1C X2C X5C X6C

C C
HAN 10A (EMV) 8x 5Q Buchsen (EMV) max. 60VDC
mit 1xModul
12pol. Stifte
X3C X4C X7C X8C
EMV-Verschraubung EMV-Verschraubung
/40.D3 /40.D5 /36.D2 /36.D3
D D
Leitung:
4m LIYCY 12x 0,25
E E
F F
Datum/Date10.05.2010 11:49 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Equipment layout -XC1 Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 设备配置 -XC1 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Distributor -XD1
ِ -XD1
B =M01 B
+GOT
-XD1
2136808
/8.C3 /45.E3 /45.E5
X1D X2D
C
HAN 10A (EMV) 4x 8U Buchsen (EMV) C
mit 1xModul max. 60VDC
12pol. Stifte
X3D X4D
Leitung:
D 4m LIYCY 12x 0,25 D
/45.E6 /45.E7
E E
F F
Datum/Date10.05.2010 11:46 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Equipment layout -XD1 Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 设备配置 -XD1 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Distributor -XD2
ِ -XD2
B B
=M01
+GOT
-XD2
2136808
/11.C4 /47.E3 /47.E5
X1D X2D
C HAN 10A (EMV) 4x 8U Buchsen (EMV)
C
mit 1xModul max. 60VDC

12pol. Stifte
X3D X4D
Leitung:
D 4m LIYCY 12x 0,25 D
/47.E6 /47.E7
E E
F F
Datum/Date 08.09.2010 11:24 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Equipment layout -XD2 Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 设备配置 -XD2 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=M00
+SK1
-E6
9148880
80x40mm
L1 L2 L3 PE X2:7 13 14 DC-OK
I<IN
X4.2
X4.1
X2:6
A
X2:5 J3
24V 31 21 11 12 13 22 23 32 33 R1 R2 J3 J3
A
X2:4
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
0,2A 6 6 6
X2:3 24V DC 20A
7025908
7025908
7025908
X2:2 PHOENIX 1 1 1
QUINT-DC-UPS/24DC/10
X2:1 1 1 1 CONTACT 1 1
X1:4/CO+
X1:3/CO-
X2:6/24V
X2:7/24V
X2 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3
X1:1/CI+
X1:2/CI-
X2:8/0V
X2:9/0V
State
X1:10
Junus 24VDC / 1A (4A)
X1:1
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:1
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
X1:9
Junus Junus
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X3:1
X3:2
X3:3
X3:4
Power EasySwitch 3pol EasySwitch 3pol EasySwitch 2pol
=M00 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 40 30 20
+ + - -
+SK
SK3110
Arlam 50
Error =M00 10
60 MURR NLS 1
Rittal
1 2 J2 J2 J2 °C
2 4 6 =M00 =M00 =M00 C-4A C-10A C-10A +SK C-25A
+SK -A4 Bat. Mode B-10A =M00 =M00
+SK +SK
=M00+SK -A740
=M00+SK -A700
=M00+SK -A720
=M00 -F1 -F2 -F3 =M00 =M00 =M00 7016454 Bat. Charge =M00 1 1 1 =M00 NLS 1-230-400/24 +SK POWER +SK
+SK +SK +SK +SK +SK 9
-A314.1 -A314.3
=M00 +SK -K1

=M00
9 9
+SK FAULT
110-230V ~
-A3 Power In on
7016163
+SK 7026131 -F8 -F9 -F10 -F6 -F12 7015984
7026118 7026118 =M00 =M00
PE
OK
80x40mm 2137862
off
-Q1 +SK 2 ON 2137857 =M00

2138931 7023438 7023437 7023437 7025688 7023436 +SK
7013544
Power -A5
9106282
t max
[min] 0
5
8
15
8
15
8
15 -B1 OVERLOAD +SK -A314.2
20 3 4
Front Front Front -A6 7016162
X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2137861
-XPE1
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7/24V
X2:8/24V
X2:9/0V
X2:10/0V
1 3 5 5
X2:1/24V
X2:2/24V
X2:3/0V
X2:4/0V
X2:5
9
RS232
X5:1
X6:1
PE 0V 230V 400V
X6:11
X5:2
X5:3
X5:4
X5:5
X5:6
X5:7
X5:8
X6:2
X6:3
X6:4
X6:5
X6:6
X6:7
X6:8
X6:9
X6:10
X6:12
X7:1/24V-S
X7:2/24V-S
X7:3/0V-S
X7:4/0V-S
2133379 J1 J1 J1
5X4:5
X4:4
X4:3
X4:2
1X4:1
2 2 2 2 ~ - 2 7017238
X4:SH
6
1 2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+
24VDC 10A Mot-
2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 =M00
X4:99
X4:8
X4:7
X4:66
X5 Lenze Input Output 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND +SK
X5:1 + - + - 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND ~ -U1
X5:2
+HV
9148880
+HV +HV 5
+SK1
5 5
=M00
X5:3 7025735
-E7
SCHAFFNER X5:4
X5:5
400V AC 3PH
X5:6 ~ +
L1 L2 L3 PE + + - - -
X5:7
X5:8
X5:9
X5:10
X5:11
=M00 =M00
+SK
-A1
X5:12
X5:13
X5:14 X7 X8
=M00
+SK1
-E8
X5:15 80x40mm
+SK1 2138838
X5:16
9
5
9
5
9148880
PE
X3
X3:1 6
1
6
1
X3:2
-SK1 X3:3
X3:4 MVME
B B
VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series
X3:5 PTIDAC-4 IPOS DIGIO-32 DIGIO-32
5100
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X1 1
-X1 1
-X1 1
=M00+SK=M00+SK
7028204
80x40mm
+SK
IRQ SPV IRQ SPV
BUS SFL BUS SFL 2137527 2137527

9148880 SEL SEL
RUN PST RUN VDC
-E13 C 0 C 0
+SK1 D-OUT
-X72 -X71 -X508 -X50
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
1 2
1
R206 A202 A200 H 1 H 1
=M00 Aussortierschaltung 1 =M00+SK
V200
R205 R200 3 4
X315 X17 X314 V9 V5 A 2 A 2
=M00
R204 R202 5 6
R15 N 3 N 3
C21 2132971
R12
R13
C11 7 8
C5
4 4
80x40mm
V31 V30 V E
V29 A204 A203 A201 0 5 0 5
X600
C6 D-IN
XN1
b X72 a b X71 a b X508 a b X50 a
V204
9148880 -XM90 C4 V11
R10A
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
3
2
4
6 6
R10 7 7
-E12 5 6
XFT1
2136636
+SK1 C10 C20 7 8
=M00 V4 V10 C 8 C 8 XP2
X601
R14 ST EN H 9 H 9
R203A
-X57
R201
R203
RI UM
R201A
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 A 10 A 10
X57 T1 T2
-XR90 N 11 N 11
R20A
Aussortierschaltung 2
R20
X 1.2
Lenze
+ -
X602
12 12
K11
K12
K14
+24V
0V
+Lüfter
-Lüfter
X16B 1 13 1 13
L1' L2' L3' PE' R30 5 14 14
=M00 9
V21
V20
80x40mm
R25
15 15
X 3.1
TEST
+SK O1 O2
X603
=M00 X19B -C1
K32
K31
6
34
33
3106922
+SK1
=M00
1 O3 O4 C 16 C 16
-XM91
-1
+SK O5 E H 17 H 17
-X48 -X90 -X161 -C1-X580
BFL
R35 A 18 A 18
-X54 -X56 -X53 -X55
V15
ABT/RST
X48 X90 X161 X580
X 1.3
0V V19 I11 I12
X604
X54 X55 N 19 N 19
K21
K22
K24
X56
9148880
X53
n.c.
+SK1
=M00
CPU
I21 X16A
-E9
I22
V40 K1 20 20
7025450
R24
RS 232/485
5
PE 9 I31 I32 2 21 2 21
10/100 BASE T 10/100 BASE T

V41
3106922
+SK1
=M00
L1 U 22 22
-XR91 I41 I42
X605
-2
LAN 2
V39 6
=M00 0V(230)
R23 K2 1
1 I51 I52 23 23
R22
C
L2 V C 24 C 24
-X01 -X150B
C =M00 =M00
+A3CBG 0V(44V) H 25 H 25
X606
=M00+SK
LAN 1
+SK +SK
Lenze 8200
RS 232/485
9092358
=M00
-XU1
5
-X01 -X150B -X69 -X49 -X204 -X68 -X502 -X640
+SK
9 A 26 A 26
L3 W X18
-X70 -X88 -X67 -X86 X69 X49 X204 X68 X502 X640 1
N 27 N 27
80x40mm
=M00 -A3C. X70 X88 X67 X86 X2
9092446
2133306 6
1
28 28
9092451
=M00
+SK
-XU1
DEBUG
X607
+SK
-X01 PE PE2 Modul I/O E82ZAFSC 3 29 3 29
-XU1 X19A
PE1 PE1
2133885 7026619 +SK 1
30 30
1 12 6
=M00 FLASH PRG 31 31 XP1
11 5 UG- T1 9092446
9092456
X608
V1
10 4
2 -A590 -A591 -A310 -A141 -A151
9 3 A181 A180 -XU1 =M00 11
22
1616
1515
8 2 +SK +A1C 33 1414
3 UG+ T2 =M00 44 1313
7 1
-X79 -X40A -X78 -X39A -X935 -X936 -XV1
-V1 55 1212
+SK -A100
9148880
-X89 -X73 -X87 -X66
+SK1
11 11
=M00
66
=M00
9092446
-E10
+A100
2137437
X79 X40A A185 X78 X39A A184 X935 A183 X936
X609
=M00
77 1010
2137107
-M1
PE2 -X150B
PE2 2137204
2137455 88 9 9
+SK X89 X73 X87 X66 U3 U5

=M00 -XU1
+SK DATEL 4 C1
-C1
PE
A1
A2
1
=M00 =M00 =M00 =M00 2 UEP-12/1400-D24N-C Trim
+SK +SK 5 TRACO
-X926 -X927 +A1C
C6 3
ON/OFF POWER
8
-Vout
9092446
XNT3
=M00 +A1C -U3 C2
-C2
U4
2133839 -C6 7
2133839
=M00 -XU1
3 2138453 6 2
DC/DC Converter
Input: 9-36VDC +Vout C9
-C9
UST-12/250-D48-C
-Vin 6
3 4 DATEL 7 8
5 6
-X926 -X927 -XA452 +SK Output: 5.0VDC/
+24V
+SK +S
=M00+A1C -U4
+Vin 8.0A max
5VS+
5 11 1616
+12V
=M00
5VS-
-12V
ACF
=M00
2138454
22
1 =M00+A1C -U5
+5V
1515
9
-A2 =M00 8
PE
+A1C 1
=M00 -S 33 1414
XNT2
10 12 7
9092446 4 -XV2
-V2
44 1313
+SK
V2
+A1C 55 1212
-XA452 2
0V
66 11 11
>PC-GF20< >PC-GF20< -U5 TEN40-2411WI 77 1010
6
1 2
R
HARTING
R
HARTING =M00 -XU1 2137204

2137455 88 9 9 3 11
+SK1 5
1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3 2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3 2 -SK1 2138930 7025463
+SK
7010802
7010493 2135170 4
600V
Han Q5/0-F
600V
Han Q5/0-F
=M00 +A3C -A3C.. =M00
3 4 5 3 4 5 3119476 A3C/1 7025463 230V Rückseite
=M00
+SK1
-SK1
-X926
2131032 -X927
2131032 -XA452 7045983
D D
38
2
Z
37
1
W
36
7013493
Y
35
V 34 -T1
+SK
X 33 =M00
U 32 0
31 32
0
9113269
=M00
+SK
230
-L2
E E
=M00
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
1 1
+SK1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
1 1
-SK1
7028204A
A1 A1 A1 A1
A2 A2 A2 A2
=M00 =M00 =M00 =M00

=M00
+SK +SK +SK +SK
+SK
-M2 -M3 -M4 -M5
-M5
7013152
7013547 7013152
7013547 7013152
7013547 7013152
7013547
F F
Datum/Date 08.03.2010 13:37 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Switch cabinet P2020 Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 电气柜 P2020 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M00
+SK1
-E6
9148880
80x40mm
L1 L2 L3 PE X2:7 13 14 DC-OK
I<IN
X4.2
X4.1
X2:6
X2:5
24V 31 21 11 12 13 22 23 32 33 R1 R2 J3
X2:4
B B
RS-232
0,2A 6
X2:3 24V DC 20A
X2:2 PHOENIX 1
X2:1 1 1 1 CONTACT 1
X2 State 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3
Junus
Power EasySwitch 3pol EasySwitch 3pol EasySwitch 2pol
=M00 JSP-090-20
Arlam +SK
Error =M00 1 2 J2
2 4 6 =M00 =M00 =M00 C-4A C-10A C-10A +SK C-25A
+SK +SK +SK -A4 Bat. Mode
=M00 -F1 -F2 -F3 =M00 =M00 =M00 7016454 Bat. Charge =M00 1
+SK +SK +SK +SK +SK
=M00 +SK -K1

9
=M00
~
-A3 Power In on
+SK 7026131 -F8 -F9 -F10 -F6
110-230V
7026118 7026118 =M00
PE
OK
80x40mm
off
-Q1 +SK 2
2138931 7023438 7023437 7023437 Power -A5 t max 7025688
5
9106282 [min] 0
7013544 8
15
C 20 Front C
3 4
X1
-XPE1
1 3 5 9
5
RS232
2133379 J1
6
1 2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 2 2 2 2
1 Mot+
24VDC 10A 2 Mot-
X5 Lenze Input Output 3 GND
X5:1 + - + - GND
4
X5:2
9148880
+HV
+SK1
5
=M00
X5:3
-E7
SCHAFFNER X5:4
X5:5
400V AC 3PH
X5:6 L1 L2 L3 PE + + - - -
X5:7
X5:8
X5:9
D X5:10 D
X5:11
=M00 X5:12 =M00
+SK X5:13 +SK1
-A1 X5:14 X7 X8 -E8
X5:15
X5:16
80x40mm
2138838 9
5
9
5
9148880
PE
X3
X3:1 6
1
6
1
X3:2
X3:3
X3:4
X3:5
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X1 1
-X1 1
-X1 1
80x40mm
E E
9148880
-E13
+SK1
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
=M00 Aussortierschaltung 1
X315 X17 X314 V9 V5
R15
R12
R13
C5 C11
80x40mm
V31 V30
C6 V29
9148880 -XM90 C4 V11
R10A
R10
F -E12
+SK1 C10F
=M00 V4 V10
R14
-X57
X57
-XR90
X 1.2
Lenze
Datum/Date18.03.2010 11:07 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 电气柜 P2020 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.: R30
Komm.Nr.: 21 >>22
X 3.1
© FETTE GmbH 04_GAO >>| 301
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
J3 J3 J3
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
B 6 6 6 B
7025908
7025908
7025908
1 1 1
1
X1:4/CO+
X1:3/CO-
X2:6/24V
X2:7/24V
X1:1/CI+
X1:2/CI-
X2:8/0V
X2:9/0V
X1:10
X1:1
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:1
Junus 24VDC / 1A (4A)
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
X1:9
X2:1
X3:1
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X3:2
X3:3
X3:4
Junus Junus + + - -
JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 40 30 20
SK3110
50
10
60 MURR NLS 1
Rittal
J2 J2 J2 °C
B-10A =M00 =M00
=M00+SK -A740
=M00+SK -A700
=M00+SK -A720
1 1 1 =M00 NLS 1-230-400/24 +SK POWER +SK

9 9 9
+SK -A314.1 FAULT
-A314.3
-F12 7015984 7016163
80x40mm ON
=M00 2137857 =M00 2137862
7023436 +SK +SK
15 15 15 -B1 OVERLOAD -A314.2
8
C
8
Front
8
Front Front -A6 7016162 C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2137861
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7/24V
X2:8/24V
X2:9/0V
X2:10/0V
X2:1/24V
X2:2/24V
X2:3/0V
X2:4/0V
X2:5
X5:1
X6:1
X6:11
PE 0V 230V 400V
X5:2
X5:3
X5:4
X5:5
X5:6
X5:7
X5:8
X6:2
X6:3
X6:4
X6:5
X6:6
X6:7
X6:8
X6:9
X6:10
X6:12
X7:1/24V-S
X7:2/24V-S
X7:3/0V-S
X7:4/0V-S
J1 J1 J1
1X4:1
5X4:5
X4:4
X4:3
X4:2
~ - 2 7017238
X4:SH
1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+
2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot- =M00
X4:99
X4:8
X4:7
X4:66
3 GND 3 GND 3 GND +SK
4 GND 4 GND 4 GND ~ -U1
+HV
9148880
+HV +HV 5
+SK1
5 5
=M00
7025735
-E7
~ +
D D
MVME VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series
5100 PTIDAC-4 IPOS DIGIO-32 DIGIO-32
=M00+SK=M00+SK
+SK
E IRQ SPV IRQ SPV E
BUS SFL BUS SFL 2137527 2137527
SEL SEL
RUN PST RUN VDC
C 0 C 0
D-OUT
rtierschaltung 1 -X72
R206 -X71 A202 -X508 A200 -X50 1 2
=M00+SK H 1 H 1
V200
R205 R200 3 4
V9 V5 A 2 A 2
=M00
R204 R202 5 6
R15 N 3 N 3
C11 C21 7 8 2132971
V E 4 4
V31 V30
A204 A203 A201 0 5 0 5
X600
D-IN
XN1
b X72 a b X71 a b X508 a b X50 a
V204
1 2
R10A 6 6
V11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 4
R10 7 7
5 6
F XFT1 F
2136636
C10 C20 7 8
V10 C 8 C 8 XP2
X601
R14 ST EN H 9 H 9
R203A
-X57
R201
R203
RI UM
R201A
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 A 10 A 10
X57 T1 T2
N 11 N 11
R20A
rschaltung 2
R20
+ -
X602
12 12
Datum/Date18.03.2010 R3011:26 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx X16B Switch cabinet P2020 1 13 1 Ver./Rev.:
13
Ort:
Kunde: 电气柜 P2020 9
5
P3030_P2020-G3
14 14
V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
V21
V20
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl

R25
15 15
TEST
© FETTE GmbH Komm.Nr.: O1 O2

04_GAO 22 >>23 >>| 301
X603
6
1 O4 C 16 C 16
1 2 3 4
X19B 5 6 O3 7 8
X7 X8
9
5
9
5 N:\_E3_Projekte\P2020-P3030\P3030_P2020-G3\P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12.e3s
X3
1 6
1
2
6
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
X3:2
X3:3
X3:4
X3:5
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X1 1
-X1 1
-X1 1
80x40mm
A A
9148880
-E13
+SK1
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
1
=M00 Aussortierschaltung 1
X315 X17 X314 V9 V5
R15
R12
R13
C5 C11
80x40mm
V31 V30
C6 V29
9148880 -XM90 C4 V11
R10A
B R10 B
-E12
+SK1 C10
=M00 V4 V10
R14
-X57
X57
-XR90
X 1.2
Lenze
K11
K12
K14
+24V
0V
+Lüfter
-Lüfter
L1' L2' L3' PE' R30
80x40mm
X 3.1
K32
K31
34
33
3106922
+SK1
=M00
-XM91
-1
C C
R35
-X54 -X56 -X53 -X55
X 1.3
0V
X54 X55
K21
K22
K24
X56 X53
9148880
n.c.
+SK1
=M00
-E9
PE
3106922
+SK1
=M00
L1 U
-XR91
-2
=M00 0V(230)
L2 V
-X01
=M00 -X150B
=M00
+A3CBG 0V(44V)
+SK +SK
Lenze 8200
-X01 -X150B
L3 W X18
D -X70 -X88 -X67 -X86 D
=M00 -A3C. X70 X88 X67 X86
+SK
-X01 PE PE2 Modul I/O E82ZAFSC
PE1 PE1
2133885 7026619
1 12 6
11 5 UG- T1
10 4
2
9 3
8 2
3
7 1
UG+ T2
2137107 -X89 -X73 -X87 -X66

PE2 -X150B
PE2 X89 X73 X87 X66
+SK
=M00
E =M00 =M00 E
+SK +SK
-X926 -X927
2133839 2133839
=M00
-X926 -X927 -XA452 +SK
-A2
>PC-GF20< >PC-GF20<
R
HARTING
R
HARTING =M00
+SK1
1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3
600V
Han Q5/0-F
2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3
600V
Han Q5/0-F
2 -SK1 2138930
3 4 5 3 4 5 3119476 A3C/1 7025463 230V
F F
-X926
2131032 -X927
2131032 -XA452
Datum/Date18.03.2010 11:11 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MVME VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series
5100 PTIDAC-4 IPOS DIGIO-32 DIGIO-32
=M00+SK=M00+SK
A
+SK
A IRQ SPV IRQ SPV
BUS SFL BUS SFL 2137527 2137527

SEL SEL
RUN PST RUN VDC
C 0 C 0
D-OUT
ortierschaltung 1 -X72
R206 -X71 A202 -X508 A200 -X50 1 2
=M00+SK H 1 H 1
V200
R205 R200 3 4
V9 V5 A 2 A 2
=M00
R204 R202 5 6
R15 N 3 N 3
C11 C21 7 8 2132971
V E 4 4
V31 V30
A204 A203 A201 0 5 0 5
X600
D-IN
XN1
b X72 a b X71 a b X508 a b X50 a
V204
1 2
R10A 6 6
V11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 4
B R10
5 6
7 7 B
XFT1
2136636
C10 C20 7 8
V10 C 8 C 8 XP2
X601
R14 ST EN H 9 H 9
R203A
-X57
R201
R203
RI UM
R201A
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 A 10 A 10
X57 T1 T2
N 11 N 11
R20A
R20
+ -
X602
12 12
X16B 1 13 1 13
R30 5
14 14
=M00 9
V21
V20
R25
15 15
TEST
+SK O1 O2
X603
=M00 X19B -C1 6
1 O3 O4 C 16 C 16
C +SK C
O5 E H 17 H 17
-X48 -X90 -X161 -C1-X580
BFL
R35 A 18 A 18
-X53 -X55
V15
ABT/RST
X48 X90 X161 X580 I11 I12
V19
X604
X53 X55 N 19 N 19
CPU
V40 K1
I21 I22
20 20 X16A
7025450
R24
RS 232/485
5
9 I31 I32 2 21 2 21
10/100 BASE T 10/100 BASE T

V41
I41 I42 22 22
X605
LAN 2
V39 6
1 I51 I52 23 23
R23 K2 1
R22
C 24 C 24
H 25 H 25
X606
=M00+SK
LAN 1
RS 232/485
9092358
=M00
-XU1
-X69 -X49 -X204 -X68 -X502 -X640 5
+SK
9 A 26 A 26
D-X67 -X86 X69 X49 X204 X68 X502 X640
X2
1
N 27 N 27
80x40mm D
X67 X86 2133306 6
9092446 28 28
9092451
1
=M00
-XU1
DEBUG
X607
+SK
3 29 3 29
-XU1 X19A
+SK 1
30 30
=M00 FLASH PRG 31 31 XP1
9092446
9092456
X608
V1
-A590 -A591 -A310 -A141 -A151
A181 A180 -XU1 =M00 11
22
1616
1515
+SK +A1C 33 1414
=M00 44 1313
-X79 -X40A -X78 -X39A -X935 -X936 -XV1

-V1 55 1212
+SK -A100
9148880
-X87 -X66
+SK1
=M00
=M00
66 11 11
9092446
-E10
+A100
2137437
X79 X40A A185 X78 X39A A184 X935 A183 X936
X609
=M00
77 1010
-M1
2137204
2137455 88 9 9
X87 X66 U3 U5
-XU1
E +SK DATEL 4 C1
-C1
E
PE
A1
A2
1
=M00 =M00 2 UEP-12/1400-D24N-C Trim
5 TRACO
+A1C
C6 3
ON/OFF POWER -Vout
8
XNT3
9092446 =M00 +A1C -U3 C2
U4
-C2
-C6 7
DC/DC Converter
3 2138453 2 Input: 9-36VDC +Vout C9
-C9
-XU1 6
UST-12/250-D48-C
-Vin 6
3 4 DATEL 7 8
5 6
Output: 5.0VDC/
+24V
+SK +S
=M00+A1C -U4
8.0A max
5VS+
+Vin 5
+12V
11 1616
=M00
5VS-
-12V
ACF
=M00
2138454
=M00+A1C -U5 22
+5V
1 1515
PE
+A1C
=M00 -S 33 1414
XNT2
9092446 4 -XV2
-V2
44 1313
V2
+A1C 55 1212
0V
11 11
-U5 TEN40-2411WI
66
77
1 2
1010
-XU1 2137204
2137455 88 9 9
+SK 7010493
7010802
=M00 +A3C -A3C.. 7025463 =M00
463 230V Rückseite
F F
Datum/Date18.03.2010 11:14 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
38
B 2
B
Z
37
1
W
36
7013493
Y
35
V 34 -T1
+SK
X 33 =M00
U 32 0
31 32
C 0 C
9113269
=M00
+SK
230
-L2
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
D D
A1 A1 A1 A1
A2 A2 A2 A2
=M00 =M00 =M00 =M00

=M00
E +SK +SK +SK +SK
+SK E
-M2 -M3 -M4 -M5
-M5
7013152
7013547 7013152
7013547 7013152
7013547 7013152
7013547
F F
Datum/Date18.03.2010 11:15 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M00.
+SK1
-SK1
7028204
B B
-XM90
C -XR90 C
-XM91
-XR91
D -X01 -X150B D
E E
-X926 -X927 -XA452
-X926 -X927 -XA452
F F
Datum/Date12.07.2011 10:25 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=M00
+SK2
-E8 80x40mm
9148880
L1 L2 L3 PE X2:7
X2:7
X4.2
X4.1
X4.2
X4.1
X2:6 X2:6
A
X2:5 X2:5 Signal 24V 31 21 11 12 13 22 23 32 33 R1 R2 J3 J3 J3 J3 J3 J3
X2:4
A
X2:4 13 14 DC-OK I<IN 0,2A
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
X2:3 X2:3 6 6 6 6 6 6
7025908
7025908
7025908
7025908
7025908
7025908
X2:2 X2:2 PHOENIX 1 1 1 1 1 1
X2:1 1 1 1 1 1 1
X2:1 =M00. CONTACT
X1:4/CO+
X1:3/CO-
X2:6/24V
X2:7/24V
X1:1/CI+
1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3
X1:2/CI-
X2:8/0V
X2:9/0V
X2 X2 State Phoenix
+SK
X1:10
State 24VDC / 1A (4A)
X1:1
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:1
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
X1:9
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X3:1
X3:2
X3:3
X3:4
Contact Junus Junus Junus Junus Junus Junus + + - -
Power Power -A4 40 30 20
SK3110
JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20
7025612 Arlam 50
10
Error Error 60 MURR NLS 1
Rittal
J2 J2 J2 J2 J2 J2 °C
=M00. =M00. =M00. C-4A C-10A C-10A B-10A B-10A C-25A
2 4 6 +SK +SK +SK Boost Bat. Mode =M00. =M00.
+SK +SK
=M00.+SK -A700
=M00.+SK -A720
=M00.+SK -A740
=M00+SK -A800
=M00+SK -A820
=M00+SK -A840
=M00. =M00 -F3 =M00. =M00. =M00. Bat. Charge =M00. =M00 =M00. NLS 1-230-400/24
-F1 -F2 POWER
QUINT POWER
1 1 1 1 1 1
-A314.1 -A314.3
=M00. +SK -K1

+SK +SK +SK +SK +SK Power In
+SK +SK 9 9 9 9 9 9 +SK FAULT
=M00. -A3 -A7 7026131 -F8 -F9 -F10 DC OK -F12 -F13 -F6
+SK 7026118 7026118 =M00.
+SK
OK
2 ON
=M00. 2137857 =M00. 2137862
-Q1 2138931 7023438 7023437 7023437 7023436 7023436 7025688 +SK
2138931
18-29,5V
-A5
9106282
t max
[min] 0
5
15 15 15 15 15 15 -B1 OVERLOAD +SK -A314.2
7013544 20
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front -A6
X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2137861
X1
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7/24V
X2:8/24V
X2:9/0V
X2:10/0V
80x40mm
X2:1/24V
X2:2/24V
X2:3/0V
X2:4/0V
X2:5
5
X5:1
X6:1
PE 0V 230V 400V
X6:11
5
X5:2
X5:3
X5:4
X5:5
X5:6
X5:7
X5:8
X6:2
X6:3
X6:4
X6:5
X6:6
X6:7
X6:8
X6:9
X6:10
X6:12
X7:1/24V-S
X7:2/24V-S
X7:3/0V-S
X7:4/0V-S
9
RS232
1 3 5
RS232
J1 J1 J1 J1 J1 J1
5X4:5
X4:4
X4:3
X4:2
1X4:1
2 2 2 2 2 2 7017238
X4:SH
6
1
6
1 2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ ~ -
24VDC 10A 2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot-
=M00.
X4:99
X4:8
X4:7
X4:66
L1 L2 L3 PE + + - - -
X5 Lenze X5 Lenze Input Output 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND +SK
X5:1 X5:1 + - + - 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND -U1
X5:2 ~
X5:2
9148880
=M00
+SK2
X5:3 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV
-E9
X5:3
7025735
SCHAFFNER X5:4
X5:5
X5:4
X5:5
X5:6 X5:6 ~ +
X5:7 X5:7
X5:8 X5:8
X5:9 X5:9
X5:10 X5:10
X5:11 X5:11
=M00. X5:12 X5:12 =M00
X5:13 +SK2
+SK
-A1
X5:13
X5:14
X5:15
X7 X8 X5:14
X5:15
X7 X8 -E10 80x40mm
2138838
X5:16 5 5
X5:16
9
5
9
5 9148880
PE
9 9
PE
X3 X3
X3:1 6
1
6
1 X3:1 6
1
6
1
X3:2 X3:2
X3:3 X3:3
X3:4 X3:4 =M00. MVME VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series
B
VME-Series
=M00 X3:5 X3:5 +SK 5100 PTIDAC-4 PTIDAC-4 IPOS IPOS DIGIO-32 DIGIO-32
B
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X1 1
-X1 1
-X1 1
1 2
=M00.+SK=M00.+SK
+SK
+SK2 =M00
IRQ SPV IRQ SPV IRQ SPV IRQ SPV
2137527 2137527
110-230V ~
on
BUS SFL BUS SFL BUS SFL BUS SFL
+SK2
PE
off SEL SEL
-E12 RUN PST RUN PST RUN VDC RUN VDC
-SK2 80x40mm D-OUT D-OUT
C 0 C 0
9148880 -X72 -X71 -X508 -X50
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
1 2 1 2 H 1 H 1
=M00.+SK=M00+SK
1
R206 A202 A200
3 4 Aussortierschaltung 1
V200
3 4 3 4
V9 V5 R205 R200 A 2 A 2
=M00.
-XPE1 X315 X17 X314 5 6 5 6
R204 R202
7026811 2133379 R15
C21 7 8 7 8 2132971 2132971 N 3 N 3
R12
R13
C5 C11 4 4
V E V E
V31 V30
0 5 0 5
X600
A204 A203 A201 D-IN
XN1
C6 V29 D-IN
b X72 a b X71 a b X508 a b X50 a 1 2 2
=M00 -XM90 1
V204
R10A 6 6
+SK2 C4 V11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 3 4
7 7
-E13 R10 5 6 5 6
80x40mm XFT1
2136636
C10 C20 7 8 7 8
9148880 C 8 C 8 XP2
X601
V4 V10
ST EN ST EN H 9 H 9
R14
-X57 RI UM RI UM
R203A
R201
R203
R201A
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 A 10 A 10
T1 T2 T1 T2
X57
SH
N 11 N 11
-XR90
R20A
R20
+ -
X602
12 12
X 1.2
Lenze
K11
K12
K14
+24V
0V
+Lüfter
=M00
-Lüfter
1 13 1 13
X16B
L1' L2' L3' PE' R30
=M00. 9
5
9
5 14 14 +SK
-W19 80x40mm
V21
V20
15 15 2137608
R25
TEST
TEST
+SK O1 O2 O1 O2
X603
X 3.1
80x40mm =M00. 6 6
X19B -C1
C 16 C 16
K32
K31
1 1 O3 O4 O3 O4
-XM91
34
33
+SK O5 E O5 E H 17 H 17
-X48 -X90 -X161 -C1-X580
BFL
R35 A 18 A 18
-X54 -X56 -X53 -X55
ABT/RST
V15
X48 X90 X161 X580 I11 I12 I11 I12
X604
0V V19
X 1.3
N 19 N 19
9148880
=M00
+SK2
-E14
X54 X56 X53 X55
CPU
X16A
K21
K22
K24
I21 I22 I21
n.c.
I22
20 20
7025450
V40 K1
RS 232/485
RS 232/485
R24
5 5
9 9 I31 I32 I31 I32 2 21 2 21
PE
10/100 BASE T 10/100 BASE T

V41
I41 I42 I41 I42 22 22
-XR91
X605
SH
LAN 2
L1 U 6 6
V39 1 1 I51 I52 I51 I52 23 23
0V(230)
R23 K2 1
R22 =M00
C
C 24 C 24
+SK
-X01 -X150B L2 V
C =M00. =M00. 0V(44V) H 25 H 25 -W16
X606
=M00.+SK =M00+SK
LAN 1
+SK +SK 2137608
RS 232/485
RS 232/485
5 5
-X69 -X49 -X204 -X68 -X502 -X640
Lenze 8200
-X01 -X150B 9 9 A 26 A 26
=M00.
9092358
-XU1
X18 1
+SK
L3 W -X70 -X88 -X67 -X86 X69 X49 X204 X68 X502 X640
X2 2133306 2133306
N 27 N 27
X70 X88 X67 X86 6 6 28 28
=M00. 1 1
DEBUG
X607
+SK =M00. 9092446 3 29 3 29
-X01 +SK X19A
PE1 PE1
-X150B PE PE2 Modul I/O E82ZAFSC 30 30
-XU1 1
1 7
+SK FLASH PRG FLASH PRG 31 31 XP1
1 =M00.
2 8
X608
V1
UG- T1
3 9 9092446 -A590 -A591 -A592 -A310 -A311 -A141 -A151
2 11 1616
4 10 A181 A180 22
1515
5 11 -XU1 33 1414
44 1313
3 +SK -V1
6 12 UG+ T2 -X79 -X40A -X78 -X39A -X935 -X936 =M00.
55 1212
+SK -A100
9148880
66 11 11
-X89 -X73 -X87 -X66 =M00.
=M00
+A100
+SK2
=M00.
2137437
-E11
X609
77 1010
X79 X40A A185 X78 X39A A184 X935 A183 X936
-M1
2137107 2133885 9092446
88 9 9
PE2 PE2 X89 X73 X87 X66 U3 U5
C1
-C1
PE
A1
A2
-XU1 =M00. 1 DATEL 4
=M00. =M00. TRACO Trim
+SK +SK 2 UEP-12/1400-D24N-C 3 8
-X926
+SK
=M00.
+A1C
C6 5 ON/OFF POWER -Vout
-X927
XNT3
7 C2
-C2
U4
2133839 2133839
-C6 =M00.+A1C -U3 DC/DC Converter
9092446 2 Input: 9-36VDC +Vout
C9
-C9
=M00. 3 2138453 6 -Vin Output: 5.0VDC/ 6
+S
UST-12/250-D48-C
3 4 DATEL 7 8
5 6
-X926 -X927 -XA452
+24V
+Vin 8.0A max
-XU1 5
+SK
11 1616
=M00.+A1C -U4
5VS+
+12V
1=M00.+A1C 9
-U5 =M00.
5VS-
-12V
ACF
22 1515
8
+5V
+SK 1
2138454
-S 1414
10 12 7
PE
33
4 +SK
XNT2
-A2 =M00. 44 1313
-V2
V2
-U5. 55
66
1212
11 11
-XA452 2
6
TEN40-2411WI
0V
>PC-GF20< >PC-GF20< 9092446 77 1010
3 11
=M00 2137204 5
1 2
R
88 9 9
4
7010493 2135170
R
HARTING
HARTING
+SK2
-XU1
1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3
600V
Han Q5/0-F
2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3
600V
Han Q5/0-F
2 -SK2
2138930 =M00. +A3C -A3C 7025463 +SK
3 4 5 3 4 5 3119476
A3C/1 7025463 230V Rückseite =M00.
=M00
+SK2
-SK2
-X926 -X927 -XA452 7045983
D D
38
2
Z
37
1
W 36
7013493
Y 35
V 34 -T1
+SK
X 33 =M00.
32 0
U
31 32
0
9113269
=M00.
230
+SK
-L2
E E
=M00
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
1 1
+SK2
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
1 1
-SK2
7026811A
A1 A1 A1 A1
A2 A2 A2 A2
=M00. =M00. =M00. =M00.

=M00.
+SK +SK +SK +SK
+SK
-M2 -M3 -M4 -M5
-M5
7013152
7013547 7013152
7013547 7013152
7013547 7013547
7013152
F F
Datum/Date 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
Name hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 电气柜 P3030 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=M00
+SK2
A
-E8 80x40mm A
9148880
L1 L2 L3 PE X2:7
X2:7
X4.2
X4.1
X4.2
X4.1
X2:6 X2:6
X2:5 X2:5 Signal 24V 31 21 11 12 13 22 23 32 33 R1 R2 J3 J3 J3 J3
X2:4 X2:4 13 14 DC-OK I<IN 0,2A
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
X2:3 X2:3 6 6 6 6
7025908
7025908
7025908
X2:2 X2:2 PHOENIX 1 1 1 1
X2:1 1 1 1 1 1
X2:1
X2 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 =M00. Phoenix
CONTACT
X2 State State +SK Contact Junus Junus Junus Junus
Power Power -A4 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20
7025612 Arlam
Error Error
=M00. J2 J2 J2 J2
B 2 4 6 =M00.
+SK
=M00.
+SK +SK C-4A C-10A C-10A Boost Bat. Mode B-10A B-10A B
=M00.+SK -A700
=M00.+SK -A720
=M00.+SK -A740
=M00. =M00 -F1 -F2 -F3 =M00. =M00. =M00. Bat. Charge =M00. =M00
QUINT POWER
1 1 1 1
=M00. +SK -K1

+SK +SK +SK +SK +SK Power In
+SK +SK 9 9 9 9
=M00. -A3 -A7 7026118 7026118 7026131 -F8 -F9 -F10 DC OK
=M00. OK
-F12 -F13
+SK +SK 2
-Q1 2138931 2138931 7023438 7023437 7023437 -A5 t max 7023436 7023436
18-29,5V 5
9106282 [min] 0 15 15 15 15
7013544 20
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
X1 X1
5 9
5
80x40mm
RS232
1 3 5
RS232
J1 J1 J1 J1
6 6
1 2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 2 2 2 2 2
1
1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+
24VDC 10A 2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot-
L1 L2 L3 PE + + - - -
X5 Lenze X5 Lenze Input Output 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND
X5:1 X5:1 + - + - 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND
X5:2 X5:2
9148880
=M00
+SK2
X5:3 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV
-E9
X5:3
SCHAFFNER X5:4
X5:5
X5:4
X5:5
C X5:6
X5:7
X5:6
X5:7
C
X5:8 X5:8
X5:9 X5:9
X5:10 X5:10
X5:11 X5:11
=M00. X5:12 X5:12 =M00
X5:13 +SK2
+SK
-A1
X5:13
X5:14
X5:15
X7 X8 X5:14
X5:15
X7 X8 -E10 80x40mm
2138838
X5:16 5 5
X5:16
9
5
9
5 9148880
PE
9 9
PE
X3 X3
X3:1 6
1
6
1 X3:1 6
1
6
1
X3:2 X3:2
X3:3 X3:3
X3:4 X3:4 =M00.
=M00 X3:5 X3:5 +SK
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X1 1
-X1 1
-X1 1
1 2
+SK2 =M00
~
on
D D
110-230V
+SK2
PE
off
-E12
-SK2 80x40mm
9148880 -X7
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
1
R206
V200
V9 V5 R205
-XPE1 X315 X17 X314
R204
7026811 2133379 R15
C21
R12
R13
C5 C11
V31 V30
C6 V29
b X7
=M00 -XM90 R10A
+SK2 C4 V11 1
-E13 R10
80x40mm C10 C20
9148880 V4 V10
R14
-X57 6
X57
-XR90
R20A
R20
X 1.2
Lenze
E E
K11
K12
K14
+24V
0V
+Lüfter
-Lüfter
L1' L2' L3' PE' R30
V21
V20
R25
X 3.1
80x40mm
K32
K31
-XM91
34
33
R35
-X54 -X56 -X53 -X55
V15
0V V19
X 1.3
9148880
=M00
+SK2
-E14
X54 X56 X53 X55
K21
K22
K24
n.c.
V40
PE
V41
L1 U -XR91 V39
0V(230)
R23
R22
-X01
=M00. -X150B
=M00.
L2 V
0V(44V)
F +SK +SK
-X69 -X49 F
Lenze 8200
-X01 -X150B
X18
L3 W -X70 -X88 -X67 -X86 X69 X49
X70 X88 X67 X86
=M00.
+SK =M00.
-X01 +SK
PE1 PE1
-X150B PE PE2 Modul I/O E82ZAFSC
Datum/Date 07.07.2010 13:09 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 电气柜 P3030 P3030_P2020-G3
-X89 -X73
V01
-X87
2011.07.12 -X66
Blatt-Nr.: -X79
X79
-X40A
X40A
© FETTE GmbH Komm.Nr.: X89 X73 X87 04_GAOX66 31 >>32 >>| 301
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A 80x40mm A
2 J3 J3 J3 J3 J3 J3
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
6 6 6 6 6 6
7025908
7025908
7025908
7025908
7025908
7025908
OENIX 1 1 1 1 1 1
ONTACT 1 1 1
X1:4/CO+
X1:3/CO-
X2:6/24V
X2:7/24V
X1:1/CI+
X1:2/CI-
X2:8/0V
X2:9/0V
X1:10
X1:1
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:1
24VDC / 1A (4A)
X1:2
X1:3
X1:4
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
X1:9
X2:1
X3:1
X1:5
X1:6
X1:7
X1:8
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X3:2
X3:3
X3:4
Junus Junus Junus Junus Junus Junus + + - -
40 30 20
SK3110
JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 50
10
60 MURR NLS 1
Rittal
°C
B B-10A B-10A
J2 J2 J2 J2 J2 J2
C-25A =M00. =M00.
B
+SK +SK
=M00.+SK -A700
=M00.+SK -A720
=M00.+SK -A740
=M00+SK -A800
=M00+SK -A820
=M00+SK -A840
=M00. =M00 =M00. NLS 1-230-400/24 POWER
1 1 1 1 1 1
-A314.1 -A314.3
=M00. +SK -K1
+SK +SK 9 9 9 9 9 9 +SK FAULT

-F12 -F13 -F6
2 ON
=M00. 2137857 =M00. 2137862
7023436 7023436 7025688 +SK +SK
5
15 15 15 15 15 15 -B1 OVERLOAD -A314.2
20
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front -A6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2137861
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7/24V
X2:8/24V
X2:9/0V
X2:10/0V
80x40mm
X2:1/24V
X2:2/24V
X2:3/0V
X2:4/0V
X2:5
X5:1
X6:1
X6:11
PE 0V 230V 400V
X5:2
X5:3
X5:4
X5:5
X5:6
X5:7
X5:8
X6:2
X6:3
X6:4
X6:5
X6:6
X6:7
X6:8
X6:9
X6:10
X6:12
X7:1/24V-S
X7:2/24V-S
X7:3/0V-S
X7:4/0V-S
J1 J1 J1 J1 J1 J1
1X4:1
5X4:5
X4:4
X4:3
X4:2
2 2 2 7017238
X4:SH
1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ ~ -
2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot-

=M00.
X4:99
X4:8
X4:7
X4:66
3 GND 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND +SK
4 GND 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND ~ -U1
9148880
=M00
+SK2
5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV

-E9
7025735
C ~ + C
80x40mm
MVME VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series
5100 PTIDAC-4 PTIDAC-4 IPOS IPOS DIGIO-32 DIGIO-32
=M00.+SK=M00.+SK
+SK
D BUS SFL BUS SFL BUS SFL BUS SFL 2137527 2137527 D
SEL SEL
RUN PST RUN PST RUN VDC RUN VDC
C 0 C 0
D-OUT D-OUT
Aussortierschaltung 1 R206-X72 -X71 A202 -X508 A200 -X50 1 2 1 2
=M00.+SK=M00+SK H 1 H 1
V200
3 4 3 4
V9 V5 R205 R200 A 2 A 2
=M00.
X315 X17 X314 5 6 5 6
R204 R202 N 3 N 3
R15
C21 7 8 7 8 2132971 2132971
R12
R13
C5 C11 4 4
V E V E
V31 V30
0 5 0 5
X600
A204 A203 A201 D-IN
XN1
C6 V29 D-IN
b X72 a b X71 a b X508 a b X50 a 1 2 1 2
V204
R10A 6 6
C4 V11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 3 4
R10 6 6
7 7
5 5
XFT1
2136636
C10 C20 7 8 7 8
C 8 C 8 XP2
X601
V4 V10
ST EN ST EN H 9 H 9
R14
-X57 RI UM RI UM
R203A
R201
R203
R201A
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 A 10 A 10
T1 T2 T1 T2
X57
SH
N 11 N 11
R20A
R20
+ -
X602
E 12 12
E
X16B
1 13 1 13 =M00
R30
=M00. 9
5
9
5 14 14 +SK
-W19 80x40mm
V21
V20
15 15 2137608
R25
TEST
TEST
+SK O1 O2 O1 O2
X603
=M00. 6 6
X19B -C1
1 1 O3 O4 O3 O4 C 16 C 16
+SK O5 E O5 E H 17 H 17
-X48 -X90 -X161 -C1-X580
BFL
R35 A 18 A 18
-X54 -X56 -X53 -X55
ABT/RST
V15
X48 X90 X161 X580 I11 I12 I11 I12
X604
V19 N 19 N 19
X54 X56 X53 X55
CPU
I21 I22 I21 I22
20 20 X16A
7025450
V40 K1
RS 232/485
RS 232/485
R24
5 5
9 9 I31 I32 I31 I32 2 21 2 21
10/100 BASE T 10/100 BASE T

V41
X605 I41 I42 I41 I42 22 22
SH
LAN 2
6 6
V39 1 1 I51 I52 I51 I52 23 23
R23 K2 1
R22 C 24 C 24 =M00
+SK
H 25 H 25 -W16
X606
=M00.+SK =M00+SK
LAN 1
F 2137608 F
RS 232/485
RS 232/485
5 5
-X69 -X49 -X204 -X68 -X502 -X640 9 9 A 26 A 26
=M00.
9092358
-XU1
X18
+SK
-X70 -X88 -X67 -X86 X69 X49 X204 X68 X502 X640
X2
1
2133306 2133306
N 27 N 27
X70 X88 X67 X86 6 6 28 28
1 1
DEBUG
X607
9092446 3 29 3 29
X19A
30 30
-XU1 1
=M00.
X608
V1
Datum/Date 07.07.2010 13:13 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx A181 A180
Switch cabinet P3030 Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl
-X89 -X73
hbehns
-X87
MMarkl
-X66
-X79Kunde:
-X40A -X78 -X39A -X935 -X936 电气柜 P3030 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
X609
X89 ©X73
FETTE GmbH X87 X66
X79
Komm.Nr.:
X40A A185 X78 X39A A184 X935 A183 X936
U3 U5 04_GAO 32 >>33 >>| 301
C1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PHOENIX 1 1 1 1
R
CONTACT
X2 State X2 State Phoenix
Contact Junus Junus Junus Junus
Power Power JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20
Arlam
Error Error
N:\_E3_Projekte\P2020-P3030\P3030_P2020-G3\P3030_P2020-G3Boost
V01 2011.07.12.e3s Bat. Mode
J2 J2 J2 J2
=M00.+SK -A700
=M00.+SK -A720
=M00.+SK -A740
Bat. Charge
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
QUINT POWER
1 1 1 1
=M00. +SK -K1

9 9 9 9
Power In
=M00. -A3 -A7 7026118 7026118 7026131 -F8 -F9 -F10 DC OK
=M00. OK
-F12 -F13
+SK +SK 2
-Q1 2138931 2138931 7023438 7023437 7023437 -A5 t max 7023436 7023436
18-29,5V 5
9106282 [min] 0 15 15 15 15
7013544 20
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
X1 X1
5 9
5
80x40mm
RS232
9
1 3 5
RS232
J1 J1 J1 J1
6 6
2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 2 2 2 2 2
A
1 1
24VDC 10A
1
2
Mot+
Mot-
1
2
Mot+
Mot-
1
2
Mot+
Mot-
1
2
Mot+
Mot-
A
L1 L2 L3 PE + + - - -
X5 Lenze X5 Lenze Input Output 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND
X5:1 X5:1 + - + - 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND
X5:2 X5:2
9148880
=M00
+SK2
X5:3 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV
-E9
X5:3
SCHAFFNER X5:4
X5:5
X5:4
X5:5
X5:6 X5:6
X5:7 X5:7
X5:8 X5:8
X5:9 X5:9
X5:10 X5:10
X5:11 X5:11
=M00. X5:12 X5:12 =M00
X5:13 +SK2
+SK
-A1
X5:13
X5:14
X5:15
X7 X8 X5:14
X5:15
X7 X8 -E10 80x40mm
2138838
X5:16 5 5
X5:16
9
5
9
5 9148880
PE
9 9
PE
X3 X3
B X3:1
X3:2
6
1
6
1 X3:1
X3:2
6
1
6
1
B
X3:3 X3:3
X3:4 X3:4 =M00.
=M00 X3:5 X3:5 +SK
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X1PE
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X10V
-X1 1
-X1 1
-X1 1
1 2
+SK2 =M00
~
on
110-230V
+SK2
PE
off
-E12
-SK2 80x40mm
9148880 -X7
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
1
R206
V200
V9 V5 R205
-XPE1 X315 X17 X314
R204
7026811 2133379 R15
C21
R12
R13
C5 C11
V31 V30
C6 V29
b X7
C =M00 -XM90 R10A C
+SK2 C4 V11 1
-E13 R10
80x40mm C10 C20
9148880 V4 V10
R14
-X57 6
X57
-XR90
R20A
R20
X 1.2
Lenze
K11
K12
K14
+24V
0V
+Lüfter
-Lüfter
L1' L2' L3' PE' R30
V21
V20
R25
X 3.1
80x40mm
K32
K31
-XM91
34
33
R35
-X54 -X56 -X53 -X55
V15
0V V19
X 1.3
9148880
=M00
+SK2
-E14
X54 X56 X53 X55

D D
K21
K22
K24
n.c.
V40
PE
V41
L1 U -XR91 V39
0V(230)
R23
R22
-X01
=M00. -X150B
=M00.
L2 V
0V(44V)
+SK +SK
-X69 -X49
Lenze 8200
-X01 -X150B
X18
L3 W -X70 -X88 -X67 -X86 X69 X49
X70 X88 X67 X86
=M00.
+SK =M00.
-X01 +SK
PE1 PE1
-X150B PE PE2 Modul I/O E82ZAFSC
1 7
1
2 8
UG- T1
3 9
E 2
4 10 E
5 11
3 6 12
UG+ T2 -X79 -X40A
2137107 2133885
-X89 -X73 -X87 -X66 X79 X40A
PE2 PE2 X89 X73 X87 X66
=M00. =M00.
+SK +SK
-X926 -X927
2133839 2133839
=M00.
-X926 -X927 -XA452 +SK
-A2
>PC-GF20< >PC-GF20<
R
HARTING
R
HARTING =M00
+SK2
1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3
600V
Han Q5/0-F
2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3
600V
Han Q5/0-F
2 -SK2
2138930
3 4 5 3 4 5 3119476
A3C/1 7025463 230V Rückseite
F F
-X926 -X927 -XA452
Datum/Date 07.07.2010 13:04 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Junus Junus Junus Junus Junus Junus 24VDC / 1A (4A)
40 30 20
SK3110
JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 JSP-090-20 50
10
60 MURR NLS 1
Rittal
J2 J2 J2 J2 J2 J2 °C

NLS 1-230-400/24 POWER
1 1 1 1 1 1
=M00. +SK -K1

9 9 9 9 9 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FAULT
8
ON 2137857 =M00. 2137862
=M00.+SK
=M00.+SK
=M00.+SK
=M00+SK
=M00+SK
=M00+SK
7023436 7023436 7025688 +SK +SK
15 15 15 15 15 15 -B1 OVERLOAD -A314.2
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front
8
Front -A6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2137861
X2:1
X2:2
X2:3
X2:4
X2:5
X2:6
X2:7/24V
X2:8/24V
X2:9/0V
X2:10/0V
80x40mm
X2:1/24V
X2:2/24V
X2:3/0V
X2:4/0V
X2:5
X5:1
X6:1
X6:11
PE 0V 230V 400V
X5:2
X5:3
X5:4
X5:5
X5:6
X5:7
X5:8
X6:2
X6:3
X6:4
X6:5
X6:6
X6:7
X6:8
X6:9
X6:10
X6:12
X7:1/24V-S
X7:2/24V-S
X7:3/0V-S
X7:4/0V-S
J1 J1 J1 J1 J1 J1
1X4:1
5X4:5
X4:4
X4:3
X4:2
2 2 2 7017238
X4:SH
1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ 1 Mot+ ~ -
2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot- 2 Mot-

=M00. A
X4:99
X4:8
X4:7
X4:66
A 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND 3 GND +SK
4 GND 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND 4 GND ~ -U1
9148880
=M00
+SK2
5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV 5 +HV

-E9
7025735
~ +
80x40mm
B B
MVME VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series VME-Series
5100 PTIDAC-4 PTIDAC-4 IPOS IPOS DIGIO-32 DIGIO-32
=M00.+SK=M00.+SK
+SK
BUS SFL BUS SFL BUS SFL BUS SFL 2137527 2137527
SEL SEL
RUN PST RUN PST RUN VDC RUN VDC
C 0 C 0
D-OUT D-OUT
Aussortierschaltung 1 -X72
R206 -X71 A202 -X508 A200 -X50 1 2 1 2
=M00.+SK=M00+SK H 1 H 1
V200
3 4 3 4
V9 V5 R205 R200 A 2 A 2
=M00.
X315 X17 X314 5 6 5 6
R204 R202 N 3 N 3
R15
C21 7 8 7 8 2132971 2132971
R12
R13
C5 C11 4 4
V E V E
V31 V30
0 5 0 5
X600
A204 A203 A201 D-IN
XN1
C6 V29 D-IN
b X72 a b X71 a b X508 a b X50 a 1 2 1 2
V204
R10A 6 6
C
C4 V11
R10
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3
5
4
6
3
5
4
6
7 7 C
XFT1
2136636
C10 C20 7 8 7 8
C 8 C 8 XP2
X601
V4 V10
ST EN ST EN H 9 H 9
R14
-X57 RI UM RI UM
R203A
R201
R203
R201A
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 A 10 A 10
T1 T2 T1 T2
X57
SH
N 11 N 11
R20A
R20
+ -
X602
12 12
X16B
1 13 1 13 =M00
R30
=M00. 9
5
9
5 14 14 +SK
-W19 80x40mm
V21
V20
15 15 2137608
R25
TEST
TEST
+SK O1 O2 O1 O2
X603
=M00. 6 6
X19B -C1
1 1 O3 O4 O3 O4 C 16 C 16
+SK O5 E O5 E H 17 H 17
-X48 -X90 -X161 -C1-X580
BFL
R35 A 18 A 18
-X54 -X56 -X53 -X55
ABT/RST
V15
X48 X90 X161 X580 I11 I12 I11 I12
X604
V19 N 19 N 19
X54 X56 X53 X55
CPU
I21 I22 I21 I22
20 20 X16A
7025450
V40 K1
D D
RS 232/485
RS 232/485
R24
5 5
9 9 I31 I32 I31 I32 2 21 2 21
10/100 BASE T 10/100 BASE T

V41
I41 I42 I41 I42 22 22
X605
SH
LAN 2
6 6
V39 1 1 I51 I52 I51 I52 23 23
R23 K2 1
R22 C 24 C 24 =M00
+SK
H 25 H 25 -W16
X606
=M00.+SK =M00+SK
LAN 1
2137608
RS 232/485
RS 232/485
5 5
-X69 -X49 -X204 -X68 -X502 -X640 9 9 A 26 A 26
=M00.
9092358
-XU1
+SK
-X70 -X88 -X67 -X86 X69 X49 X204 X68 X502 X640
X2
1
2133306 2133306
N 27 N 27
X70 X88 X67 X86 6 6 28 28
1 1
DEBUG
X607
9092446 3 29 3 29
X19A
30 30
-XU1 1
=M00.
X608
V1
9092446 -A590 -A591 -A592 -A310 -A311 -A141 -A151 11 1616
A181 A180 22
1515
E -XU1
+SK -V1
33
44
1414
1313
E
-X79 -X40A -X78 -X39A -X935 -X936 =M00.
55 1212
+SK -A100
9148880
66 11 11
-X89 -X73 -X87 -X66 =M00.
=M00
+A100
+SK2
=M00.
2137437
-E11
X609
77 1010
X79 X40A A185 X78 X39A A184 X935 A183 X936
-M1
88 9 9
X89 X73 X87 X66 9092446 U3 U5

C1
PE
-C1
A1
A2
-XU1 =M00. 1 DATEL 4
Trim
+SK 2 UEP-12/1400-D24N-C 3 TRACO 8
=M00.
+A1C
C6 5 ON/OFF POWER -Vout
XNT3
7 C2
-C2
U4
-C6 =M00.+A1C -U3 DC/DC Converter
9092446 2 Input: 9-36VDC +Vout
C9
-C9
3 2138453 -Vin 6
6 Output: 5.0VDC/
+S
UST-12/250-D48-C
3 4 DATEL 7 8
5 6
+24V
+Vin 8.0A max
-XU1 5 11 1616
=M00.+A1C -U4
5VS+
+12V
1 =M00.+A1C -U5
5VS-
-12V
ACF
22 1515
+5V
+SK
2138454
-S
PE
33 1414
=M00. XNT2 4 -V2

44 1313
V2
-U5. 55
66
1212
11 11
TEN40-2411WI
0V
9092446 77 1010
2137204
1 2
88 9 9
7010493
-XU1
7025463 +SK
=M00. +A3C -A3C
A3C/1 7025463 230V Rückseite =M00.
F F
Datum/Date 07.07.2010 13:17 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
38
2
Z
37
B 1 B
W 36
7013493
Y 35
V 34 -T1
+SK
X 33 =M00.
32 0
U
31 32
0
9113269
=M00.
230
C
+SK
C
-L2
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
D D
A1 A1 A1 A1
A2 A2 A2 A2
=M00. =M00. =M00. =M00.

=M00.
+SK +SK +SK +SK
+SK
-M2 -M3 -M4 -M5
-M5
7013152
7013547 7013152
7013547 7013152 7013547
7013152
E 7013547 E
F F
Datum/Date 22.07.2010 08:05 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M00.
+SK2
-SK2
7026811
B -XM90 B
-XR90
-XM91
C C
-XR91
-X01 -X150B
D D
-X926 -X927 -XA452
E E
-X926 -X927 -XA452
F F
Datum/Date12.07.2011 10:31 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X600
XN1
A A
XFT1
XP2
X601
X602
B B
X603
a
BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
X590 X591 X592 X310 X311 X141 X151
10 C3
10 R3
10 C7
10 R7
10 C4
a
c
a
c
a
c
a
c
a
c
a
c
a
c
1
11 1 1
11 1 1
1 1 1
1 1
X604
X16A
7025451
C C
1
1
1
1
C608 C604 C603 C602 C601 C600
X605
XP1
C609 C607 C606 C605
X606
10 C8
10 C5
D D
X607
X19A
c
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 a
1
1
X608
32
V1
E =M00 +A1C -A1C E
X609
U3 U5
C1
C6
XNT3
C2
U4
C9
+24V
5VS+
+12V
5VS-
-12V
ACF
+5V
PE
XNT2
V2
F F
0V
Datum/Date12.07.2010 12:48 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Connection board A1C Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 连接电路板 A1C P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
265.00 mm
20.00
A A
28.00 mm
16.00
X600 X601 X602 X603 X604 X605 X606 X607 X608 X609 XNT3 XNT2
30.00
8.00
65.00 mm U4
B B
X590
+24V 0V
C3
C6
R3 C600, C601, C602, C603, C604, C608
X591
C8 +12V
C4 R5
C
-12V C
X592 +5V
151.00 mm
157.00 mm
5VS-
U3
C7
215.00 mm
R7 C605, C607, C609 5VS+

X310 ACF
PE
D
X311 D
U5
X141
X151
E E
30.00
8.00
C9
30.00 mm
XP2
XP1
C1
C2
XV1 (V1) XV2 (V2)
XN1
XFT1 X16A X19A

F F
Datum/Date 25.06.2010 08:36 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx mounting plan PCB A1C Id.7025452 Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name hbehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 机柜 PCB A1C Id.7025452 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-X50 -X508 -X71 -X72
B B
-X57
=M00 C
C -X580 -X161 -X90 -X48
+A3CBG -X55 -X53 -X56 -X54
-A3C
7026619
-X640 -X502 -X68 -X204 -X49 -X69

-X86 -X67 -X88 -X70
D D
-X936 -X935 -X39A -X78 -X40A -X79

-X66 -X87 -X73 -X89
E E
F F
Datum/Date 06.07.2010 13:40 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx mounting panel -A3C Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 安装机柜 -A3C P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A200 A202 R206

V200
R200 R205 V5 V9 A
A X314 X17 X315
R202 R204
C21 C11 R15
R13
R12
C5
V30 V31
A201 A203 A204 V29
a X50 b a X508 b a X71 b a X72 b C6
R10A
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V11 C4
R10
C20 C10
V10 V4
R14
R201
R203
R201A
R203A
V204
B 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 B
X57
=M00 1
9
10 12
8
+A3C
V21 R20A
7
R20
X16B -X57 2
6
R30 3 11
5
2133681
R25
4
V20
X19B
V15
R35 C
C X580 X161 X90 X48
0V
V19 X55 X53 X56 X54
K1 >PC-GF20< >PC-GF20< >PC-GF20< >PC-GF20<
V40
=M00 =M00 =M00 =M00
R24
R R R R 9 8 9 8 9 8 9 8
HARTING HARTING HARTING HARTING
1 1 1 1
10 12 10 12 10 12 10 12 PE
V41
+A3C 7 +A3C 7 +A3C 7 +A3C 7
-X55 -X53 -X56 -X54
1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3 2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3 2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3 2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3 2
600V 600V 600V 600V 2 2 2 2
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
6 6 6 6
3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5
V39 3 11 3 11 3 11 3 11
5 5 5 5
2133681 4
2133681 4
2133681 4
2133681 4 0V(230)
K2 R23
2130668 R22
0V(44V)
X18
D X640 X502 X68 X204 X49 X69 D
X2 X86 X67 X88 X70
>PC-GF20< >PC-GF20< >PC-GF20< >PC-GF20< >PC-GF20< >PC-GF20<
R
HARTING
R
HARTING
R
HARTING
R
HARTING
R
HARTING HARTING
R
=M00 1
9
10 12
8 =M00 1
9
10 12
8 =M00 1
9
10 12
8 =M00 1
9
10 12
8
+A3C 7 +A3C 7 +A3C 7 +A3C 7
-X86 -X67 -X88 -X70
1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3 2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3 2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3 2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3 2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3 2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3 2
600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 2 2 2 2
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
6 6 6 6
3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 11 3 11 3 11 3 11
5 5 5 5
2133681 4
2133681 4
2133681 4
2133681 4
A180 A181
E X936 A183 X935 A184 X39A X78 A185 X40A X79 E

X66 X87 X73 X89
>PC-GF20<
R
>PC-GF20<
R
>PC-GF20<
R
>PC-GF20<
R
>PC-GF20<
R
>PC-GF20<
R
=M00 1
9
10 12
8 =M00 1
9
10 12
8 =M00 1
9
10 12
8 =M00 1
9
10 12
8
+A3C +A3C +A3C +A3C
HARTING HARTING HARTING HARTING HARTING HARTING
7 7 7 7
1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3
600V
2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3
600V
2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3
600V
2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3
600V
2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3
600V
2 1 16A 230/400V 4kV 3
600V
2 -X66 2
6 -X87 2
6 -X73 2
6 -X89 2
6
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
>PC-GF 20<
Han Q5/0-F
11 11 11 11
3 3 3 3
5 5 5 5
3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5
2133681 4
2133681 4
2133681 4
2133681 4
F F
7025463 -A3C +A3C =M00
Vorderseite 230V A3C/1 7025463
Datum/Date 06.07.2010 13:57 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Connection board A3C connector page Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 连接电路板 A3C 连接器页 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R206 A202 A200

Aussortierschaltung 1 -R206
V200
11 1616
=M00 R205 -R205 R200 -R200
X315 X17 X314 V9 V5 +A3C
22
33
1515
1414
R204 R202 -R202

A -V9 -V5 R15 -V200
44 1313 -R204
A
C21 -XV200 55 1212
R12
R13
z b d z b d z b d C5 -C5 C11 66 11 11
V31 V30 -R15 +A3C=M00 2137204

77 1010
2137455 88 9 9
V29 =M00 A204 A203 A201

C6 -C6 =M00
+A3C -V31
-R10A +A3C =M00
-R12
-R13
b X72 a b X71 a b X508 a b X50 a
+A3C -V30
V204
+A3C +A3C
+A3C -V29
R10A
C4 -C4 -V11 V11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
R10 -C11 -C21
-R10 +A3C =M00
1616
1313
1515
1414
1212
1010
11 11
9 9
C10 C20
=M00
-R201A
-R201
-R203
-R203A
-V204
V4 -R14 +A3C V10
+A3C -V10
44
55
88
66
11
22
33
77
-X315 R14 =M00 =M00
=M00
+A3C
-V4
-XV4
2137204
2137455
+A3C +A3C
R203A
R201
R203
R201A
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
B 2130618 X57 -C10 -C20 B
R20A
R20
c
X16B
=M00 +A3C -R20A
=M00 +A3C -R20

=M00+A3C -R25
a
R30
V21
V20
-R30
R25
-R31
-R32
c
-V21
-R33 BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
-V20
X19B
-R34
a
-R35
+A3C
-X19B
=M00
2131033
R35
V15
X48 X90 X161 X580=M00
0V -V19 V19 11 16
14
V23100-V4324-C011
C X54 X56 X53 X55 +A3C
2
3
2 15
13
14
C
+A3C -R24
-V40 +A3C V40 -XK1 4 13
K1
-V15
R24
5 12
66 119
PE 2131055 77 108
-V41 +A3C V41 2137204 8 9
=M00 11 16
14
V23100-V4324-C011
-V39 +A3C V39 +A3C
2
3
2 15
13
14
0V(230)
R23 -R23 -XK2 4
5
13
12
K2
R22 -R22 2131055
66
77
119
108
2137204 8 9
0V(44V)
X18
X69 X49 X204 X68 X502 X640
X70 X88 X67 X86 X2
D D
z b d
1
2
3
=M00
+A3C A181 A180
4
-X18
-X2
-A181 +A3C =M00 -A180 +A3C =M00
2130618
X79 X40A A185 X78 X39A A184 X935 A183 X936
E X89 X73 X87 X66 E
-A185
-A184
-A183
=M00 +A3C
=M00 +A3C
=M00 +A3C
F 7025463 F
=M00 +A3C -A3C.
A3C/1 7025463 230V Rückseite
Datum/Date 06.07.2010 14:03 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Connection board A3C Rückseite Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 连接电路板 A3C [ P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
F F
Gezeichnet / Designed Geprüft / ProvedGedruckt / Printed Letzte Änderung / Last Change Zeichnung/Draw V1/ Anlage:=ITS V2
Datum/Date18.02.2011 15:34 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Terminal Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name hbehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 操作台 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BK 6.00 mm² BK 6.00 mm²
BK 6.00 mm² BK 6.00 mm² BU 1.50 mm² BU 1.50 mm² BU 1.50 mm²
BK 6.00 mm²
32A
32A
32A
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
=M00 =M00 A
6A
6A
6A
8A
8A
A
=M00 =M00 =M00 +SK 1 +SK 1 =M00 1
+SK 1 3 5 +SK 1 3 5 +SK 1 3 +SK
-F8 -F9
BK
BK
BK -F1 -F2 -F3 7023438 7023437 -F10
7026118 7026118 7026131 4A_C 2 10A_C 2 7023437
Main drive Frequency converter 2 4 6 Power supply 24VDC 2 4 6 Transformer 230V, 32V 2 4 10A_C 2 230VAC.F10
7026151
7026151
7026151
/81.A1
7026069
7026069
7026069
7026150
7026150
主驱动变频器电源 24VDC 变压器 230V, 32V ITS Terminal Power supply Load cell BU 1.50 mm²
Periferie of devices 230VAC.F10
ITS 操作台电源重力传感器 /80.A1
=M00 设备周边 BU 1.50 mm²
+SK A3C Distribution board
PE'
L1'
L2'
L3'
A4-L1 /3.A1 -T1 A3C 分布图 230VAC_F9
1.50 mm²
1.50 mm²
BK 1.50 mm² /6.B2
=M00 A4-L2 7013493 BU 1.50 mm²
+SK 1.50 mm²
/3.A1
B -A1 BK 230VAC_F9 B
BK
BK
A4-L3 1.50 mm²
/3.A6
2138838 1.50 mm²
/3.A1 BU
BK
1 230 L.F0
L1
L2
L3
PE
Line filter 1.50 mm²

/90.C5
BU
滤波器 L2U1 /4.A1 Input Voltage
BK 6.00 mm²
输入电压
L2V1 /4.A1 31
BK 6.00 mm² Jumper
Transformer supply terminal 1 +2

L2W1 跳线
32
6.00 mm²
/4.A1
BK 33
变压器电源端子 1 +2
34-35 600V
PE.A2 33-35 575V
/30.F2 32-35 550V
34
GNYE 1.50 mm²
PE 31-35 525V
/3.A6 35
2133811
2133801
1.50 mm² 34-36 500V 0 C

C GNYE
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
360 mm
33-36 480V 36
=M00 32-36 460V
+SK 37 BU 6.00 mm²
32-37 440V 32
GNYE
BK
BK
BK
-X1 PE PE 31-37 415V

/4.A1 38 BU
+
6.00 mm²
2133110 GNYE 6.00 mm² 32-38 400V
PE PE.A1 2133816 BU 6.00 mm²
+
/25.F2 31-38 380V
GNYE 1.50 mm² 1-36,2-32 230V 0 =M00
~
PE PE 1-37,2-31 208V =M00 1
/3.A1 +SK
PE
GNYE 1.50 mm² 2 +SK
PE PE + -F6
-C1
~
1.50 mm²
/80.A1 7025688
GNYE 9098152 - 25A_C 2
PE 47000UF/100V
=M00
~
GNYE 2.50 mm²
6.00 mm²
+SK 2 4 6 PE PE BU 6.00 mm² 2133816 +44V_F90.A1

-Q1 6.00 mm²
/4.A1 6.00 mm²
/6.B2
D GNYE BU D
-
-
7013544 PE PE +44V_F90.A2
GNYE
/5.D1 BU 6.00 mm² /25.D2

1 3 5
-U1
GNYE 2.50 mm² BU 2.50 mm²
=M00
7025735
+SK
main switch PE PE
=M00 /5.D1
主开关 +SK 1.50 mm²
PE
GNYE 21338310VA21V
/3.C6
-PE1 PE /81.A1 1.00 mm²
BU
BU 6.00 mm²
GNYE 1.50 mm²
2133811
0VA21V
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
Housing
750 mm
1.00 mm²
/4.C1
BU
PE.A3 /6.A2 0VA21V /3.E6
=M00
GNYE
BK
BK
BK
GNYE 6.00 mm² PE BU 1.00 mm²

/90.C5 +SK
GNYE 1.50 mm² -X1 0V 0VA21V
2133112 /3.A6
GNYE 6.00 mm² BU 1.50 mm²
+SK
1 2 0V 0VA21V
E /5.B1 E
GNYE 6.00 mm² =M00 BU 1.50 mm²
2130671
=M00
+SK
-X01
+SK
+SK 0V 0VA21V.A6
PE1
/6.A2
SH
-XPE1 BU 6.00 mm²

2
3
1
HAN C male +SK

2133379 2133830 0V 0VA21V
1.50 mm² 2.50 mm²
/3.D1
BU BU
1
2137991
-X01.
2
3
=M00
+SK
+SK
PE1
2130671
SH
2137183
3 4 0V 0VA21V
2.50 mm² 1.50 mm²
/90.C5
BU +SK BU
=M00 =M00 0V 0VA21V.A1 /25.D2
+SK +SK +SK BU 2.50 mm²
-PE2 -PE3 0V
0VA21V /81.A1
HAN C female
BU 1.50 mm² 0VA21V /80.A1
F Housing Switch cabinet door BU 1.50 mm²
F
0VA21V.A4 /6.A2
supply Switch cabinet
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm² 0VA21V.A5

电源电气柜 BU 2.50 mm²
/6.A2
Datum/Date 31.08.2009 11:18 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx supply, control voltage 230VAC, 44VDC Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 电源, 控制电压 230VAC, 44VDC P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
© FETTE GmbH Komm.Nr.: 05_SLP 1 >>2 >>| 301
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
PE rail head assembly BG:9135278
PE 轨机器顶部 BG:9135278
=M01
+GOT
-XPE -XPE 1 -XPE 2 -XPE 3 -XPE 4 -XPE 5 -XPE 6 -XPE 7
2133192 2133192 2133192 2133192 2133192 2133192 2133192
9135278
B B
2133801
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
GNYE
C C
2133717
1
1
2133716
=M01
+AR PE
-XPE4
D D
=M01 support column 4
+AR
6.00 mm²
PE
-XPE3 ༰ 4
GNYE
+AR PE
-XPE2 ༰ 3
+AR PE =M01
-XPE1 ༰ 2 +SK PE
-XPE
support column 1
E ༰ 1 Switch cabinet E
=M01 =M01
+GOT PE +AR PE
-XPE2 -XPE5
Cover plate head assembly Bottom plate
F F
Datum/Date 22.02.2011 15:02 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx PE rail head assembly Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name hbehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: PE 轨机器顶部 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/1.C3 PE
GNYE 1.50 mm²
/1.C3 PE
A A4-L1 GNYE 1.50 mm² A
/1.B4 1.50 mm²
BK /1.E8 0VA21V
A4-L2 BU 1.50 mm²
/1.B4 1.50 mm²
BK /1.B8 230VAC_F9
A4-L3 BU 1.50 mm²
/1.B4 1.50 mm²
BK
=M00 =M00. =M00

L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3 PE
B +SK 13 +SK 13 +SK B
400V AC 3PH 400V AC 3PH 400V 230V 0V PE
-A4 DC-OK -A4 DC-OK -A6
7016454 14 7025612 14 7017238 Input VAC
Power supply 24VDC 24V DC 20A I<IN 24V DC 40A I<IN 24VDC_for Load cell
24VDC + + - - - DC-OK + + - - - DC-OK Output VDC
24VDC_为重力传感器
+ + - -
/1.D8 0VA21V 0V-Mess /5.A1

BU 1.00 mm² BU 1.00 mm²
BU 2.50 mm²
+24V-Mess /5.A1 C
C =M00 1 BU 1.00 mm²
+SK
-F13
7023436
10A_B 2
115VAC RF.Acc.
250VAC RF.Acc.
RF.Acc.
RF.Acc.
Switch cabinet Temperature sensor
电气柜温度传感器
48/60V
+24V_F13 /6.B2 2131828
BU 2.50 mm²
BU 2.50 mm²
BU 2.50 mm²
=M00 -B1
+SK 1 24V +SK
-F12 =M00
7023436 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D 10A_B 2 D
/1.E8 0VA21V
#6240.A18
BU 2.50 mm²
BU 2.50 mm² /23.E1

BU 1.00 mm² BU 1.00 mm² BU 1.00 mm²
=M00 12 14
+SK
-K1
BU 1.00 mm²
=M00 2130789
+SK /4.F1 11
=M00 -X1 1 2133114 1 2133114 1 #6240
+ - + - R1 R2 /5.B1 24V-Lüfter
+SK Input Output Remote 2133111 BU 1.50 mm²
1.00 mm² 1.00 mm²
/4.C1
-A5 OFF
BU BU
24VDC/ 10A ON
9106282 t-max=0,5min #6240.A2 =M00
E 24VDC 2.50 mm²
/6.B2 +SK E
UPS BU -X5 1 -X5B1 2 -X5B2 3 4
UPS Alarm Bat. Mode Bat. Charge #6240.A1 2133162 =M00
1.00 mm²
/25.D2 +SK
0,2A BU
24V 11 12 13 21 22 23 31 32 33 0VA21V -X5 5-X5B3 6-X5B4 7 8
/1.E8 1.00 mm²
#6240.A4 /90.C5 BU
BU 1.50 mm²
=M00 =M00 =M00 =M00

+SK A1 A2 +SK A1 A2 +SK A1 A2 +SK A1 A2
AC-Fail -M2 -M3 -M4 -M5
1.00 mm²
/5.D1 7013152 7013152 7013152 7013152
BU
F 0V_A1C M M M M F
1.00 mm²
/5.D1
BU
Switch cabinet Fan Switch cabinet Fan Switch cabinet Fan Switch cabinet Fan
电气柜风扇电气柜风扇电气柜风扇电气柜风扇
Datum/Date 29.10.2009 11:12 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx 24VDC Power supply / UPS Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 24VDC 电源 / UPS P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9113269
=M00
+SK
PE
Rotor Peripheral pulse

-L2
/1.D3
Rotor Peripheral pulse

GNYE 6.00 mm²
PE
U X
主轴计周脉冲
冲脉冲 1 主轴
冲脉冲 2 主轴
Track 1 Rotor
Track 2 Rotor
L2U1
Track 1 Rotor
Track 2 Rotor
A /1.B3 6.00 mm²
A
L2V1 BK V Y
2
/1.B3 6.00 mm²
L2W1 BK W Z
/1.C3 6.00 mm²
BK
/1.C3 PE
-A591 -A592 -A591 -A592 -A591 -A592
/11.D1 /11.D5 /11.C1 /11.C5 /11.D1 /11.D5
Lüfterabdeckung abnehmen und beide Lüfter drehen. 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306
UMF00 UMF00 ENC00 ENC00 RIC00 RIC00
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
Die Lüfter müssen saugen !!!
IN IN IN IN IN IN
=M00 13c 13c 13a 13a 14c 14c
GNYE
BK
BK
BK
24VDC
+SK ACHTUNG
13c
13a
14c
13c
13a
14c
B =M00 -A2 Gerät führt bis 180s nach B
+SK 2130813
Ausschalten Spannung
-A2
>t°
ATTENTION =M00
10a
10c
2138930
9c
Device is live up to 180s after +A1C
UG+
+Lüfter
-Lüfter
UG-
+24V
PE
L1
L2
L3
0V removing mains voltage =M00
=M00
2133677
9c
10a
10c
+SK
-X16A
+SK
=M00 A1 -A2 AC AC
2135181
3
4
+SK
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
Cable length cabinet-machine
=M00
1
=M00
-XA2
2
+SK
PE2
2138930
T1
T2
-K1 +SK
W
V
U
2130789 A2 -A2
17
20
19
-W16
-X16B
/4.F1
2133677
=M00
2130814
BU 0.50 mm² C
+SK
C
single core
10a
10c
9c
Air
120
BU 0.50 mm²
空气
单芯
-X16B
9c
10a
10c
2131033
/3.E8 24V-Lüfter
170
BU 1.00 mm²
电柜-机器
0VA21V +24V_A3C
电缆长度
/1.D8 1.00 mm²
/6.D1
BU 0V(+24V)_A3C /6.D1
2133681
Switch cabinet =M00
-X57
+A3C
电气柜
11
10
3
8
Housing/Cable gland Housing/Cable gland
D -1 外壳/电缆接头外壳/电缆接头 D
11
2133671
-X57
10
3735405
+AR
-2
drive area 2132072
驱动仓 1 9
11 12 Housing/Cable gland
2138789
2500 mm
1 4.00 mm²
4.00 mm²
4.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
5 1.50 mm²
6 1.50 mm²
10 外壳/电缆接头
Lötseite
GNYE
3735405
-WM20
0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
BU 0.25 mm²
1500 mm
RD
VT
PK
-WA316
E E
RD(10)
BU(11)
VIO(3)
WH(8)
PK(5)
SHD
Housing/Cable gland
外壳/电缆接头 Housing/Cable gland
外壳/电缆接头 =M01 PHI0 PHI1 PHI2 + GND SHD
=M01 U V W PE +AR
=M00 +AR 1 2 -A271
+SK -M20 M 3735405a
-K1 3735405
F /4.C1 3798205 3 ~ F
Main drive /7.F4
14
11 主驱动 11kW 230V/400V 50Hz Encoder Main drive
12 36,4A/21,0A 编码器主驱动
/3.E7
2130789
Datum/Date 07.09.2009 10:08 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Main drive Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 主驱动 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=M00 +24V-Mess_A1C /18.E2

+A100 0V-Mess_A1C /10.F1
-XNT3 -XNT3
2130885 2130889
/3.C8 +24V-Mess A
A 1 1 +
BU 1.00 mm²
-C6 -U5 ! Der Produktaufkleber des DC/DC-Konverters muss
0V-Mess 2 2 2132292 -
/3.C8
BU 1.00 mm² 3 3 470UF/100V
7010802
vor der Montage des Kühlkörpers entfernt werden.
+24V_A1C /10.F1
0V_A1C /10.F1
-X141
=M00
23a
24a
31a
32a
23c
24c
31c
32c
15a
16a
15c
16c
+A100 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
7a
8a
7c
8c
+Vin -Vin Remote ON/Off +Vin +Vin -Vin -Vin +Vin -Vin CRTL
-XNT2 -XNT2 -U4 -U3
B 2130889 TEN402411WI 18-72VDC 18-36VDC B
BU 1.50 mm² -U5 2138454 2138453
/3.E5 0.081A 12VDC 0.8A 12VDC
#6240 1 1 7010493 9-24-36VDC / 5 -1.9-1,25A
-X151
5VDC, 8A 0.25 A 1.4 A
BU 1.50 mm² 2 2 GND +Vout GND +Vout +Vout -Vout Trim
/1.E8
23a
24a
31a
32a
23c
24c
31c
32c
15a
16a
15c
16c
0VA21V 3 +Sense -Vout 5 6 7 8 4 5 6
7a
8a
7c
8c
3 -Sense +Vout Trim
4 5 6 7 8
-XFT1
-XP1
22
23
21
23
32
34
10
8
-A1C
C C
=M00
7025451
-XNT1
-XNT1
-XFT1
-XFT1
+A100
2131036
AC-Fail
AC-Fail
-X141
-X151
+5VS
+12V
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V
-5VS
-A1C
-12V
-XP1
+5V
=M00
PE
0V
0V
0V
0V
24
19
10a
10a
10c
10c
+A1C
2a
2a
25
27
9a
9a
36
2c
2c
9c
9c
1a
1a
12
14
1c
1c
3
1
7025452
1
AC-Fail
AC-Fail
-5VS
+5VS
+5V
-12V
+12V
0V
0V
0V
+24V
/1.D3 PE
/3.F5 AC-Fail GNYE 1.50 mm²
/3.F5 0V_A1C BU 1.00 mm²
BU 1.00 mm²
/1.D3 PE
D D
BU 1.00 mm²
BU 1.00 mm²
BU 2.50 mm²
BU 2.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
0.50 mm²
BU 1.00 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
GNYE 2.50 mm²
=M00
+SK
RD
PE
-A100
7025450
E E
SYS-Res.
GND-Sen
AC-Fail
AC-Fail
SYS-Fail
+5V STD
GND
+5V-Sense
GND-Sense
+5V-Sense
GND
-12V
+12V
+5V
GND-CHA
+5V
A1 A2 PE
=M00
+A100
-M1
=M00 2137437 M
+A100
F -A0VME VME Backplane J1 F
2132964
Datum/Date 05.10.2009 09:32 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx VME +A1V, +A1C Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/1.E3 PE.A3
/1.F8 0VA21V.A4 A
A
/1.E8 0VA21V.A6
/1.F8 0VA21V.A5
/1.B8 230VAC_F9
/1.D8 +44V_F90.A1
/3.D4 +24V_F13
B #6240.A2 B
2153318
2133816
2133830
2133801
/3.E5
BU 2.50 mm²
1.50 mm²
BU 6.00 mm²
6.00 mm²
2153318
BU 2.50 mm²
BU 2.50 mm²
BU 6.00 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
BU
GNYE
Switch cabinet
C C
电气柜
7025594
=M00
+SK
-X2
2
3
4
1
0V(+24V) 1
0V(+44V) 1
0V(230V) 1
PE 1
-X2
1
-X2
2
3
4
7025616
-X0.1
2132275
-X2
2138633
D D
/4.C8 +24V_A3C-X57:10 +24V_A3C /20.E1

+24V_Power_A3C /49.D1
/4.D8 0V(+24V)_A3C
-X57:11 0V(+24V)_A3C /20.E1
+44V_A3C /27.C1
0V(+44V)_A3C /27.C1
+SK +A3CBG
-A3C -A3C -A3C 230V_A3C /35.C1
0V(230V)_A3C /35.C1
E E
7026613 7025464 7025463
PE_A3C /23.D1
00
3C A3C Distribution board
A3C 分布图
F F
Datum/Date15.06.2010 15:19 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx A3C supply Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name hbehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: A3C 电源 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
F
E
B
D
C
3C
00
Name MMarkl
A3C 分布图
1
1
Datum/Date 23.06.2010 14:32

-X18 -X19B
A3C Distribution board

Reserve 24V / 0,5A
2b 3a
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
4b 4a
© FETTE GmbH
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
hbehns
6b 5a
20.09.2011
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
12b 9a
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
4d 10a
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
MMarkl
2
2
4z 17a
12.07.2011
-X314 -X19B
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
10:38:35
28b 18a
Gezeichnet / Designed Geprüft / ProvedGedruckt / Printed Letzte Änderung / Last Change

Reserve 24V / 0,5A
30b 19a
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
32b 20a
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
Kunde:
12d 22a
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
Komm.Nr.:
26d 24a
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
P2020/3030
28d 25a
3
3
Reserve 24V / 0,5A

30d 26a
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
32d 28a
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
2z 29a
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
6z 4c
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
10z 8c
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
Nr.:370xx
26z 9c
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
28z 10c
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
30z 17c
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
32z 18c
4
4
-X315 -X19B
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
4b 19c
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
14b 20c
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
16b 22c
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
22b 24c
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
24b 25c
5
5
Reserve 24V / 0,5A

26b 26c
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
28b 28c
24V / 0,5A
32b
24V / 0,5A
32d
24V / 0,5A
32z
A3C 预留
A3C Spare
6
6
-X315 -X16B
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
30b 28a
Reserve 24V / 0,5A
14d 2c
Zeichnung/Draw
7
7
Ver./Rev.:
V1/
05_SLP
Ort:
P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12
Anlage:
Blatt-Nr.:
7
8
8
>>8
>>| 301
A
F
E
B
D
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PTIDAC
A A
=M00 =M00 =M00 =M00 =M00
=M00 =M00 =M00
+SK +SK +SK +SK +SK
+SK +SK +SK Interrupt VME-BUS Sysfail VME-BUS
-A590 -A591 -A592.
-A592 -A310 -A311
-A311. -A141 -A151 IRQ SFV
/10.A3 /10.A5 /14.B1 /14.B5 access VME-BUS BUS SFL Sysfail PTIDAC
/9.D3
MVME5100 PTIDAC Spare
PTIDAC IPOS Spare
IPOS DIGIO-32 DIGIO-32 RUN RUN PST intern ini.
2136636 2133306 2134364
2133306 2132971 2134364
2132971 2137527 2137527
IRQ SFV IRQ SFV IRQ SFV IRQ SFV SEL SEL
BUS SFL BUS SFL BUS SFL BUS SFL D-OUT
B RUN PST RUN PST RUN VDC RUN VDC 1 2 B
D-OUT D-OUT
1 2 1 2 3 4
/=GAO-60 (61)
3 4 3 4 C 0 C 0 5 6
5 6 5 6 H 1 H 1
7 8 7 8 A 2 A 2 7 8
V E V E N 3 N 3 V E
D-IN D-IN 4 4
Power Outputs Error Outputs
1 2 1 2 0 5 0 5
D-IN
3 4 3 4 6 6
1 2
5 6 5 6 7 7
C 7 8 7 8 3 4 C
C 8 C 8 /=GAO-60 (61)
5 6
H 9 H 9
ST EN ST EN A 10 A 10 7 8
RI UM RI UM N 11 N 11
T1 T2 T1 T2 12 12
1 13 1 13 ST EN
O1 O2 O1 O2 14 14 Encoder Pulse
Punch pulse
O3 O4 O3 O4 15 15 RI UM
5 5 O5 E O5 E
TEST
TEST
9 9
Directional signal T1 T2 Peripheral pulse
C 16 C 16
CPU BFL
҃
ABT/RST
D I11 I12 I11 I12 H 17 H 17 D

6 6
1 1 I21 I22 I21 I22 A 18 A 18 Test Test
I31 I32 I31 I32 N 19 N 19
I41 I42 I41 I42 20 20
2 21 2 21 T
I51 I52 I51 I52
E
10/100
BASE T
22 22
LAN 2
S Pin 1: GND
23 23
1 T Pin 2: UM
C 24 C 24 Pin 3: RI
10/100
BASE T
H 25 H 25
RS 232/485
RS 232/485
RS 232/485
RS 232/485
LAN 1
5 5 5 5 Pin 4: EN
9 9 9 9
A 26 A 26
1 Pin 5: ST
E N 27 N 27 R E
6 6 6 6 28 28
1 1 1 1 S
DEBUG
3 29 3 29 2
30 30
1
3
31 31
2
FLASH PRG FLASH PRG
Flash Pin
FLASH PRG
F A591 F
Datum/Date 27.05.2010 08:44 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx VME Rack Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: VME 框 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
GND
GND
B B
J1
S1 EPROM 2MB EPROM 2MB
EPROM 2MB
EPROM 2MB
J3
Timekeeper Bat. BR201 BR201
J100 J100
GND
GND
CS
CS
J7
C EPROM EPROM
C
J15 J16
RESET
RESET
J6 J5 SYSFAIL SYSFAIL
512k 512k
CLK
CLK
J10
J17
J20
IPOS IPOS
MVME5100 PTIDAC-4/5 PTIDAC-4/5
=M00 =M00 =M00 =M00 =M00

D +SK +SK +SK +SK +SK D
-A590 -A591 -A592 -A310 -A311
2136636 2133306 2133306 2132971 2132971
/8.A2 /8.A3
S1
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E E
F F
Datum/Date 24.03.2011 14:51 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx VME Bus board Jumper / Set-up Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name hbehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: ǥ Jumper / Set-up P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=M00 =M00 =M00 =M00

+SK +SK +SK +SK
A
-A591 -A592 -A310 -A311 A
/8.A2 /8.A3
PTIDAC PTIDAC IPOS IPOS
2133306 2133306 2132971 2132971
8a I 01 /45.B4 8a I 01 /47.B3 -X310 DIG-OUT -X311 DIG-OUT
8c I 02 /18.B5 8c I 02 /19.B4 +24V 1c AE0 +24V 1c AE0
9a I 03 /18.B5 9a I 03 /19.B4 3c 2c AE1 3c 2c AE1
3c 3c
DIG-IN
DIG-IN
9c I 04 /18.B6 9c I 04 /19.B5 4c 1a AE2 4c 1a AE2
GND
GND
4c 4c
10a I 05 /18.B6 10a I 05 /19.B5 GND 2a AE3 GND 2a AE3
-X591 -X592
10c I 06 /18.B6 10c I 06 /19.B6 4a 3a AE4 4a 3a AE4
4a 4a
B 12a 11a I 07 /53.B6 12a 11a I 07 /53.B5 B
12a 12a
12c 11c I 08 /53.B4 12c 11c I 08 /53.B5 5a Spare 5a Spare
12c 12c 5a 5a
5c 5c
5c 5c
13a ENC /4.B7 13a ENC /4.B7
DI-ENC
DI-ENC
14a 13c UMF /4.B6 14a 13c UMF /4.B6 ENCODER IN ENCODER IN
14a 14a
14c RIC /4.B8 14c RIC /4.B8 6ac S00 6ac S00
7ac S01 7ac S01
16a 16c MI1+ /18.E3 16a 16c MI1+ /19.E3 8ac S02 8ac S02
16a 16a
17a 17c MI2+ /37.B3 17a 17c MI2+ /38.B3 9ac S10 9ac S10
17a 17a
18a 18a
19a MI4+ /39.B5 19a MI4+ /19.B6
AN-IN
19c
AN-IN
19c 11ac S12 11ac S12
19a 19a
C 20a 20c MI5+ /39.B3 20a 20c MI5+ /19.B6 12ac S20 12ac S20 C
20a 20a
0V Force measurement
0V Force measurement
21a 21a
22a 22a
23a 23a
24a 24c AI1+ /18.E4 24a 24c AI1+ /19.E4 16ac S31 16ac S31
24a 24a
25a 25c AI2+ /25.B4 25a 25c AI2+ /30.B3 17ac S32 17ac S32
25a 25a 18ac 18ac
26a 26c AI3+ /24.B5 26a 26c AI3+ /19.B7 S40 S40
26a 26a
28a 28c AI4+ /25.B4 28a 28c AI4+ /30.B4 19ac S41 19ac S41
28a 28a S42 S42
20ac 20ac
1a 1a
0V 测量力
0V 测量力
27a O 01 /45.B2 27a O 01 /47.B1
27a O 02 /18.B2
27a O 02 /19.B1
27c 1c 27c 1c LIMIT SWITCH LIMIT SWITCH
27c O 03 /18.B2
27c O 03 /19.B2 21c E00 21c E00
DIG-OUT
DIG-OUT
D 2a 2a D
2c O 04 /18.B3 2c O 04 /19.B2 GND 21a E01 GND 21a E01
5a O 05 /18.B3 5a O 05 /19.B2 24c 22c E10 24c 22c E10
5c O 06 /18.B3 5c O 06 /19.B3
24a 22a E11
24c 22a E11
24a 24a
6a O 07 /18.B4 6a O 07 /19.B3
24c 23c
24a 23c
E20 E20
6c O 08 /18.B4 6c O 08 /19.B4 23a E21 23a E21
25c E30 25c E30
29a 29c A01+ /24.B6 29a 29c A01+ /19.B7 25a E31 25a E31
29a 29a
AN-OUT
AN-OUT
30a 30c A02+ /25.B3 30a 30c A02+ /30.B3 26c E40 26c E40
30a A03+ /18.B7
30a A03+ /19.B7
31a 31c 31a 31c 26a E41 26a E41
31a A04+ /18.B7
31a A04+ /19.B8
32a 32c 32a 32c
32a 32a
E 4a 4a Analag OUT Analag OUT E
4a 4a
1 T0V 1 T0V
TEST
2 TUM TEST 2 TUM
GNDAA
GNDAA
3 TRG 3 TRG 28c A0 28c A0
4 TEN 4 TEN 29c A1 29c A1
5 TSP 5 TSP 30c A2 30c A2
3c +24V 3c +24V 27a 31c A3 27a 31c A3
3c 3c 27a 27a
4c 4c 27c 32c A4 27c 32c A4
4c 4c 27c 27c
/5.A8 0V-Mess_A1C 0V-Mess_A1C /18.E2

F +24V_A1C +24V_A1C F
/5.A8
=M00 0V_A1C 0V_A1C
+A1C /5.B8 /16.C1
Datum/Date15.03.2010 07:42 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx VME Rack Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: VME 框 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=M00 =M00
+SK +SK A
A 8xDI, 8xDO, 1xENCODER 8xDI, 8xDO, 1xENCODER
-A591 2133306 ESD PTIDAC -A592 2133306 ESD PTIDAC
8xAI, 4AI, 4AO 8xAI, 4AI, 4AO
Selection gate [1] 快门 [1] Position 位置 Spare 预留 Selection gate [2] 快门 [2] Position 位置 Spare 预留
8a DI 01 16c AI 01 8a DI 01 16c AI 01
/45.A4 /18.D3 /47.A3 /19.E3
Spare 预留 Main pressure [1] 主压 [1] bottom 下部 Spare 预留 Main pressure [2] 主压 [2] bottom 下部
8c DI 02 17c AI 02 8c DI 02 17c AI 02
/18.A5 /37.A3 /19.A4 /38.A3
Spare 预留 Pre pressure [1] 预压 [1] bottom 下部 Spare 预留 Pre pressure [2] 预压 [2] bottom 下部
9a DI 03 18c AI 03 9a DI 03 18c AI 03
/18.A5 /37.A5 /19.A4 /38.A5
B Spare 预留 Punch stiff action 摩擦力 top 上 Spare 预留 Spare 预留 B
9c DI 04 19c AI 04 9c DI 04 19c AI 04
/18.A6 /39.A5 /19.A5 /19.A6
DI-IN
DI-IN
Spare 预留 Punch stiff action 摩擦力 bottom 下部 Spare 预留 Spare 预留
10a DI 05 20c AI 05 10a DI 05 20c AI 05
/18.A6 /39.A3 /19.A5 /19.A6
Spare 预留 Ejection force measurement [1] 排片力检测 Spare 预留 Ejection force measurement [2] 排片力检测
10c DI 06 21c AI 06 10c DI 06 21c AI 06
[1] [2]
ANA-IN
ANA-IN
/18.A6 /37.A7 /19.A6 /38.A7
Approach reference 向参考点移动 Spare 预留 Approach reference 向参考点移动 Spare 预留
11a DI 07 22c AI 07 11a DI 07 22c AI 07
/53.A6 /18.D3 /53.A5 /19.E3
Approach reference 向参考点移动 Spare 预留 Approach reference 向参考点移动 Spare 预留
C 11c DI 08 23c AI 08 11c DI 08 23c AI 08 C
/53.A4 /18.D3 /53.A5 /19.E3
Track 1 Rotor 冲脉冲 1 主轴 Spare 预留 Track 1 Rotor 冲脉冲 1 主轴 Spare 预留
13a ENC00 24c AI 09 13a ENC00 24c AI 09
/4.A7 /18.D4 /4.A7 /19.E4
DI-ENC
DI-ENC
Rotor Peripheral pulse 主轴计周脉冲 Fillomatic [1] tachometer 下料电机 [1] Rotor Peripheral pulse 主轴计周脉冲 Fillomatic [2] tachometer 下料电机 [2]
13c UMF00 25c AI 10 13c UMF00 25c AI 10
测速器 Speed 速度测速器 Speed 速度
/4.A6 /25.A4 /4.A6 /30.A3
Track 2 Rotor 冲脉冲 2 主轴 Main drive 主驱动 actual value Speed Track 2 Rotor 冲脉冲 2 主轴 Spare 预留
14c RIC00 26c AI 11 14c RIC00 26c AI 11
实际转速度
/4.A8 /24.A5 /4.A8 /19.A7
Selection gate [1] 快门 [1] Fillomatic [1] 下料电机 [1] Motor current 电流 Selection gate [2] 快门 [2] Fillomatic [2] 下料电机 [2] Motor current 电流
1a DO 01 28c AI 12 1a DO 01 28c AI 12
D /45.A2 /25.A4 /47.A1 /30.A4 D
Spare 预留 Main drive Setpoint speed 主驱动设定值 Spare 预留 Spare 预留
1c DO 02 29c AO 01 1c DO 02 29c AO 01
/18.A2 /24.A6 /19.A1 /19.A7
ANA-OUT
ANA-OUT
Spare 预留 Fillomatic [1] 下料电机 [1] Setpoint speed Spare 预留 Fillomatic [2] 下料电机 [2] Setpoint speed
2a DO 03 30c AO 02 2a DO 03 30c AO 02
设定值设定值
/18.A2 /25.A3 /19.A2 /30.A3
Spare 预留 Spare 预留 Spare 预留 Spare 预留
2c DO 04 31c AO 03 2c DO 04 31c AO 03
/18.A3 /18.A7 /19.A2 /19.A7
DI-OUT
DI-OUT
5a DO 05 32c AO 04 5a DO 05 32c AO 04
/18.A3 /18.A7 /19.A2 /19.A8
E Spare 预留 Spare 预留 E
5c DO 06 1 TEST 01 5c DO 06 1 TEST 01
/18.A3 /19.A3
Spare 预留 Spare 预留
6a DO 07 2 TEST 02 6a DO 07 2 TEST 02
/18.A4 /19.A3
6c DO 08 3 TEST 03 6c DO 08 3 TEST 03
TEST
TEST
/18.A4 /19.A4
27a 0V 4 TEST 04 27a 0V 4 TEST 04
27c 27c
3,4c 24V 5 TEST 05 3,4c 24V 5 TEST 05

F F
Datum/Date12.03.2010 13:13 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx VME A591, A592 cross-references Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: VME A591, A592 交叉参考 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Spare internal
Spare internal
预留内部
预留内部
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
B B
-A141 -A141 -A141 -A141 -A141 -A141 -A141 -A141
/14.B1 /14.B3 /14.B3 /14.B1 /14.B1 /14.C1 /14.D1 /14.D1
+SK 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527
0 16 17 1 2 4 9 10
OUT IN IN OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
3a 19a 19c 3c 4a 5a 11c 12a
-X141
3a
19a
19c
3c
4a
5a
11c
12a
C C
2131298
-XP1
=M00
+A1C
11
13
6
D D
E E
F F
Datum/Date15.03.2010 13:20 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx VME Spare -A141 Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: VME 预留 -A141 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
=M00 =M00
+SK +SK A
A 5xDO, 5xUmfangsimpuls, 10xENCODER 5xDO, 5xUmfangsimpuls, 10xENCODER
-A310 2132971 IPOS -A311 2132971 IPOS
10xDI-Endschalter, 5AO 10xDI-Endschalter, 5AO
Pre pressure [1] bottom 预压 [1] 下部 Spare 预留 Pre pressure [2] bottom 预压 [2] 下部 Spare 预留
1a AE2 19c S41+ 1a AE2 19c S41+
Release Controller 发布控制 Release Controller 发布控制
/28.A6 19a S41- /16.A7 /33.A6 19a S41- /17.A7
2a AE3 20c S42+ 2a AE3 20c S42+
DI-OUT
DI-OUT
/16.A1 20a S42- /16.D1 /17.A1 20a S42- /17.D1
Spare 预留 Dosing [1] 填料 [1] Reference mark 参考点 Spare 预留 Dosing [2] 填料 [2] Reference mark 参考点
3a AE4 21c E00 3a AE4 21c E00
/16.A1 /29.A4 /17.A1 /34.A4
B Dosing [1] 填料 [1] Release Controller 发布 Dosing [1] 填料 [1] Limit switch Dosing [2] 填料 [2] Release Controller 发布 Dosing [2] 填料 [2] Limit switch B
1c AE0 21a E01 1c AE0 21a E01
控制下限限位开关控制下限限位开关
/29.A6 /29.A4 /34.A6 /34.A4
Main pressure [1] bottom 主压 [1] 下部 Main pressure [1] bottom 主压 [1] 下部 Main pressure [2] bottom 主压 [2] 下部 Main pressure [2] bottom 主压 [2] 下部
2c AE1 22c E10 2c AE1 22c E10
Release Controller 发布控制 Limit switch 下限限位开关 Release Controller 发布控制 Limit switch 下限限位开关
/27.A6 /27.A4 /32.A6 /32.A4
Main pressure [1] bottom 主压 [1] 下部 Main pressure [2] bottom 主压 [2] 下部
3c 24V 22a E11 3c 24V 22a E11
DI-Endschalter
DI-Endschalter
Reference mark 参考点 Reference mark 参考点
/27.A4 /32.A4
Pre pressure [1] bottom 预压 [1] 下部 Limit Pre pressure [2] bottom 预压 [2] 下部 Limit
4c 24V 23c E20 4c 24V 23c E20
switch 下限限位开关 switch 下限限位开关
/28.A4 /33.A4
Pre pressure [1] bottom 预压 [1] 下部 Pre pressure [2] bottom 预压 [2] 下部
C 4a GNDA24 23a E21 4a GNDA24 23a E21 C
Reference mark 参考点 Reference mark 参考点
/28.A4 /33.A4
6c S00+ 25c E30 6c S00+ 25c E30
6a S00- /16.A2 /16.D2 6a S00- /17.A2 /17.D2
Dosing [1] 填料 [1] Encoder Track 1 编码器 Spare 预留 Dosing [2] 填料 [2] Encoder Track 1 编码器 Spare 预留
7c S01+ 25a E31 7c S01+ 25a E31
冲脉冲 1 冲脉冲 1
7a S01- /29.A3 /16.D2 7a S01- /34.A3 /17.D2
Dosing [1] 填料 [1] Encoder Track 2 编码器 Spare 预留 Dosing [2] 填料 [2] Encoder Track 2 编码器 Spare 预留
8c S02+ 26c E40 8c S02+ 26c E40
冲脉冲 2 冲脉冲 2
8a S02- /29.A2 /16.D3 8a S02- /34.A2 /17.D3
9c S10+ 26a E41 9c S10+ 26a E41
9a S10- /16.A3 /16.D3 9a S10- /17.A3 /17.D3
DI-Umfangsimpuls, DI-Encoder
DI-Umfangsimpuls, DI-Encoder
D D
10c S11+ 24c GNDAE 10c S11+ 24c GNDAE
Encoder Track 1 编码器冲脉冲 1 Encoder Track 1 编码器冲脉冲 1
10a S11- /27.A3 24a GNDAE 10a S11- /32.A3 24a GNDAE
11c S12+ 27c GNDAA 11c S12+ 27c GNDAA
Encoder Track 2 编码器冲脉冲 2 Encoder Track 2 编码器冲脉冲 2
11a S12- /27.A2 27a GNDAA 11a S12- /32.A2 27a GNDAA
Spare 预留 Dosing [1] 填料 [1] Setpoint speed 设定值 Spare 预留 Dosing [2] 填料 [2] Setpoint speed 设定值
12c S20+ 28c AOUT0 12c S20+ 28c AOUT0
12a S20- /16.A3 28a GNDAA/29.A6 12a S20- /17.A3 28a GNDAA/34.A6
Pre pressure [1] bottom 预压 [1] 下部 Main pressure [1] bottom 主压 [1] 下部 Pre pressure [2] bottom 预压 [2] 下部 Main pressure [2] bottom 主压 [2] 下部
13c S21+ 29c AOUT1 13c S21+ 29c AOUT1
Encoder Track 1 编码器冲脉冲 1 Setpoint speed 设定值 Encoder Track 1 编码器冲脉冲 1 Setpoint speed 设定值
ANA-OUT
ANA-OUT
E Pre pressure [1] bottom 预压 [1] 下部 Pre pressure [1] bottom 预压 [1] 下部 Pre pressure [2] bottom 预压 [2] 下部 Pre pressure [2] bottom 预压 [2] 下部 E
14c S22+ 30c AOUT2 14c S22+ 30c AOUT2
Encoder Track 2 编码器冲脉冲 2 Setpoint speed 设定值 Encoder Track 2 编码器冲脉冲 2 Setpoint speed 设定值
15c S30+ Spare 预留 31c Spare 预留 15c S30+ Spare 预留 31c Spare 预留
AOUT3 AOUT3
15a S30- /16.A4 31a GNDAA/16.D4 15a S30- /17.A4 31a GNDAA/17.D4
16c S31+ Spare 预留 32c AOUT4 Spare 预留 16c S31+ Spare 预留 32c AOUT4 Spare 预留
16a S31+/16.A5 32a GNDAA/16.D4 16a S31+/17.A5 32a GNDAA/17.D4
17c Spare 预留 17c Spare 预留
S32+ S32+
17a S32- /16.A6 17a S32- /17.A6
F 18c S40+ 18c S40+ F
18a S40- /16.A7 18a S40- /17.A7
Datum/Date 27.05.2010 09:55 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx VME A310, A311 cross-references Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: VME A310, A311 交叉参考 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M00 VME DIGIO-32 32xDI/DO =M00 VME DIGIO-32 32xDI/DO

+SK +SK
Outputs inputs Outputs inputs
-A141 2137527 -A151 2137527
/8.A5 输出输入 /8.A5 输出输入
Spare internal 预留内部 Spare internal 预留内部 Spare 预留 Spare 预留
0 0 16 16 0 0 16 16
/12.B1 /12.B1 /15.A1 /15.A6
B Spare 预留 Spare 预留 Spare 预留 Spare 预留 B
1 1 17 17 1 1 17 17
/12.B2 /12.B2 /15.A2 /15.A6
Spare 预留 Emergency Stop 急停 Spare 预留 Spare 预留
2 2 18 18 2 2 18 18
/12.B2 /40.A7 /15.A2 /15.A7
Main drive on 主驱动开 Window flap 玻璃门 opened 敞 Spare 预留 Machine start 机器起步
3 3 19 19 3 3 19 19
/24.A2 /40.A7 /15.A3 /90.A3
Spare 预留 handheld terminal 点动控制盒 connected Discharge gate [1] 慢门 [1] Discharge gate [1] 慢门 [1] GOOD position
4 4 20 20 4 4 20 20
连接合格品位置
/12.B3 /53.A3 /45.A7 /45.A5
brake pilot operation 制动液压控制 start (control unit external) 起步 (控制单元 Discharge gate [2] 慢门 [2] Discharge gate [2] 慢门 [2] GOOD position
C 5 5 21 21 5 5 21 21 C
外部) 合格品位置
/24.A2 /44.A6 /47.A7 /47.A5
Pilot lamp green 信号灯绿色 Overcurrent Main drive 过电流主驱动 Spare 预留 Tablet jam [2] 药片阻塞 [2]
6 6 22 22 6 6 22 22
/36.A2 /24.A5 /15.A3 /47.A5
Pilot lamp red 信号灯红色 Temperature Main drive ok 温主驱动 ok Spare 预留 Fillomatic [2] 下料电机 [2] Position 位置
7 7 23 23 7 7 23 23
/36.A3 /24.A8 /15.A3 /30.A2
Machine lighting 机器照明 Switch cabinet temperature < max. 电柜温度 Fillomatic [1] on 下料电机 [1] 开 Fillomatic [2] 下料电机 [2] malfunction 故障
8 8 24 24 8 8 24 24
/36.A2 /23.B2 /25.A2 /30.A7
Spare 预留 Feed level Lubrication 料位润滑 Warning Fillomatic [2] on 下料电机 [2] 开 Tablet jam [1] 药片阻塞 [1]
9 9 25 25 9 9 25 25
limit ok 预警 ok
D /12.B3 /35.A5 /30.A2 /45.A5 D
Spare 预留 Feed level Lubrication 料位润滑 Minimum Spare 预留 Fillomatic [1] 下料电机 [1] Position 位置
10 10 26 26 10 10 26 26
ok 下限 ok
/12.B4 /35.A5 /15.A4 /25.A2
Lubrication pump 润滑油泵 Punch dismantling opening bottom Spare 预留 Fillomatic [1] 下料电机 [1] malfunction 故障
11 11 27 27 11 11 27 27
冲拆卸端口下部 closed 关闭
/35.A5 /23.B6 /15.A4 /25.A8
Lubrication valve 润滑油阀门 Lubrication 1 润滑 1 Pressure sensor Spare 预留 Feed hopper [1] >Minimum 料斗 [1] >下限
12 12 28 28 12 12 28 28
压力传感器
/35.A2 /35.A6 /15.A4 /45.A6
ready to operate 准备 (control unit external) Lubrication 2 润滑 2 Pressure sensor Spare 预留 Feed hopper [2] >Minimum 料斗 [2] >下限
13 13 29 29 13 13 29 29
(控制单元外部) 压力传感器
/44.A3 /35.A7 /15.A5 /47.A6
E Two layer Ejector 双层排片导轨 up 起来 Two layer Ejector 双层排片导轨 not top Spare 预留 Spare 预留 E
14 14 30 30 14 14 30 30
(0=top) 非上 (0=上)
/49.A2 /49.A7 /15.A5 /15.A7
Two layer Ejector 双层排片导轨 down 向下 Two layer Ejector 双层排片导轨 not bottom Spare 预留 Machine stop 机器休止
15 15 31 31 15 15 31 31
(0=bottom) 非下部 (0=下部)
/49.A4 /49.A7 /15.A6 /90.A3
F F
Datum/Date12.03.2010 13:15 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx VME -A141,-A151 cross-references Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: VME -A141,-A151 交叉参考 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
-A151 -A151 -A151 -A151 -A151 -A151 -A151 -A151 -A151 -A151 -A151 -A151 -A151 -A151 -A151 -A151
/14.B5 /14.B5 /14.B5 /14.C5 /14.C5 /14.D5 /14.D5 /14.D5 /14.E5 /14.E5 /14.E5 /14.E5 /14.B7 /14.B7 /14.B7 /14.E7
+SK 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527
0 1 2 3 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 30
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT IN IN IN IN
3a 3c 4a 4c 6a 6c 12a 12c 13a 13c 14a 14c 19a 19c 20a 30a
-X151
3a
3c
4a
4c
6a
6c
12a
12c
13a
13c
14a
14c
19a
30a
19c
20a
B B
2131298
-XP1
=M00 C
C +A1C
31
29
20
22
24
33
35
28
30
37
16
18
17
19
2
D D
E E
F F
Datum/Date15.03.2010 13:40 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
-A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310
/13.B1 O4 /13.B1 O5 /13.C1 S00 /13.D1 S10 /13.E1 S20 /13.E1 S30 /13.F1 S31 /13.F1 S32 /13.F1 S40 /13.A3 S41
+SK 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971
AE3 AE4 S00+ S00- S10+ S10- S20+ S20- S30+ S30- S31+ S31+ S32+ S32- S40+ S40- S41+ S41-
OUT OUT + IN - + IN - + IN - + IN - + IN - + IN - + IN - + IN -
2a 3a 6c 6a 9c 9a 12c 12a 15c 15a 16c 16a 17c 17a 18c 18a 19c 19a
B B
2a
3a
6c
6a
9c
9a
12c
12a
15c
15a
16c
16a
17c
17a
18c
18a
19c
19a
-X310
/10.F8 0V_A1C 0V_A1C /17.C1
C C
=M00
+A1C
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
D D
-A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310
/13.B3 S42 /13.C3 I41 /13.D3 I42 /13.D3 I51 /13.D3 I52 /13.E3 AOUT3 /13.F3 AOUT4
+SK 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971
S42+ S42- E30 E31 E40 E41 AOUT3 AOUT4
+ IN - IN IN IN IN + Analog-out - + Analog-out -
+A0C
20c 20a 25c 25a 26c 26a 31c 31a 32c 32a
20c
20a
25c
25a
26c
26a
31c
31a
32c
32a
-X310
E E
=M00
+A1C
F F
Datum/Date15.03.2010 09:40 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
-A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311
/13.B5 O4 /13.B5 O5 /13.C5 S00 /13.D5 S10 /13.E5 S20 /13.E5 S30 /13.F5 S31 /13.F5 S32 /13.F5 S40 /13.A7 S41
+SK 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971
AE3 AE4 S00+ S00- S10+ S10- S20+ S20- S30+ S30- S31+ S31+ S32+ S32- S40+ S40- S41+ S41-
OUT OUT + IN - + IN - + IN - + IN - + IN - + IN - + IN - + IN -
2a 3a 6c 6a 9c 9a 12c 12a 15c 15a 16c 16a 17c 17a 18c 18a 19c 19a
-X311
B B
2a
3a
6c
6a
9c
9a
12c
12a
15c
15a
16c
16a
17c
17a
18c
18a
19c
19a
/16.C8 0V_A1C 0V_A1C /18.C1
C C
=M00
+A1C
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
D D
-A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311
/13.B7 S42 /13.C7 I41 /13.D7 I42 /13.D7 I51 /13.D7 I52 /13.E7 AOUT3 /13.F7 AOUT4
+SK 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971
S42+ S42- E30 E31 E40 E41 AOUT3 AOUT4
+ IN - IN IN IN IN + Analog-out - + Analog-out -
+A0C
20c 20a 25c 25a 26c 26a 31c 31a 32c 32a
-X311
20c
20a
25c
25a
26c
26a
31c
31a
32c
32a
E E
=M00
+A1C
F F
Datum/Date 03.06.2010 15:15 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
Name hbehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: VME 预留 -A311 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
-A591 -A591 -A591 -A591 -A591 -A591 -A591 -A591 -A591 -A591 -A591 -A591 -A591 -A591
/11.D1 /11.D1 /11.E1 /11.E1 /11.E1 /11.E1 /11.F1 /11.B1 /11.B1 /11.B1 /11.B1 /11.C1 /11.E3 /11.E3
2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306
DO 02 DO 03 DO 04 DO 05 DO 06 DO 07 DO 08 DI 02 DI 03 DI 04 DI 05 DI 06 AO 03 AO 04
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT IN IN IN IN IN A-OUT A-OUT
1c 2a 2c 5a 5c 6a 6c 8c 9a 9c 10a 10c 31c 32c
-X591
1c
2a
2c
5a
5c
6a
6c
8c
9a
9c
10a
10c
31c
32c
B B
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9x0,1UF 3 4 5 6 7 8
-C3 -C3 -C3 -C3 -C3 -C3 -C3 2 -C4 -C4 -C4 -C4 -C4 -C4
-C4 1..
9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF
3 4 5 5 7 8 9
-R3 -R3 -R3 -R3 -R3 -R3 -R3

9x4,7K 9x4,7K 9x4,7K 9x4,7K 9x4,7K 9x4,7K 9x4,7K
/17.C8 0V_A1C 0V_A1C /19.C1

C C
2131298
-XP2
=M00
+A1C
21
20
22
23
25
24
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
14
D D
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
-A591 -A591 -A591 -A591

/11.A3 /11.C3 /11.C3 /11.C3
2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306
AI 01 AI 07 AI 08 AI 09
A-IN A-IN A-IN A-IN
16c 22c 23c 24c
-X591
16c
22c
23c
24c
-XFT1
1
2131693
E E
/5.A8 +24V-Mess_A1C +24V-Mess_A1C /19.E2
/10.F8 0V-Mess_A1C 0V-Mess_A1C /19.F2

2
1
-C601
2131940
0,1UF
-X601
2130879
2131298
=M00 A1C Distribution board

-XP2
+A1C A1C 分布图

26
27
28
2
1
3
F F
Datum/Date15.03.2010 14:02 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
A A
-A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A592
/11.D5 /11.D5 /11.E5 /11.E5 /11.E5 /11.E5 /11.F5 /11.B5 /11.B5 /11.B5 /11.B5 /11.C5 /11.B7 /11.B7 /11.D7 /11.D7 /11.E7 /11.E7
2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306
DO 02 DO 03 DO 04 DO 05 DO 06 DO 07 DO 08 DI 02 DI 03 DI 04 DI 05 DI 06 AI 04 AI 05 AI 11 AO 01 AO 03 AO 04
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT IN IN IN IN IN A-IN A-IN A-IN A-OUT A-OUT A-OUT
1c 2a 2c 5a 5c 6a 6c 8c 9a 9c 10a 10c 19c 20c 26c 29c 31c 32c
1c
2a
2c
5a
5c
6a
6c
8c
9a
9c
10a
10c
31c
32c
-X592
19c
20c
26c
29c
B B
1.. 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 5 1.. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
-C7 -C7 -C7 -C7 -C7 -C7 -C7 -C5 -C5 -C8 -C8 -C8 -C8 -C8 -C8 -C8 -C8 -C8
2 2
9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF
2 3 4 5 5 7 8
-R7 -R7 -R7 -R7 -R7 -R7 -R7

9x4,7K 1 9x4,7K 9x4,7K 9x4,7K 9x4,7K 9x4,7K 9x4,7K
/18.C8 0V_A1C 0V_A1C /27.B2
C C
2131298
2131298
-XP2
-XP1
=M00
+A1C
33
35
36
37
34
32
10
15
11
5
4
1
3
D D
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
-A592 -A592 -A592 -A592

/11.A7 /11.C7 /11.C7 /11.C7
2133306 2133306 2133306 2133306
AI 01 AI 07 AI 08 AI 09
A-IN A-IN A-IN A-IN
16c 22c 23c 24c
E E
16c
22c
23c
24c
-X592
-XFT1
7
2131693
/18.E5 +24V-Mess_A1C +24V-Mess_A1C /37.B1
/18.E5 0V-Mess_A1C 0V-Mess_A1C /37.B1

2
1
-C606
2131940
0,1UF
-X606
2130879
2131298

-XP2
F +A1C F
A1C 分布图
31
29
30
2
1
3
Datum/Date 03.06.2010 16:08 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
Ort:
Name hbehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: VME 预留 -A592 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M00
+SK
-A314.1 MEMORY
7032388
Software PILZ P2020
软件 PILZ P2020
Supply voltage
Ο PILZ PILZ PILZ PILZ
B B
PNOZ PNOZ PNOZ PNOZ
X7:1/24V-S
X7:2/24V-S
2137857 2137857 2137861 2137862
X7:3/0V-S
X7:4/0V-S
X2:6/24V
X2:7/24V
X2:1/24V
X2:2/24V
X2:7/24V
X2:8/24V
X2:10/0V
7015984 7015984 7016162 7016163
X2:8/0V
X2:9/0V
X2:3/0V
X2:4/0V
X2:9/0V
-A314.1 -A314.1 -A314.2 -A314.3
X2:5
+SK +SK +SK +SK
=M00 =M00 =M00 =M00
1
6
10
=M00
-A314.1.X2
=M00
-A314.1.X7
=M00
-A314.2.X2
=M00
-A314.3.X2
4
4
+SK
+SK
+SK
+SK
C C
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
-X314
-X314
-X315
-X315
=M00
=M00
=M00
=M00
D D
+SK
+SK
+SK
+SK
24d
24b
26b
20b
24z
18d
10b
18b
18z
8d
4d
6d
8b
6b
8z
4z
8d
24d
4d
6d
18d
8b
10b
24b
26b
6b
18b
20b
-X315
-X315
8z
24z
4z
18z
-X314
-X314
/6.D8 +24V_A3C +24V_A3C /23.D1

/6.D8 0V(+24V)_A3C 0V(+24V)_A3C /23.D1
E =M00 E
+A3C A3C Distribution board
A3C 分布图
F F
Datum/Date 05.03.2010 08:27 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx PNOZ PLC Power supply Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: PNOZ PLC 电源 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
=M00 =M00
+SK +SK
-A314.1 2137857 Pilz PNOZ m1p -A314.2 2137861 Pilz PNOZ mo1p
T0(X1) T.0 Clock 0, 时钟 0, I5(X5) I.5 Spare 预留 Discharge gate [1] 慢门 [1] (Output) (输出) O2(X1) O.2 Pilot lamp red 信号灯红色 (Output) (输出)
O0(X1) O.0
/40.A3 /22.B2 /45.A7 /36.A6
T1(X1) T.1 Clock 1 时钟 1 I6(X5) I.6 Window flap channel 2 玻璃门回路 2 O1(X1) O.1 Pilot lamp green 信号灯绿色 (Output) O3(X1) O.3 Spare 预留
/40.A3 /40.A5 (输出)
/36.A6 /22.B4
B Clock 2 时钟 2 Spare 预留 B
T2(X1) T.2 I7(X5) I.7
/53.A8 /22.B3
T3(X1) T.3 Clock 3 时钟 3 I8(X6) I.8 handheld terminal 点动控制盒 connected
/90.A4 连接
/53.A7
Quick Stop 急停 I9(X6) I.9 power Release ok 动力发布 ok
O0(X2) O.0
/24.A7 /24.A4
O1(X2) O.1 power Release 动力发布 I10(X6) I.10 Machine on VME 机器开 VME
/24.A3 /24.A3
O2(X2) O.2 brake (Output) 制动 (输出) I11(X6) I.11 brake (input) 制动 (输入) C
C
/24.A3 /24.A2
=M00
O3(X2) O.3 Fillomatic [1]+[2] 下料电机 [1]+[2] Quick I12(X6) I.12 Fillomatic on VME 下料电机开 VME +SK
/25.A6 Stop 急停 /25.A1 -A314.3 2137862 Pilz PNOZ mc1p
OA0 Spare 预留 Machine lighting 机器照明 (input) (输入)
I13(X6) I.13 manuell Speed 手速度 Vibrator Feed hopper [2] 斗振动料斗 [2]
(X2) /22.B1 OA0 OA.0 OA8 OA.8
/36.A3 (X1) (X1)
/24.A7 /43.A4
O4(X3) O4:14 Machine lighting 机器照明 I14(X6) I.14 Pilot lamp green 信号灯绿色 (input) (输入)
OA1 OA.1 Fillomatic [1]+[2] 下料电机 [1]+[2] manuell OA9 OA.9 Spare 预留
/36.A4 /36.A3 (X1) /25.A5 Speed active 手速度激活 (X1) /22.B5
O5(X3) O5:24 Vibrator Feed hopper [1] 斗振动料斗 [1] Pilot lamp red (input) 信号灯红色 (输入)
I15(X6) I.15 OA2 OA.2 Release Controller 发布控制 OA10 A.10 Spare 预留
D /22.B3 /36.A4 D
(X1) /24.A6 (X2) /22.B5
I0(X5) I.0 Emergency stop free 急停，闲置 I16(X6) I.16 Rotor jogging 主轴微点动 Fillomatic [1]+[2] 下料电机 [1]+[2] Release Spare 预留
OA3 OA.3 OA11 A.11
/90.A4 /53.A6 (X1) /25.A7 Controller 发布控制 (X2) /22.B5
I1(X5) I.1 Spare 预留 Fillomatic jogging 下料电机微点动
I17(X6) I.17 OA4 OA.4 Emergency Stop (Output) 急停 (输出) OA12 A.12 Spare 预留
/22.B2 /53.A7 (X1) /40.A6 (X2) /22.B6
I2(X5) I.2 Emergency stop free 急停，闲置 Discharge gate [1] 慢门 [1] (input) (输入)
I18(X6) I.18 OA5 OA.5 Window flap closed 玻璃门关闭 (Output) OA13 A.13 Spare 预留
/53.A8 /45.A8 (输出)
(X1) /40.A5 (X2) /22.B6
I3(X5) I.3 Spare 预留 Discharge gate [2] 慢门 [2] (input) (输入)
I19(X6) I.19 OA6 OA.6 Discharge gate [2] 慢门 [2] (Output) (输出) OA14 A.14 Spare 预留
/22.B2 /47.A8 (X1) /47.A7 (X2) /22.B7
E Window flap channel 1 玻璃门回路 1 E
I4(X5) I.4 Vibrator Feed hopper [1] 斗振动料斗 [1] Spare 预留
OA7 OA.7 OA15 A.15
/40.A1
(X1) /43.A2 (X2) /22.B7
F F
Datum/Date 05.03.2010 08:32 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx PNOZ cross-references Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: PNOZ 交叉参考 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Vibrator Feed hopper [1]

A A
斗振动料斗 [1]
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
预留
-A314.1 -A314.1 -A314.1 -A314.1 -A314.1 -A314.1 -A314.2 -A314.3 -A314.3 -A314.3 -A314.3 -A314.3 -A314.3 -A314.3
/21.D1 /21.D1 /21.E1 /21.B3 /21.B3 /21.D1 /21.B7 /21.D7 /21.D7 /21.D7 /21.E7 /21.E7 /21.E7 /21.E7
2137857 2137857 2137857 2137857 2137857 2137857 +SK 2137861 +SK 2137862 2137862 2137862 2137862 2137862 2137862 2137862
I.1 I.3 I.5 I.7 O5:23 O5:24 O.3 OA.9 A.10 A.11 A.12 A.13 A.14 A.15
OUT IN IN IN IN + OUT - OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT
X2:5 X5:2 X5:4 X5:6 X5:8 X3:3 X3:4 X1:4 X1:10 X2:1 X2:2 X2:3 X2:4 X2:5 X2:6
-A314.1.X3
B B
+SK
1
-A314.2.X1
-A314.3.X1
5
10
6
=M00
-A314.1.X2
=M00
-A314.1.X5
=M00
=M00
=M00
=M00
-A314.3.X2
2137858
2137858
2137858
2137859
4
2137860
2137860
4
+SK
+SK
+SK
+SK
+SK
C C
D D
E E
F F
Datum/Date 08.03.2010 08:33 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx PNOZ A314.1 - A314.3 Spare Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: PNOZ A314.1 - A314.3 预留 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Switch cabinet temperature < max.
Punch dismantling opening bottom

A
冲拆卸端口下部
A
电柜温度
closed
关闭
-A141 -A141
/14.D3 /14.D3
2137527 2137527
24 27
IN IN
27a 28c
B B
-X141
-X141
27a
28c
=M00
26c
5a
+A1C 51 0.08 mm² 26c
5a
=M00
2133677
+SK
-X16A
0.08 mm²
C C
10
-X16B
-X16B
2133677
Switch cabinet
=M00
+SK
26c
电气柜
5a
2d
-X16B
-X18
2130618
2z
-X16B
26c
5a
2131033
/20.E8 +24V_A3C +24V_A3C /24.C1

/20.E8 0V(+24V)_A3C 0V(+24V)_A3C /24.D1
/6.E8 PE_A3C -X0.4:PE PE_A3C /24.D1
2131032
D D
-X204
2130618
2130874
=M00
-X17
SH
+A3C
16b
PE
A3C 分布图
5
4
1
HAN Q5 female
SH
=M00
-X17
=M00
16b
5
PE
-X204
2133899
2130665
2137180
+SK
+SK
-X204 drive area
7048221
驱动仓
/3.D8 #6240.A18 HAN Q5 male
E E
BN 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
0.50 mm²
BN 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BK 0.50 mm²
BU 1.00 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
=M01
BK
-WB204
+AR
=M01
-WB205
+AR
=M01 =M01
=M00 +AR BN BU BK +AR BN BU BK
1 2 -B204 + - out -B205 + - out
+A100 2130910 2130910
-A352
F 9148598 Punch dismantling opening bottom 1 Punch dismantling opening bottom 2
F
50°C
冲拆卸端口下部 1 冲拆卸端口下部 2
/7.D4
Datum/Date 27.01.2010 15:04 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx general Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 常规 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
F
E
B
D
C
Name
+A3C
=M00
电气柜
HBehns
驱动仓
/23.D8
/23.D8
/23.D8
1
1
drive area
Datum/Date 07.01.2010 08:54

Switch cabinet
+A1C
=M00
PE_A3C
+24V_A3C
0V(+24V)_A3C
+SK
=M00 =M00
+SK +SK Main drive on
-X16B -X16B -X16A -X141 主驱动开
2131033 2133677
© FETTE GmbH
-W16 2135181
3
hbehns
/14.C1
18c 18c 18c 4c

OUT
4c
35 0.08 mm² 18c
20.09.2011
-A141
2137527
brake pilot operation
brake
2133085
+AR
-Y1
=M01
1500 mm 制动液压控制
MMarkl
5
2
2
/14.C1
19a 19a 0.08 mm² 19a 19a 5c

OUT
5c
38
12.07.2011
1500 mm
-A141
2137527
-WY1 2134109
HAN Q5 male
2
WH 0.75 mm² =M00 =M00
-WY1 -X90 +SK +SK brake (input)
2130665 2130874
2131623 -X314 -X314 -A314.1.X6
/21.C3
U 制动 (输入)
2130618 2133899
2137858
10:38:35
1 1
Gezeichnet / Designed Geprüft / ProvedGedruckt / Printed Letzte Änderung / Last Change

I.11
IN
18b 18b BU 0.50 mm² 4

2137857
-A314.1
-Y1.R1 BN 0.75 mm² 2 2 =M00

X6:4
+AR 3 3 +SK
=M01 Housing/Cable gland brake (Output)
Kunde:
4 4 -A314.1.X2
/21.C1
外壳/电缆接头制动 (输出)
5 5 2137858
O.2
Komm.Nr.:
PE PE 6b 6b 3
OUT
2137180 2131032
BU 0.50 mm²
2137857
-A314.1
=M00
X2:3
P2020/3030
3
3
SH SH +SK Machine on VME

-A314.1.X6
/21.C3
=M00 机器开 VME
+SK 2137858
I.10
IN
/24.E4
/4.B5
2138930
+SK
=M00
-A2
-X17 -X17 16z 16z BU 0.50 mm² 3
2133899 2130618
2137857
-A314.1
2133872
=M00
X6:3
34 BU 0.50 mm² 2z 2z 4z 4z +SK power Release
Relais
Safety
33 4b 4b -A314.1.X2
/21.C1
BU 0.50 mm² 动力发布
K32 BU 0.50 mm² 2d 2d 2137858
O.1
动力发布
K31 4d 4d 16d 16d 2
OUT
BU 0.50 mm² BU 0.50 mm²
Nr.:370xx
2137857
-A314.1
=M00
X2:2
power Release
+SK power Release ok
34
33
K32
K31
-A314.1.X6
/21.C3
动力发布 ok
2137858
I.9
IN
4
4
BU 0.50 mm²
2137857
-A314.1
BU
X6:2
+A1C
=M00
/24.E5
/4.B5
2138930
+SK
=M00
-A2
0.50 mm²
=M00
+SK +SK +SK
K11 -X17 -X17 -X16B -X16B -X16A
+SK
2131033 2133677 2133677

K12 -W16 2135181 Overcurrent Main drive
K14 BU 0.50 mm² 6z 6z 24c 24c 47 0.08 mm² 24c 24c -X141 过电流主驱动
错误
faulty
BU
K1
22
IN
/14.C3
8b 8b 24a 24a 48 0.08 mm² 24a 24a 22a

-A141
22a
2137527
0.50 mm²
K12
K11
K14
BU
9x0,1UF
-C5
5
5
0.50 mm²
6
+SK
/24.E3
/4.B5
2138930
+SK
=M00
-A2
+SK Main drive

-X17 -X591
K21 actual value Speed
AI 11
/11.D3
K22 8z 8z 22c 22c 0.08 mm² 22c 22c 26c

A-IN
43
-A591
26c
2133306
K24
n.c.
K2
过电流主驱动
BU
BU
BU
n.c.
K22
K21
K24
9x0,1UF
-C5
+SK
8
0.50 mm²
0.50 mm²
0.50 mm²
+SK
Overcurrent Main drive
Main drive Setpoint speed

主驱动液压控制
-X17
Main drive pilot operation
BU
6
6
/11.D3
AO 01
8d 8d 22a 22a 44 0.08 mm² 22a 22a 29c

-A591
AOUT 1
29c
A-OUT
2133306
0.50 mm²
-A2
AIN 1
+SK
=M00
+5V =M00 =M00

1
2137671
GND1
+SK +SK Release Controller
-X315 -X315 -A314.3.X1
/21.D5
+20V 2130618 2133899 发布控制

2137860
RFR
OA.2
0.50 mm² 6b 6b 8d 8d 0.50 mm² 3

OUT
IN1
BU BU
2137862
-A314.3
BU 0.50 mm² 4z 4z
IN2
X1:3
E82ZAFSC
IN3 manuell Speed

BU
2b 2b
/21.D5
IN4
BU 0.50 mm² 手速度
Standard I/O MODUL
GND2
OA.0
6z 6z 1
OUT
BU 0.50 mm²
0.50 mm²
ON
OUT1
Zeichnung/Draw
OFF
2137862
-A314.3
0.50 mm² 6d 6d
7
BU
7
OUT1
X1:1
62 8 9 7 20 28 E1 E2 E3 E4 39 A1 59
=M00
+SK +SK Quick Stop
-X314 -X314 -A314.1.X2
/21.C1
2130618 2133899 急停
2137858
O.0
Ver./Rev.:
+GOT
2136807
-XC1
=M01
4d 4d 1
OUT
/17.C7
BU 0.50 mm²
2137857
-A314.1
1
X2:1
X5C:4
2
+A1C
=M00
+A3CBG
V1/
3 -X50 +SK Temperature Main drive ok

2133885
-X50b
4 8. 2133916
-X16B -X16B -X16A -X141 温主驱动 ok
2131033 2133677 2133677
05_SLP
5 8 2 -W16 2135181
23
IN
/14.D3
Ort:
GND
25a 0.08 mm² 25a 25a 22c

24VDC
PE 25a 50
P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12
-A141
22c
2137527
X8C:5
Anlage:
X6C
Blatt-Nr.:
24
8
8
PE_A3C
RFG
0V(+24V)_A3C
+24V_A3C
>>25
/42.B2
/27.D1
/25.C3
/27.C1
>>| 301
A
F
E
B
D
C
Fillomatic [1] tachometer

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
manuell Speed active
Release Controller
Fillomatic on VME
下料电机开 VME
Fillomatic [1]+[2]
Fillomatic [1]+[2]
Fillomatic [1]+[2]
下料电机 [1]+[2]
下料电机 [1]+[2]
下料电机 [1]+[2]
Fillomatic [1] on
下料电机 [1] 开
Setpoint speed
Fillomatic [1]
Motor current
[1]
手速度激活
Fillomatic [1]
Fillomatic [1]
Fillomatic [1]
下料电机 [1]
[1]
[1]
[1]
malfunction
Quick Stop
发布控制
Position
Speed
急停
位置
A A
-A314.1 -A151 -A151 -A591 -A591 -A591 -A314.3 -A314.1 -A314.3 -A151
/21.C3 /14.D5 /14.D7 /11.D3 /11.D3 /11.D3 /21.D5 /21.C1 /21.D5 /14.D7
+SK 2137857 +SK 2137527 2137527 2133306 2133306 2133306 2137862 2137857 2137862 2137527
I.12 8 26 AO 02 AI 10 AI 12 OA.1 O.3 OA.3 27
IN OUT IN A-OUT A-IN A-IN OUT OUT OUT IN
X6:5 11a 28a 30c 25c 28c X1:2 X2:4 X1:4 28c
-X151
-X591
-A314.3.X1
-X151
5
11a
28a
30c
25c
28c
2
=M00
-A314.1.X6
=M00
2137860
28c
+SK
+SK
9 7
-C5 -C5
=M00 =M00
21a
23a
23c
BU 0.50 mm²
0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
2a
5c
B +A1C +A1C B
9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF
BU
21a42 0.08 mm² 21a
5c
23a
23c
=M00 =M00
=M00 =M00
2133677
2133677 2133677
2a 4 0.08 mm² 2a
+SK
-X16B -X16A
-X16B -X16A
-W16 2135181
-W16 2135181
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
1500 mm
-X314
-X315
2133899
=M00
=M00
+SK
+SK
2133677
5c 9
23a46
23c 45
18d
+SK
+SK
6d
8b
8z
2137455
14
16
15
3
2
1
18d
6d
8b
-X315
-X315
2130618
2130618
2130618
8z
-X314
-X314
3 14 1 16 2 15
-X16B
-X16B
-X16B
21a
5c
23a
23c
2131033
2131033
2a
-V4
-V4
-V4
-V4
2137455
2137455
2137455
C 0V(+24V)_A3C FOM-R C
/24.D8 1 FOM-D 1 FOM-Q 1 /30.C6
-C5 /30.C5 -C4 /30.C5 -C6 0V(+24V)_A3C
13 4
2130618
/27.C1
4
11 13
FOM1-POS
-X17
=M00 /45.C3 2137496 2 2137496 2 2137496 2
10d
12d
14b
12b
10b
14d
12z
10z
+A3C 11 6 FOM2-E 0,47UF 0,47UF 0,47UF
6
/30.C1
-X17
+SK
-V4
10d
12d
=M00
14b
12b
10b
14d
2133899
12z
10z
0VA21V.A1 0V.A3
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
/1.F8 2.50 mm² 2.50 mm²
/30.D1
BU BU
/3.E5 #6240.A1 +24VDC.F12.A3 /30.D1 0.50 mm²
1.00 mm² 1.00 mm² BU
D BU BU D
+44V_F90.A2 +44V.F90.A3 BU 0.50 mm²
/1.D8 2.50 mm² 2.50 mm²
/30.D1
BU BU 0.50 mm²
BU
BU 0.50 mm²
X2:1 X2:2 X2:3 X2:4 X2:5 X2:6 X2:7 X5:1 X5:2 X5:3 X5:4 X5:5 X5:6 X5:7 X5:8 X5:9 X5:10 X5:11 X5:12 X5:13 X5:14 X5:15 X5:16 X4.1:1 X4.1:2 X4.1:3 X4.1:4 X4.1:5 X4.1:6 X4.1:7 X4.1:8
UL UL BR 24V 24V GND GND +AIN 0 +AIN 1 AMON 0 GND DIN 5 DIN 7 DIN 9 DOUT 1 CAN-H CAN-GND n.c. n.c. CAN-Sh n.c.
-AIN 0 -AIN 1 AMON 1 DIN 4 DIN 6 DIN 8 DOUT 0 DOUT 2 CAN-L CAN-GND
=M00 X4.1 CAN
+SK X2 X5
-A3 Lenze
2138931
E
Fillomatic [1] Frequency converter 931E E
下料电机 [1] 变频器 X3 X7 X8 X4.2 CANCAN-GND
CAN-L
PE U V W +BR -BR Ref+ Ref- n.c. Cos+ Cos- Sin+ Sin- T1 T2 Sh B /A A VCC GND /Z Z +KTY /B CAN-H CAN-GND n.c. n.c. CAN-Sh n.c.
PE X3:1 X3:2 X3:3 X3:4 X3:5 X7:1 X7:2 X7:3 X7:4 X7:5 X7:6 X7:7 X7:8 X7:9 X7:Sh X8:1 X8:2 X8:3 X8:4 X8:5 X8:6 X8:7 X8:8 X8:9 X4.2:1 X4.2:2 X4.2:3 X4.2:4 X4.2:5 X4.2:6 X4.2:7 X4.2:8
1
1
=M00
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
4
PE.A1
2130541
-X7A3
+SK
/1.C3 1.50 mm²

1500 mm
GNYE -WA3X7 A3-X7_9
-WM90A 2134116
2138034
/26.A4
1000 mm
GNYE 1.00 mm²

1.00 mm²
BU 1.00 mm²
BN 1.00 mm²
WHOG AWG 26 A3-X7_8

AWG 26
/26.A4
OG A3-X7_7 /26.A4
BK
WHBN AWG 26 A3-X7_6

F AWG 26
/26.A4 F
A3-W /26.B1 BN A3-X7_5 /26.A4
A3-V WHGN AWG 26 A3-X7_4
/26.B1 AWG 26
/26.A4
A3-U /26.B1 GN A3-X7_2 /26.A4
=M00+SK-XM90:PE PE WHBU AWG 26 A3-X7_1
/26.B1 AWG 26
/26.A4
BU
Datum/Date 27.05.2010 08:39 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Fillomatic [1] Frequency converter Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 下料电机 [1] 变频器 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/25.F6 A3-X7_9
/25.F6 A3-X7_8
/25.F6 A3-X7_7 A
A A3-X7_6
/25.F6
/25.F6 A3-X7_5
/25.F6 A3-X7_4
/25.F6 A3-X7_2
/25.F6 A3-X7_1
-WA3X7 2138034
BU AWG 26
WHBU AWG 26
GN AWG 26
WHGN AWG 26
BN AWG 26
WHBN AWG 26
OG AWG 26
WHOG AWG 26
1000 mm
/25.F3 PE -WM90A 2134116
A3-W GNYE 1.00 mm²
/25.F3
+SK
A3-V BN 1.00 mm²
B /25.F3 1.00 mm² B
/25.F3 A3-U BU
BK 1.00 mm²
HAN Q8D female
2133524
2133524
Switch cabinet
-XM90
-XR90
2133521
2131848
=M00
=M00
+SK
+SK
SH
SH
8/PE
电气柜
PE
2
2
C
5
6
7
4
1
1
C HAN 3A female
1
1
SH
SH
=M00
-WM90B
=M00
-WR90
2
3
PE
2
3
5
6
7
8/PE
2133520
2137180
2131025
2137180
+SK
+SK
machine head
机器顶部
HAN 3A male
-WR90 2138933
HAN Q8D male
GN 0.14 mm²
BK 0.14 mm²
RD 0.14 mm²
BK 0.14 mm²
YE 0.14 mm²
BK 0.14 mm²
GY 0.14 mm²
BK 0.14 mm²
-WM90B 2138934
BK 1.00 mm²
BK 1.00 mm²
BK 1.00 mm²
GNYE 1.00 mm²
+SK
D D
+SK
-WR90
2133791
=M00
E E
+SK
SH
PE
2
5
6
7
4
4
1
4 5 6 PE 1 2 4 5 6 7 S
=M01 =M01 ref+ ref- cos+ cos- sin+ sin- SH

PE
W
U
140W +GOT
+GOT 4,6A
-M90 M -M90 Fillomatic [1] Drive
30V 2138932 KTY/ /26.E3 [1] 驱动
下料电机
2138932 3 ~
/8.B4 /8.B3 Thermoschalter
/26.E5 T+ T- n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c.
Fillomatic [1] Drive Fillomatic [1] Drive 11 12 3 8 9 10 DRIVECONTROL
下料电机 [1] 驱动下料电机 [1] 驱动
11
12
10
F F
Datum/Date 08.02.2010 09:22 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Fillomatic [1] Drive Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 下料电机 [1] 驱动 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Release Controller
Encoder Track 1
Encoder Track 2
编码器冲脉冲 1
Reference mark
Setpoint speed
下限限位开关
主压 [1] 下部
主压 [1] 下部
主压 [1] 下部
主压 [1] 下部
主压 [1] 下部
主压 [1] 下部
Limit switch
发布控制
参考点
设定值
A A
-A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310

/13.D1 S12 /13.D1 S11 /13.C3 I22 /13.B3 I21 /13.B1 O2 /13.E3 AOUT1
2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971
S12+ S12- S11+ S11- E11 E10 AE1 AOUT1
+ IN - + IN - IN IN OUT + Analog-out -
11c 11a 10c 10a 22a 22c 2c 29c 29a
-X310
11c
11a
10c
10a
22a
22c
-X310
2c
29c
29a
/19.C8 0V_A1C 0V_A1C /28.B1
B =M00 B
31a
32c
29c
16a
13a
16c
13c
+A1C
16c 31 0.08 mm² 16c
16a
13c
13a
31a
32c
=M00
2133677
29c
+SK
-X16A
-X16A
=M00
+SK
-W16 2135181
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
Switch cabinet
32
25
26
62
63
57
-X16B
2133677
=M00
电气柜
+SK
31a
32c
29c
16a
13a
13c
C C
-X16B
-X16B
-X16B
16c
16a
13c
13a
31a
32c
2131033
29c
A3C 分布图
/24.C8 +24V_A3C +24V_A3C /28.C1
/25.C8 0V(+24V)_A3C 0V(+24V)_A3C /28.C1
/6.E8 +44V_A3C +44V_A3C /28.C1
/6.E8 0V(+44V)_A3C 0V(+44V)_A3C /28.C1
/24.D8 PE_A3C PE_A3C /28.D1
2131032
2
2130874
2133681
2133681
=M00
-X78
-X67
-X66
-X17
-R30
39K, 0.6W
SH
+A3C
24d
26d
24b
28b
26b
22z
24z
26z
PE
11
10
2
4
1
1
D D
=M01
-M700.X1
11
1
7048441
2133671
2133671
SH
24d
26d
=M00
=M00
=M00
-X17
2
PE
10
24b
28b
+GMT
2130665
2137180
2130966
22z
24z
26z
26b
+AR
+AR
-A701.X
-S700.X
+SK
1 9
11 12
10
Lötseite
2134102
1 9
1500 mm
WH 0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
GN 0.25 mm²
2136512
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
-M700.W 7048441
0.25 mm²
GN 0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
Cable gland
WH 0.75 mm²
BN 0.75 mm²
HAN Q5 male
YE
-S700.W 2130966
-A700W2
Lötseite
Housing/
BN 0.75 mm²
GN 0.75 mm²
WH 0.75 mm²
电缆接头
YE
=M01
GY
-A701.W
+AR
=M01
外壳/
+AR
=M01
+GMT
E E
5 -A700X2
-A700X1
=M01
2133497
+GMT
WH(11)
7031635
=M00
GY 0.50 mm²
BN(10)
-S700.S 1.21 2.21

GN(8)
GY(3)
YE(5)
+SK
SH
13
10
12
14
15
11
SHD
6
4
1
8
2130966
2
1
3
7002323
=M01 PHI0 PHI1 PHI2 + GND SHD 1.22 2.22
=M01 =M00 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 9 7 13 5 6 4 3 10 11 12 14 8 15
+AR + - +AR SH
+SK +M -M GND GND +HV GND Ref+ Ref- GND IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 GND GND GND OUT1 RxD TxD SH
-M700.M /15.D5 -A701 -A700 Analog Digital RS-232
/6.D5 =M01 J1 20-90VDC J2
7048441 2136512 +GMT 7025908
M -S700.S
F Main pressure [1] bottom /6.D4
7002323 2 JSP-090-10 J3 RJ-11 F
[1] 2130966 1 x RxD GND GND TxD x
Servomotor 主压 [1] 下部 1 2 3 4 5 6
Encoder /6.D5 Main pressure [1] bottom Limit switch
7048437 编码器主压 [1] 下部下限限位开关
Datum/Date 04.02.2010 10:21 20.09.2011 21.07.2011 14:59:12
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Main pressure [1] bottom adjustment drive Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns hbehns Kunde: 主压 [1] 下部设定电机 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Release Controller
Encoder Track 1
Encoder Track 2
Reference mark
Setpoint speed
下限限位开关
预压 [1] 下部
预压 [1] 下部
预压 [1] 下部
预压 [1] 下部
预压 [1] 下部
预压 [1] 下部
Limit switch
发布控制
参考点
设定值
A A
-A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310

/13.E1 S22 /13.E1 S21 /13.C3 I32 /13.C3 I31 /13.A1 O3 /13.E3 AOUT2
2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971
S22+ S22- S21+ S21- E21 E20 AE2 AOUT2
14c 14a 13c 13a 23a 23c 1a 30c 30a
14c
14a
13c
13a
23a
23c
1a
30c
30a
-X310
-X310
/27.B7 0V_A1C 0V_A1C /29.B1
B =M00 B
32a
30c
27c
15a
12a
15c
12c
+A1C
15c
15a
12c
12a
30c
32a
=M00
2133677
27c
+SK
-X16A
-X16A
=M00
+SK
2135181
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
Switch cabinet
15c 29
30
23
59
53
24
64
-W16
-X16B -X16B
2133677
=M00
电气柜
+SK
32a
30c
27c
15a
12a
12c
C C
-X16B
2131033
15c
15a
12c
12a
30c
32a
27c
A3C 分布图
/27.C8 +24V_A3C +24V_A3C /29.C1
/27.C8 0V(+24V)_A3C 0V(+24V)_A3C /29.C1
/27.C8 +44V_A3C +44V_A3C /29.C1
/27.C8 0V(+44V)_A3C 0V(+44V)_A3C /29.C1
/27.D8 PE_A3C PE_A3C /29.D1
2131032
2
2130874
2133681
2133681
=M00
-X68
-X87
-X86
-X17
SH
+A3C
-R31
39K, 0.6W
28d
32d
32b
30d
28z
30b
32z
30z
PE
11
10
2
4
1
1
D D
=M01
-M720.X1
=M01
1
11
1
7048441
2133671
2133671
SH
28d
32d
=M00
=M00
-X17
2
PE
10
30d
32b
+GMT
2130665
2137180
2136512
2130966
28z
30b
32z
30z
+AR
+AR
-A721.X
-S721.X
+SK
1 9
11 12
10
Lötseite
1 9
0.25 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
GN 0.25 mm²
+SK 1500 mm
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
2136512
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
-M720.W 7048441
0.25 mm²
GN 0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
HAN Q5 male
Cable gland
WH 0.75 mm²
BN 0.75 mm²
YE
-S721.W 2130966
=M00
-A720W2
Lötseite
Housing/
BN 0.75 mm²
GN 0.75 mm²
WH 0.75 mm²
电缆接头
YE
=M01
GY
-A721.W
+AR
=M01
外壳/
+AR
=M01
+GMT
E E
5 -A720X2
-A720X1
=M01
2133497
+GMT
WH(11)
7031635
=M00
GY 0.50 mm²
BN(10)
-S721.S 1.21 2.21

GN(8)
GY(3)
YE(5)
+SK
SH
13
10
12
14
15
11
SHD
6
4
1
8
2130966
2
1
3
7002323
=M01 =M01 PHI0 PHI1 PHI2 + GND SHD 1.22 2.22
+AR + - =M00 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 9 7 13 5 6 4 3 10 11 12 14 8 15
+AR SH
-M720.M /15.D4 +SK +M -M GND GND +HV GND Ref+ Ref- GND IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 GND GND GND OUT1 RxD TxD SH
/4.D5 -A721 -A720 Analog Digital RS-232
7048441
=M01 J1 20-90VDC J2
M 2136512 +GMT 7025908
Pre pressure [1] bottom -S721.S
F 预压 [1] 下部
/4.D5
7002323 2 JSP-090-10 J3 RJ-11 F
2130966 1 x RxD GND GND TxD x
Servomotor 预压 [1] 下部 1 2 3 4 5 6
设定电机 Encoder /4.D5 Pre pressure [1] bottom Limit switch
7048437 编码器预压 [1] 下部下限限位开关
Datum/Date 09.02.2010 13:43 20.09.2011 21.07.2011 14:58:38
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Pre pressure [1] bottom adjustment drive Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns hbehns Kunde: 预压 [1] 下部设定电机 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Release Controller
Encoder Track 1
Encoder Track 2
Reference mark
Setpoint speed
下限限位开关
Limit switch
Dosing [1]
Dosing [1]
Dosing [1]
Dosing [1]
Dosing [1]
Dosing [1]
发布控制
填料 [1]
填料 [1]
填料 [1]
填料 [1]
填料 [1]
填料 [1]
参考点
设定值
A A
-A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310 -A310

/13.D1 S02 /13.D1 S01 /13.B3 I11 /13.B3 I12 /13.B1 O1 /13.E3 AOUT0
2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971
S02+ S02- S01+ S01- E00 E01 AE0 AOUT0
8c 8a 7c 7a 21c 21a 1c 28c 28a
8c
8a
7c
7a
21c
21a
1c
28c
28a
-X310
-X310
/28.B7 0V_A1C 0V_A1C /32.B2
B =M00 B
30a
27a
31c
14a
11a
14c
11c
+A1C
14c
14a
11c
11a
30a
31c
=M00
=M00
2133677
27a
+SK
+SK
-X16A
-X16A
2135181
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
21 0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
61 0.08 mm²
Switch cabinet
14c 27
28
22
60
54
-W16
-X16B -X16B
2133677
=M00
电气柜
+SK
30a
27a
31c
14a
11a
11c
C C
-X16B
2131033
14c
14a
11c
11a
30a
31c
27a
A3C 分布图
/28.C8 +24V_A3C +24V_A3C /32.C1
/28.C8 0V(+24V)_A3C 0V(+24V)_A3C /30.C1
/28.C8 +44V_A3C +44V_A3C /32.C1
/28.C8 0V(+44V)_A3C 0V(+44V)_A3C /32.C1
PE_A3C PE_A3C
2131032
2
/28.D8 /32.D1
2130874
2133681
2133681
=M00
-X48
-X53
-X55
-X18
-R32
39K, 0.6W
SH
+A3C
12d
14d
16d
14b
16b
12z
16z
14z
PE
11
10
2
4
1
1
D D
=M01
-M740.X1
=M01
1
1
2133671
2133671
11
SH
12d
14d
16d
=M00
=M00
-X18
2
PE
10
14b
16b
+AR
+AR
+GMT
2130665
2137180
2130966
12z
16z
14z
-A741.X
-S741.X
+SK
Housing/Cable gland
-A740W2 2134102
9 1 外壳/电缆接头 1 9
0.25 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
GN 0.25 mm²
+SK 1500 mm
12 11 11 12
2136583
-M740.W 7048615
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
HAN Q5 male 10 10
BN 0.75 mm²
WH 0.75 mm²
0.25 mm²
GN 0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
Cable gland
YE
-S741.W 2130966
=M00
Lötseite Lötseite
Housing/
BN 0.75 mm²
GN 0.75 mm²
WH 0.75 mm²
电缆接头
YE
=M01
=M01
GY
+AR
-A741.W
+AR
外壳/
=M01
+GMT
E E
5 -A740X2
-A740X1
=M01
2133497
+GMT
WH(11)
7031635
=M00
GY 0.50 mm²
BN(10)
-S741.S 1.21 2.21

GN(8)
GY(3)
+SK
YE(5)
SH
13
10
12
14
15
11
SHD
6
4
1
8
2130966
2
1
3
7002323
+AR + - =M00 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 9 7 13 5 6 4 3 10 11 12 14 8 15
+AR SH
-M740.M /13.D5 +SK +M -M GND GND +HV GND Ref+ Ref- GND IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 GND GND GND OUT1 RxD TxD SH
7048615a /7.D4 -A741 -A740 Analog Digital RS-232
7048615 2136583a =M01 J1 20-90VDC J2
M 2136583 +GMT 7025908
Dosing [1] -S741.S
F [1]
/7.E4
Dosing [1]
7002323 2 JSP-090-10 J3 RJ-11 F
Servomotor 2130966 1 x RxD GND GND TxD x
[1] 1 2 3 4 5 6
Encoder /7.D4 Dosing [1] Limit switch
7048636
填料 [1] 下限限位开关
Datum/Date 09.02.2010 13:43 20.09.2011 21.07.2011 14:59:31
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Dosing [1] adjustment drive Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name MMarkl hbehns hbehns Kunde: 填料 [1] 设定电机 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
ale © FETTE GmbH Komm.Nr.: 05_SLP 29 >>30 >>| 301
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Fillomatic [2] tachometer

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Fillomatic [2] on
Setpoint speed
Fillomatic [2]
Motor current
[2]
Fillomatic [2]
Fillomatic [2]
Fillomatic [2]
下料电机 [2]
[2]
[2]
[2]
[2]
malfunction
Position
Speed
位置
A A
-A151 -A151 -A592 -A592 -A592 -A151
/14.D5 /14.D7 /11.D7 /11.D7 /11.D7 /14.D7
2137527 2137527 2133306 2133306 2133306 2137527
9 23 AO 02 AI 10 AI 12 24
OUT IN A-OUT A-IN A-IN IN
11c 22c 30c 25c 28c 27a
-X151
-X151
30c
25c
28c
-X592
22c
27a
11c
9 10
-C4 -C4
=M00
21a
23a
23c
5c
3c
B +A1C B
9x0,1UF 9x0,1UF
21a42 0.08 mm² 21a
5c
23a
23c
=M00 =M00
=M00
0.08 mm² 3c
+SK
+SK
-X19A
-X19B -X19A
-W19 2135181
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
1500 mm
5
5c 9
23a46
23c 45
+SK
3c
/25.C7 FOM-Q /25.C8 FOM-R
-X19B
21a
5c
23a
23c
2131033
3c
/25.C6 FOM-D
C C
2130618
0V(+24V)_A3C /32.C1
=M00 FOM2-E FOM2-POS
-X18
/25.C2 /47.C3
+A3C 0V(+24V)_A3C
10d
10b
10z
/29.C8
6d
8d
8b
6z
8z
-X18
+SK
6d
8d
10d
=M00
8b
10b
2133899
6z
8z
10z
/25.D4 0V.A3
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 2.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
/25.D4 +24VDC.F12.A3
D BU 1.00 mm² D
/25.D4 +44V.F90.A3
BU 2.50 mm²
X2:1 X2:2 X2:3 X2:4 X2:5 X2:6 X2:7 X5:1 X5:2 X5:3 X5:4 X5:5 X5:6 X5:7 X5:8 X5:9 X5:10 X5:11 X5:12 X5:13 X5:14 X5:15 X5:16 X4.1:1 X4.1:2 X4.1:3 X4.1:4 X4.1:5 X4.1:6 X4.1:7 X4.1:8
UL UL BR 24V 24V GND GND +AIN 0 +AIN 1 AMON 0 GND DIN 5 DIN 7 DIN 9 DOUT 1 CAN-H CAN-GND n.c. n.c. CAN-Sh n.c.
-AIN 0 -AIN 1 AMON 1 DIN 4 DIN 6 DIN 8 DOUT 0 DOUT 2 CAN-L CAN-GND
=M00 X4.1 CAN
+SK X2 X5
-A7 Lenze
2138931
E
Fillomatic [2] Frequency converter 931E E
下料电机 [2] 变频器 X3 X7 X8 X4.2 CANCAN-GND
CAN-L
PE U V W +BR -BR Ref+ Ref- n.c. Cos+ Cos- Sin+ Sin- T1 T2 Sh B /A A VCC GND /Z Z +KTY /B CAN-H CAN-GND n.c. n.c. CAN-Sh n.c.
PE X3:1 X3:2 X3:3 X3:4 X3:5 X7:1 X7:2 X7:3 X7:4 X7:5 X7:6 X7:7 X7:8 X7:9 X7:Sh X8:1 X8:2 X8:3 X8:4 X8:5 X8:6 X8:7 X8:8 X8:9 X4.2:1 X4.2:2 X4.2:3 X4.2:4 X4.2:5 X4.2:6 X4.2:7 X4.2:8
1
1
=M00
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
4
PE.A2
2130541
-X7A7
+SK
/1.C3 1.50 mm²

1500 mm
GNYE -WA7X7 =M00+SK-XR91:8/PE A7-X7_9
-WM91A 2134116
2138034
/31.A4
2000 mm
GNYE 1.00 mm²

1.00 mm²
BU 1.00 mm²
BN 1.00 mm²
WHOG AWG 26 =M00+SK-XR91:7 A7-X7_8

AWG 26
/31.A4
OG =M00+SK-XR91:6 A7-X7_7 /31.A4
BK
WHBN AWG 26 =M00+SK-XR91:5 A7-X7_6

F AWG 26
/31.A4 F
A7-W /31.B1 BN =M00+SK-XR91:4 A7-X7_5 /31.A4
A7-V WHGN AWG 26 =M00+SK-XR91:3 A7-X7_4
/31.B1 AWG 26
/31.A4
A7-U /31.B1 GN =M00+SK-XR91:2 A7-X7_2 /31.A4
=M00+SK-XM91:PE PE.A7 WHBU AWG 26 =M00+SK-XR91:1 A7-X7_1
/31.B1 AWG 26
/31.A4
BU
Datum/Date 27.05.2010 16:00 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Fillomatic [2] Frequency converter Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 下料电机 [2] 变频器 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/30.F6 A7-X7_9
/30.F6 A7-X7_8
/30.F6 A7-X7_7 A
A A7-X7_6
/30.F6
/30.F6 A7-X7_5
/30.F6 A7-X7_4
/30.F6 A7-X7_2
/30.F6 A7-X7_1
-WA7X7 2138034
BU AWG 26
WHBU AWG 26
GN AWG 26
WHGN AWG 26
BN AWG 26
WHBN AWG 26
OG AWG 26
WHOG AWG 26
2000 mm
/30.F3 PE.A7 -WM91A 2134116
A7-W GNYE 1.00 mm²
/30.F3
+SK
A7-V BN 1.00 mm²
B /30.F3 1.00 mm² B
/30.F3 A7-U BU
BK 1.00 mm²
HAN Q8D female
2133524
2133524
Switch cabinet
-XM91
-XR91
2133521
2131848
=M00
=M00
+SK
+SK
SH
SH
8/PE
电气柜
PE
2
2
C
5
6
7
4
1
1
C HAN 3A female
-WR91
1
1
SH
SH
=M00
-WM91B
=M00
2
3
PE
2
3
5
6
7
8/PE
2133520
2137180
2131025
2137180
+SK
+SK
machine head
机器顶部
HAN 3A male
-WR91 2138933
HAN Q8D male
GN 0.14 mm²
BK 0.14 mm²
RD 0.14 mm²
BK 0.14 mm²
YE 0.14 mm²
BK 0.14 mm²
GY 0.14 mm²
BK 0.14 mm²
-WM91B 2138934
BK 1.00 mm²
BK 1.00 mm²
BK 1.00 mm²
GNYE 1.00 mm²
+SK
D D
-WM91B +SK
-WR91
2133791
=M00
=M00
E E
+SK
+SK
SH
PE
2
5
6
7
4
4
1
4 5 6 PE 1 2 4 5 6 7 S
=M01 =M01 ref+ ref- cos+ cos- sin+ sin- SH

PE
W
U
140W +GOT
+GOT 4,6A
-M91 M -M91 Fillomatic [2] Drive
30V 2138932 KTY/ /31.E3 [2] 驱动
下料电机
2138932 3 ~
/11.C6 /11.C6 Thermoschalter
/31.E5 T+ T- n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c.
Fillomatic [2] Drive Fillomatic [2] Drive 11 12 3 8 9 10 DRIVECONTROL
下料电机 [2] 驱动下料电机 [2] 驱动
11
12
10
F F
Datum/Date 27.05.2010 16:00 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Fillomatic [2] Drive Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 下料电机 [2] 驱动 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Release Controller
Encoder Track 1
Encoder Track 2
Reference mark
Setpoint speed
下限限位开关
主压 [2] 下部
主压 [2] 下部
主压 [2] 下部
主压 [2] 下部
主压 [2] 下部
主压 [2] 下部
Limit switch
发布控制
参考点
设定值
A A
-A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311

/13.D5 S12 /13.D5 S11 /13.C7 I22 /13.B7 I21 /13.B5 O2 /13.E7 AOUT1
2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971
S12+ S12- S11+ S11- E11 E10 AE1 AOUT1
11c 11a 10c 10a 22a 22c 2c 29c 29a
-X311
-X311
11c
11a
10c
10a
22a
22c
2c
29c
29a
/29.B7 0V_A1C 0V_A1C /33.B1
B =M00 B
31a
32c
29c
16a
13a
16c
13c
+A1C
16c 31 0.08 mm² 16c
16a
13c
13a
31a
32c
=M00
2133677
29c
+SK
-X19A
-W19 2135181
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
Switch cabinet
32
25
26
62
63
57
-X19B -X19B
2133677
=M00
电气柜
+SK
31a
32c
29c
16a
13a
13c
C C
-X19B
2131033
16c
16a
13c
13a
31a
32c
29c
A3C 分布图
/29.C8 +24V_A3C +24V_A3C /33.C1
/30.C8 0V(+24V)_A3C 0V(+24V)_A3C /33.C1
/29.C8 +44V_A3C +44V_A3C /33.C1
/29.C8 0V(+44V)_A3C 0V(+44V)_A3C /33.C1
/29.D3 PE_A3C PE_A3C /33.D1
2131032
2
2130874
2133681
2133681
=M00
-X79
-X70
-X73
-X18
-R33
39K, 0.6W
SH
+A3C
24d
26d
24b
28b
26b
22z
24z
26z
PE
11
10
2
4
1
1
D D
=M01
-M800.X1
=M01
=M01
1
11
1
7048441
2133671
2133671
SH
24d
26d
=M00
-X18
2
PE
10
24b
28b
+GMT
2130665
2137180
2136512
22z
24z
26b
+AR
+AR
-A801.X
-S800.X
+SK
26z
Housing/Cable gland
0.25 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
GN 0.25 mm²
+SK 1500 mm
11 12 11 12
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
HAN Q5 male
2136512
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
10 10
-M800.W 7048441
0.25 mm²
GN 0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
Cable gland
WH 0.75 mm²
BN 0.75 mm²
YE
-S800.W 2130966
=M00
-A800W2
Lötseite Lötseite
Housing/
BN 0.75 mm²
GN 0.75 mm²
WH 0.75 mm²
电缆接头
YE
=M01
GY
-A801.W
+AR
=M01
外壳/
+AR
=M01
+GMT
E E
5 -A800X2
-A800X1
=M01
2133497
+GMT
WH(11)
7031635
=M00
GY 0.50 mm²
BN(10)
-S800.S 1.21 2.21

GN(8)
GY(3)
YE(5)
+SK
SH
13
10
12
14
15
11
SHD
6
4
1
8
2130966
2
1
3
7002323
+AR + - =M00 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 9 7 13 5 6 4 3 10 11 12 14 8 15
+AR SH
-M800.M +SK +M -M GND GND +HV GND Ref+ Ref- GND IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 GND GND GND OUT1 RxD TxD SH
7048441 2136512a =M01 J1 20-90VDC J2
M 2136512 +GMT 7025908
Main pressure [2] bottom -S800.S
F 主压 [2] 下部
/12.E4
7002323 2 JSP-090-10 J3 RJ-11 F
Servomotor 主压 [2] 下部 1 2 3 4 5 6
设定电机 Encoder /12.D4 Main pressure [2] bottom Limit switch
7048437 编码器主压 [2] 下部下限限位开关
Datum/Date 31.05.2010 11:52 20.09.2011 21.07.2011 15:11:16
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Main pressure [2] bottom adjustment drive Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns hbehns Kunde: 主压 [2] 下部设定电机 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Release Controller
Encoder Track 1
Encoder Track 2
Reference mark
Setpoint speed
下限限位开关
预压 [2] 下部
预压 [2] 下部
预压 [2] 下部
预压 [2] 下部
预压 [2] 下部
预压 [2] 下部
Limit switch
发布控制
参考点
设定值
A A
-A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311

/13.E5 S22 /13.E5 S21 /13.C7 I32 /13.C7 I31 /13.A5 O3 /13.E7 AOUT2
2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971
S22+ S22- S21+ S21- E21 E20 AE2 AOUT2
14c 14a 13c 13a 23a 23c 1a 30c 30a
-X311
-X311
14c
14a
13c
13a
23a
23c
1a
30c
30a
/32.B7 0V_A1C 0V_A1C /34.B1
B =M00 B
32a
30c
27c
15a
12a
15c
12c
+A1C
15c
15a
12c
12a
30c
32a
=M00
2133677
27c
+SK
-X19A
2135181
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
Switch cabinet
15c 29
30
23
59
53
24
64
-W19
-X19B -X19B
2133677
=M00
电气柜
+SK
27c
15a
12a
12c
32a
30c
C C
2131033
-X19B
15c
15a
12c
12a
27c
30c
32a
A3C 分布图
/32.C8 +24V_A3C +24V_A3C /34.C1
/32.C8 0V(+24V)_A3C 0V(+24V)_A3C /34.C1
/32.C8 +44V_A3C +44V_A3C /34.C1
/32.C8 0V(+44V)_A3C 0V(+44V)_A3C /34.C1
/32.D8 PE_A3C PE_A3C /34.D1
2131032
2
2130874
2133681
2133681
=M00
39K, 0.6W
-X69
-X89
-X88
-X18
-R34
SH
30z
+A3C
28d
32d
32b
30d
28z
30b
32z
PE
11
10
2
4
1
1
D D
30z
=M01
-M820.X1
=M01
1
11
1
7048441
2133671
2133671
SH
28d
32d
=M00
=M00
-X18
2
PE
10
30d
32b
+GMT
2130665
2137180
2136512
2130966
28z
30b
32z
+AR
+AR
-A821.X
-S820.X
+SK
Housing/Cable gland
11 12 11 12
-A820W2 2134102
2136512
BN 0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
GN 0.25 mm²
+SK 1500 mm
10 10
-M820.W 7048441
0.25 mm²
GN 0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
HAN Q5 male
Cable gland
WH 0.75 mm²
BN 0.75 mm²
-S820.W 2130966
Lötseite Lötseite
Housing/
BN 0.75 mm²
GN 0.75 mm²
WH 0.75 mm²
电缆接头
YE
=M00
YE
=M01
GY
-A821.W
+AR
=M01
外壳/
+AR
=M01
+GMT
E E
5 -A820X2
-A820X1
=M01
2133497
+GMT
WH(11)
7031635
=M00
GY 0.50 mm²
BN(10)
-S820.S 1.21 2.21

GN(8)
GY(3)
YE(5)
+SK
SH
13
10
12
14
15
11
SHD
6
4
1
8
2130966
2
1
3
7002323
+AR + - =M00 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 9 7 13 5 6 4 3 10 11 12 14 8 15
+AR SH
/12.D4 -A821 -A820 Analog Digital RS-232
7048441
=M01 J1 20-90VDC J2
M 2136512 +GMT 7025908
Pre pressure [2] bottom -S820.S
F 预压 [2] 下部
/12.E4
7002323 2 JSP-090-10 J3 RJ-11 F
Servomotor 预压 [2] 下部 1 2 3 4 5 6
设定电机 Encoder /12.D4 Pre pressure [2] bottom Limit switch
7048437 编码器预压 [2] 下部下限限位开关
Datum/Date 31.05.2010 11:52 20.09.2011 21.07.2011 15:11:32
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Pre pressure [2] bottom adjustment drive Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns hbehns Kunde: 预压 [2] 下部设定电机 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Release Controller
Encoder Track 1
Encoder Track 2
Reference mark
Setpoint speed
下限限位开关
Limit switch
Dosing [2]
Dosing [2]
Dosing [2]
Dosing [2]
Dosing [2]
Dosing [2]
发布控制
填料 [2]
填料 [2]
填料 [2]
填料 [2]
填料 [2]
填料 [2]
参考点
设定值
A A
-A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311 -A311

/13.D5 S02 /13.D5 S01 /13.B7 I11 /13.B7 I12 /13.B5 O1 /13.E7 AOUT0
2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971 2132971
S02+ S02- S01+ S01- E00 E01 AE0 AOUT0
8c 8a 7c 7a 21c 21a 1c 28c 28a
-X311
-X311
8c
8a
7c
7a
21c
21a
1c
28c
28a
/33.B7 0V_A1C 0V_A1C /45.B3
B =M00 B
30a
27a
31c
14a
11a
14c
11c
+A1C
14c
14a
11c
11a
30a
31c
=M00
2133677
27a
+SK
-X19A
2135181
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
21 0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
61 0.08 mm²
Switch cabinet
14c 27
28
22
60
54
-W19
-X19B -X19B
2133677
=M00
电气柜
+SK
30a
27a
31c
14a
11a
11c
C C
-X19B
2131033
14c
14a
11c
11a
30a
31c
27a
A3C 分布图
/33.C8 +24V_A3C +24V_A3C /35.C1
/33.C8 0V(+24V)_A3C 0V(+24V)_A3C /35.C1
/33.C8 +44V_A3C +44V_A3C /45.C1
/33.C8 0V(+44V)_A3C 0V(+44V)_A3C /45.C1
PE_A3C PE_A3C
2131032
2
/33.D8 /35.D1
2130874
2133681
2133681
=M00
39K, 0.6W
-X49
-X54
-X56
-X18
-R35
SH
+A3C
20d
20b
22b
20z
18d
18b
18z
PE
11
10
22d
2
4
1
1
D D
=M01
-M840.X1
=M01
1
1
2133671
2133671
11
SH
18d
20d
=M00
=M00
-X18
2
PE
10
18b
20b
22b
+AR
+AR
+GMT
2130665
2137180
2130966
18z
20z
-A841.X
-S841.X
+SK
22d
-A840W2 2134102
9 1
0.25 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
GN 0.25 mm²
+SK 1500 mm
10 / 1 9
11 12
-M840.W 7048615
2136583
BU 1.50 mm²
BU 1.50 mm²
HAN Q5 male 10
YE
=M00
BN 0.75 mm²
WH 0.75 mm²
0.25 mm²
GN 0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
Lötseite
Cable gland
-S841.W 2130966
Lötseite
Housing/
BN 0.75 mm²
GN 0.75 mm²
WH 0.75 mm²
电缆接头
YE
=M01
=M01
GY
+AR
+AR
-A841.W
外壳/
=M01
+GMT
E E
5 -A840X2
-A840X1
=M01
2133497
+GMT
WH(11)
7031635
=M00
GY 0.50 mm²
BN(10)
-S841.S 1.21 2.21

GN(8)
GY(3)
+SK
YE(5)
SH
13
10
12
14
15
11
SHD
6
4
1
8
2130966
2
1
3
7002323
+AR + - =M00 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 9 7 13 5 6 4 3 10 11 12 14 8 15
+AR SH
7048615 2136583a =M01 J1 20-90VDC J2
M 2136583 +GMT 7025908
Dosing [2] -S841.S
F [2]
/14.E5
Dosing [2]
7002323 2 JSP-090-10 J3 RJ-11 F
Servomotor 2130966 1 x RxD GND GND TxD x
[2] 1 2 3 4 5 6
Encoder /14.D5 Dosing [2] Limit switch
7048636 填料 [2] 下限限位开关
Datum/Date 31.05.2010 11:52 20.09.2011 21.07.2011 15:11:46
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Dosing [2] adjustment drive Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns hbehns Kunde: 填料 [2] 设定电机 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Feed level Lubrication
Feed level Lubrication

Lubrication pump
Lubrication valve
Pressure sensor
Pressure sensor
Warning limit ok
Lubrication 1
Lubrication 2
Minimum ok
压力传感器
压力传感器
润滑油阀门
料位润滑
料位润滑
润滑油泵
预警 ok
下限 ok
润滑 1
润滑 2
A A
-A141 -A141 -A141 -A141 -A141 -A141

/14.E1 /14.D1 /14.D3 /14.D3 /14.E3 /14.E3
2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527 2137527
12 11 25 26 28 29
OUT OUT IN IN IN IN
13a 12c 27c 28a 29a 29c
-X141
14
15
11
-X141
3
2
13a
12c
27c
28a
29a
29c
-XFT1
3 14 11 6 15 2
21
20
2131693
-V1
-V1
-V1
-V1
B =M00 9a B
3a
4a
8c
3c
4c
+A1C
4 13
13
9a 18 0.08 mm² 9a
8c
3a
3c
4a
4c
=M00 =M00
2133677
+SK
-X16B -X16A
-W16 2135181
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
-PE
-X16B -X16B
2133677
+SK
8c 15
3a 6
3c 5
4a 8
4c 7
+SK
2131057 =M00
3
1
C
-X16B
9a
8c
3a
3c
4a
4c
2131033
C 3 1 3 1
230V_A3C
-A181 -A180 /42.B2
2131052 4 2 2131052 4 2 0V(230V)_A3C /42.C2
/6.E8 230V_A3C
+24V_A3C
4
2
0V(230V)_A3C /36.C1
/6.E8 0V(+24V)_A3C
+24V_A3C /41.B2
-X50a
/34.C8 PE_A3C
2133916
0V(+24V)_A3C /41.B2
/34.C8
/34.D3 PE_A3C
2131032
2131032
-X502
-X161
2130874
2130874
2133885
2133839
=M00
PE1
-X50
4
1
3
SH
SH
SH
+A3C
PE
PE
A3C 分布图
2
3
3
4
4
1
1
/17.C6
D D
=M01
-WM161
-W161
=M01
1
SH
SH
3
2
PE
5
2
3
5
PE
2130665
2137180
2130665
2137180
+AR
+AR
X5C
4.
2.
3.
1.
PE
+GOT
24VDC
-XC1
GND
2136807
PE
1
-W161 2134109
2
3
4
5
WH 0.75 mm²
BN 0.75 mm²
GN 0.75 mm²
HAN Q5 male HAN Q5 male
=M01
SH
-W211 2137874 -XW211/2
2
3
+GOT
2130665
2137874
4
2137180
HAN Q5 male
=M01
+AR
-WY181 2134059
-WM161 2134059
2000 mm
2000 mm
BN 1.00 mm²
BU 1.00 mm²
GNYE 1.00 mm²
BN 1.00 mm²
BU 1.00 mm²
GNYE 1.00 mm²
-W212 2131589
BK 0.34 mm²
E BU 0.34 mm² E
BN 0.34 mm²
BN 0.34 mm²
BU 0.34 mm²
BK 0.34 mm²
-XWM161
-XWY181
2133285
2130874
-XW211 =M01
=M01
+GOT
1
+AR
+AR
PE 3 3
-XW212
PE
PE
2 54
2
5
4
1
=M01
2137874
+GOT
+GOT
=M01 2
=M01
=M01
1 2 PE 1
+AR 1 2 +AR 3 4 5 3
-Y181 HAN Q5 female =M01 L N PE -S181/S182 5 4 -XW211 M12x1 socket
MinWarn
PreWarn 2 2137874
+AR
3
4
4
1
1
3738906 3774408 1 M12x1
-M161 M
1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4
Lubrication valve 3719508 1 ~ =M01 M12x1 socket 2137874 =M01
Lubrication Feed level + - no nc M12x1 + - no nc
F 润滑油阀门 /6.E5
润滑料位
+GOT +AR F
-S211 no/nc -S212 no/nc
/6.E4
Lubrication pump /6.F5 3700777 PNP P 3700777 PNP P
润滑油泵 0...100 bar 0...100bar
Lubrication pressure top Lubrication pressure bottom
油压上 /8.F4
油压下部
Datum/Date16.03.2010 15:58 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Lubrication pump Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 润滑油泵 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Pilot lamp red (input)

信号灯红色 (输入)
Pilot lamp green
Pilot lamp green

Machine lighting
Pilot lamp green
Machine lighting
Machine lighting
Pilot lamp red

Pilot lamp red
信号灯绿色
信号灯红色
信号灯绿色
信号灯绿色
信号灯红色
机器照明
机器照明
机器照明
A
(Output)
(Output)
A
(input)
(input)
(输入)
(输入)
(输出)
(输出)
-A141 -A141 -A141 -A314.1 -A314.1 -A314.1 -A314.1 -A314.2 -A314.2
/14.D1 /14.C1 /14.D1 /21.D3 /21.D3 /21.D3 /21.D1 /21.B7 /21.B5
+SK 2137527 2137527 2137527 +SK 2137857 2137857 2137857 2137857 +SK 2137861 2137861
8 6 7 I.13 I.14 I.15 O4:13 O4:14 O.2 O.1
OUT OUT OUT IN IN IN + OUT - OUT OUT
11a 6a 6c X6:6 X6:7 X6:8 X3:1 X3:2 X1:3 X1:2
1
-X141
-A314.2.X1
11a
6a
6c
2
=M00
-A314.1.X6
=M00
-A314.1.X3
=M00
2137858
2137858
2137859
+SK
+SK
+SK
B B
=M00
20a
20c
19c
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 0.50 mm²
BU 1.00 mm²
BU 1.00 mm²
+A1C
19c 37 0.08 mm² 19c
20a
20c
=M00 =M00
2133677 2133677
+SK
-X16B -X16A
-W16 2135181
0.08 mm²
0.08 mm²
-X314
-X315
-X315
2133899
2133899
=M00
=M00
+SK
+SK
20a40
20c 39
20d
20d
20b
20z
+SK
18z
2d
2z
20d
20d
2d
20b
-X315
-X315
2130618
18z
2130618
20z
2z
-X314
C
-X16B
19c
20a
20c
2131033
/35.C8 +24V_A3C +24V_A3C /41.B2

2133885 -X50a 2133916
6 6-X50b
-X50a
+A3CBG
+A3CBG

-X50
7 1
-X50
+A3C A3C 分布图
5
/17.D7
D =M01 X7C X8C D
5.
6.
+GOT =M01 7.
-XC1 +GOT X6C:4
-XC1 -H200 -H201 -H202 -H203

2136807 GND GND
2131991 2131991 2131991 2131991
/17.D6 24VDC
24VDC red green red green
PE
PE
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
红色绿色红色绿色
=M01 Standstill ready to operate =M01 Standstill ready to operate
+A53 停机准备 +A54 停机准备
=M01
=M01
1
SH
SH
-XC1.X7C
-W200-X8C
3
3
+GOT
+GOT
2130665
2137180
2130665
4
2137180
HAN Q5 male
HAN Q5 male
-W200 2134095 -W202 2134095

E BN 0.50 mm² BN 0.50 mm² E
GN 0.50 mm² GN 0.50 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
WH 0.25 mm²
WH 0.50 mm² WH 0.50 mm² -W204 2134095

-W206 2134095 GN 0.50 mm² WH 0.50 mm² BN 0.50 mm²
=M01
=M01
-W58
-W59
+GOT
+GOT
GN 0.50 mm²
=M01
WH 0.50 mm²
+GOT
WH BN BN WH -W200-X8C
=M01 =M01 2131951
+GOT +GOT -H204 -H205
-E58 -E59 2131991 2131991 -H206 -H207
2137212 2137212 2131991 2131991
F red green F
red green
Machine lighting Machine lighting 红色绿色
红色绿色
=M01 Standstill ready to operate =M01 Standstill ready to operate
/8.E4 /8.B3 +A55 停机准备 +A56
停机准备
Datum/Date12.01.2010 12:55 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Machine lighting, Pilot lamp Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 机器照明, 信号灯 P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Main pressure [1]
Pre pressure [1]

A
[1]
A
[1]
[1]
bottom
bottom
-A591 -A591 -A591
/11.B3 /11.B3 /11.C3
2133306 2133306 2133306
AI 02 AI 03 AI 06
A-IN A-IN A-IN
17c 18c 21c
-X591
-X591
-X591
B B
17c
18c
21c
-XFT1
-XFT1
-XFT1
2
6
2131693
2131693
2131693
/19.E8 +24V-Mess_A1C +24V-Mess_A1C /38.B1
/19.F8 0V-Mess_A1C 0V-Mess_A1C /38.B1
2
1
2
11
1
-C608
2131940
0,1UF
11
-C600
2131940
0,1UF
-C602
2131940
0,1UF
2137455
-V2
6
6
-X600
-X602
-X608
2130879
2130879
2130879
C +A1C A1C 分布图 C
2
2
1
1
3
3
1
1
=M00
+A100
-X600
=M00
+A100
-X602
=M00
+A100
-X608
3
2
2130882
2130882
2130882
Switch cabinet
电气柜 =M00
=M00
=M00
+SK 1 +SK 1 +SK 1
-XU1 -XU1 -XU1
-WB600.1 2132197
9092446 9092446
-WB608.1 2132197
BN 0.34 mm²
WH 0.34 mm²
BU 0.34 mm²
0.34 mm²
9092446
BN 0.34 mm²
BU 0.34 mm²
0.34 mm²
WH 0.34 mm²
drive area
BK
-XU1
D D
=M00
9092358
+SK
Housing/Cable gland
-XB600.1
BK
M12x1 socket
驱动仓外壳/电缆接头
-XB608.1
M12x1
Housing/Cable gland
=M01
-XB600.1#1
+AR
外壳/电缆接头
=M01
M12x1 socket
+AR
2
4
1
=M01
M12x1
+AR
2
1
3
1/5
-XB608.1#1
=M01
1
-XS600
4
+AR
5000 mm 9198447
-WB602 9139983
=M01
1
-XS608
2
+AR
9198447
=M01
WH 0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
5000 mm
BN 0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
+AR
Housing/Cable gland
-WB600 9139983
1/5
外壳/电缆接头
WH 0.25 mm²
BN 0.25 mm²
BU 0.25 mm²
0.25 mm²
Housing/Cable gland
BU
BK
外壳/电缆接头
0.34 mm²
WH 0.34 mm²
0.34 mm²
BU 0.34 mm²
BK
E E
RD
=M01
BK
-WB608
+AR
M12x1 socket
M12x1 socket
-WB600
-WB602
Housing/Cable gland
Housing/Cable gland
M12x1
M12x1
=M01
=M01
外壳/电缆接头
外壳/电缆接头
+AR
+AR
Housing/Cable gland
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
外壳/电缆接头
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
WH
RD
n.c. BU
BK
UB+ - M/UB- S+ UB+ - M/UB- S+
*5 *5
UB+
S+
=M01
M/UB-
=M01 =M01 +AR
+AR +AR -B608
-B600 -B602 9107821
F 2138961 2138961 /5.D4 F
Main pressure [1] bottom Pre pressure [1] bottom Ejection force measurement [1]
主压 [1] 下部/6.D5 预压 [1] 下部/4.D5 排片力检测 [1]
100KN 0-10V 100KN 0-10V 5000N 0,5-10V
Datum/Date 02.10.2009 15:18 20.09.2011 12.07.2011 10:38:35
P2020/3030 Nr.:370xx Load cell [1], Ejection force measurement [1] Ver./Rev.:
Ort:
Name HBehns hbehns MMarkl Kunde: 重力传感器 [1], 排片力检测 [1] P3030_P2020-G3 V01 2011.07.12 Blatt-Nr.:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Main pressure [2]
Pre pressure [2]

A
[2]
A
[2]
[2]
bottom
bottom
-A592 -A592 -A592
/11.B7 /11.B7 /11.C7
2133306 2133306 2133306
AI 02 AI 03 AI 06
A-IN A-IN A-IN
17c 18c 21c
B B
17c
18c
21c
-X592
-X592
-X592
-XFT1
-XFT1
-XFT1
8
10
2131693
2131693
2131693
/37.B8 +24V-Mess_A1C +24V-Mess_A1C /39.B2
/37.B8 0V-Mess_A1C 0V-Mess_A1C /39.B2
2
1
2
2
1
-C609

FETTE Compression Machine Double Rotary

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

FETTE Compression Machine Double Rotary

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Operating instruction

Tablet Press P 3030

5. Initial commissioning / decommissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

10. General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

13. Description of functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

14.9. Feed cams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

15. Servicing / Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

16. Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

17. General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

A sound knowledge of the operating manual is required, if mistakes in operating the

The present operating manual is solely applicable to the P 3030.

1.2. Fields of Application

The copyright to this operating manual is retained by FETTE GmbH.

Transfer to a third party is not permitted.

FETTE Compacting GmbH

for Packages, Freight:

FETTE Compacting GmbH

Telefon : (0 41 51) --- 12---0

Internet: http://www.fette -- compacting.com

e -- Mail : tablet@fette -- compacting.com

2.1. Explanation of Symbols and Signs

Work Safety Symbol :

Pass on all work safety references to other users, too.

2.2. Work Safety Warning

PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHOULD BE PAID THE FOLLOWING WORK

. Use of this machine can be dangerous, if it is incorrectly operated by un-

. Everyone on the user’s premises involved in the transport, erection, pre---/

. Observation of the transport, erection, pre---/installation, assembly, dis-

. Transport, erection, pre---/installation, assembly, dismantling and re---as-

. Responsibility for transport, erection, pre---/installation, assembly, dismantl-

. For all work that involves transport, erection, pre---/installation, assembly,

. The user is responsible for ensuring that no unauthorized person gains

. User---authorized modifications and alterations that affect the safety of the

. Basically speaking, work on the machinery is to be carried out only after it

. Before the commencement of modification, servicing or maintenance

. After the completion of repairs, before renewed start---up, a check should

. When it comes to removal and replacement of mechanical components,

. The load---bearing capacities of the lifting appliances to be installed must

. Machinery and switch cabinet must be fastened using the appropriate

. After significant electrical assembly or electrical repair work, the existing

THE FOLLOWING 4 POINTS MUST BE OBSERVED BY EVERY USER :

1. Flaps to the Press Area

. Safety switches attached to the flaps secure access to the equipment’s

2. Flaps on the Underside of the Housing

. The 4 flaps on the underside of the housing are secured by spagnolet

4. EMERGENCY SHUTOFF Switch

. Your P 3030 has EMERGENCY SHUTOFF switches, in keeping with the

2.3. Agreed Applications

The P 3030 is intended for use as described in the sup-

Each and every other use shall be regarded as not hav-

The manufacturer accepts no liability for consequent

This operating manual may contain references to special

The security aspect is not thereby prejudiced.

The supply schedule covers only those parts governed

Subject to technical alterations.

As at: April 2011 Version: 0.02

3.1. Machine data / Environmental conditions

Manufacturer : FETTE Compacting

Name plate : Behind the machine housing

3.2. General data P 3030

Max. tablet 8,5

* Only at main compression station 1 with double layer option.

4.1. Transport, loading and unloading

The packaging is weather---proof and seaworthy.